7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-12-31 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 Terveyst:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 Terveyst:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-12-31 Terveyst:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-01-01 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2024-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 Terveyst:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 Terveyst:ReserveForInvestedUnrestrictedEquityMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2022-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-01-01 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember 7437001AEZHLL3UEX093 2023-12-31 ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember iso4217:EUR iso4217:EUR xbrli:shares
TERVEYSTALO
 
PLC
Report of the Board of Directors and consolidated financial statements
 
31 December 2024
(Unofficial translation)
2
Terveystalo
 
Group’s
 
Report of
 
the Board
 
of Directors
 
and Consolidated
 
Financial Statements
 
31 December
2024
Report of the Board of the Directors
 
......................................................................................................................
 
4
Calculation of financial ratios and alternative performance
 
measures
 
.....................................................................
 
23
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures ...............................................................................................
 
26
Sustainability statement
 
............................................................................................................................................
 
30
Consolidated financial statements, IFRS
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
 
................................................................................................
 
112
Consolidated statement of financial position ..........................................................................................................
 
113
Consolidated statement of cash flows ....................................................................................................................
 
114
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
 
.........................................................................................................
 
115
1. Corporate information
 
.........................................................................................................................................
 
116
2. Accounting policies for the consolidated financial statements ...........................................................................
 
116
 
2.1 Basis of preparation
 
........................................................................................................................................
 
116
 
2.2 Application of new and amended IFRSs and new
 
IFRIC agenda decisions
 
..................................................
 
116
 
2.3 Critical accounting estimates and judgments .................................................................................................
 
118
 
2.4 Principles of consolidation ..............................................................................................................................
 
119
 
2.5 Foreign currency transactions ........................................................................................................................
 
120
 
2.6 Property, plant
 
and equipment .......................................................................................................................
 
121
 
2.7 Investment properties .....................................................................................................................................
 
121
 
2.8 Goodwill and other intangible assets
 
..............................................................................................................
 
121
 
2.9 Impairment
 
......................................................................................................................................................
 
122
 
2.10 Leases ..........................................................................................................................................................
 
123
 
2.11 Financial
 
assets and liabilities ......................................................................................................................
 
124
 
2.12 Inventories ....................................................................................................................................................
 
125
 
2.13 Employee benefits ........................................................................................................................................
 
125
 
2.14 Provisions and contingent liabilities
 
..............................................................................................................
 
125
 
2.15 Revenue recognition
 
.....................................................................................................................................
 
126
 
2.16 Segment information ....................................................................................................................................
 
126
 
2.17 Government grants
 
.......................................................................................................................................
 
127
 
2.18 Operating profit
 
.............................................................................................................................................
 
127
 
2.19 Earnings per share .......................................................................................................................................
 
127
 
2.20 Income taxes ................................................................................................................................................
 
127
3. Business combination
 
.........................................................................................................................................
 
129
4. Segment information...........................................................................................................................................
 
132
5. Revenue .............................................................................................................................................................
 
133
6. Other operating income ......................................................................................................................................
 
135
7. Material and services
 
..........................................................................................................................................
 
135
8. Employee benefit expenses ...............................................................................................................................
 
135
9. Depreciation, amortization and impairment ........................................................................................................
 
135
10. Other operating expenses ................................................................................................................................
 
136
11. Financial income
 
and expenses .......................................................................................................................
 
137
12. Taxes ................................................................................................................................................................
 
137
 
12.1 Income taxes ................................................................................................................................................
 
137
 
12.2 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
 
.................................................................................................................
 
138
13. Earnings per share ...........................................................................................................................................
 
140
14. Tangible
 
assets
 
.................................................................................................................................................
 
141
 
14.1 Property, plant
 
and equipment .....................................................................................................................
 
141
 
14.2 Right of-use-assets
 
.......................................................................................................................................
 
142
 
14.3 Lease liabilities .............................................................................................................................................
 
142
15. Intangible assets
 
...............................................................................................................................................
 
143
16. Impairment testing of cash-generating units including
 
goodwill
 
.......................................................................
 
144
17. Investment properties .......................................................................................................................................
 
146
18. Associated companies
 
......................................................................................................................................
 
147
3
19. Share-based payments ....................................................................................................................................
 
147
20. Financial assets and liabilities – carrying amount, fair value
 
and fair value hierarchy
 
.....................................
 
149
21. Financial risks
 
...................................................................................................................................................
 
150
 
21.1. Financial risk management
 
..........................................................................................................................
 
150
 
21.2. Interest rate risk currency risk .....................................................................................................................
 
150
 
21.3 Credit risk.
 
....................................................................................................................................................
 
151
 
21.4. Liquidity risk
 
................................................................................................................................................
 
151
 
21.5. Capital management ...................................................................................................................................
 
152
22. Trade and other receivables and contract
 
assets ............................................................................................
 
153
23. Cash and cash equivalents ..............................................................................................................................
 
154
24. Share capital and invested non-restricted equity reserve ................................................................................
 
154
25. Financial liabilities
 
.............................................................................................................................................
 
156
26. Trade and other payables
 
.................................................................................................................................
 
156
27. Provisions .........................................................................................................................................................
 
157
28. Defined benefit plans
 
........................................................................................................................................
 
157
29. Collateral and contingent liabilities ...................................................................................................................
 
158
30. Related party transactions
 
................................................................................................................................
 
159
31. Group companies .............................................................................................................................................
 
162
32. Subsequent events
 
...........................................................................................................................................
 
163
Parent company’s financial statements,
 
FAS
Parent company’s statement of income .................................................................................................................
 
165
Parent company’s statement of financial position ..................................................................................................
 
165
Parent company’s statement of cash flows ............................................................................................................
 
167
Parent company’s accounting policies and
 
measurement and recognition principles and methods .....................
 
167
Notes to the parent company’s financial statements ..............................................................................................
 
168
Signatures to the financial statements and Board of
 
Director’s report
 
..........................................................
 
174
4
Report of the Board
 
of Directors
Operating environment
Target
 
markets
Demand for healthcare services in Finland was strong in 2024, especially among corporate
 
and insurance customers. The supply and
booking rates were at a good level. The autumn flu season started
 
earlier than usual, and morbidity was higher than normal, leading to
some increase in visits. The overall employment situation in Finland is good. Demand for out-of-pocket
 
dental care services and massage
services was dampened by weaker consumer confidence and purchasing power.
 
Only smaller tenders for digital services were seen in the
publicly funded market.
In Sweden, the demand for occupational health services was satisfactory,
 
while demand for organisation and leadership consultation and
harmful use rehabilitation services continued to be weak. The termination of public sector contracts
 
at the beginning of 2024 reduced
revenue.
Terveystalo
 
continued to invest in the recruitment of professionals
 
and was successful in steadily increasing supply. To
 
strengthen supply,
development efforts have been increasingly shifted towards
 
solutions that enhance the work and productivity of professionals.
The long-term growth prospects for Terveystalo’s
 
addressable markets in Finland and Sweden are solid; the underlying demand is strong,
and megatrends, such as the ageing population, digitalisation of healthcare, and lengthening queues in public healthcare,
 
support growth in
the future. As one of the most preferred employers,
 
Terveystalo
 
is well-positioned to drive growth going forward, supported by its strong
market position.
The impacts of inflation
Inflation levelled off during the year.
 
Terveystalo
 
actively negotiated with its suppliers to limit the impact of inflation on costs.
 
Also,
electricity prices levelled off from the comparison period. One of the key areas of the profit improvement
 
programme was to mitigate
 
the
impacts of inflation and reduce costs in selected product and service categories.
During the spring 2024, a new two-year collective agreement was negotiated for
 
the private healthcare sector for the period 1 May
 
2024–
30 April 2026, covering the largest group of employees at Terveystalo,
 
nurses. In 2024, salaries were increased by 2.4 percent with a general
and scale increase on 1 September 2024, plus there was a one-off payment of 500 euros in December 2024 and a local
 
instalment of 0.4
percent. In 2025, from 1 May 2025 to 30 April 2026 (12 months), salaries will be increased by a general and
 
scaled increase, the amount and
timing of which will be determined by the salary increases
 
in certain benchmark sectors.
In other professions, wage inflation is also present. Most of the physicians who
 
work in Terveystalo
 
are private practitioners (approximately
96 percent), who are not in employment with the company.
 
At the beginning of 2024, Terveystalo
 
introduced a new remuneration model
for private practitioners in occupational health, which enables more
 
effective inflation management.
In addition, Terveystalo
 
has implemented commercial initiatives to mitigate the effect
 
of inflation as a part of the profit improvement
programme.
From 1 September 2024, the general VAT
 
rate in Finland went up from 24 percent to 25.5 percent.
 
The increase in the VAT
 
rate is estimated
to increase Terveystalo's
 
costs by approximately EUR 2 million annually.
5
The treatment queues and
 
regulatory environment in Finland
The contraction of non-urgent care during COVID-19 restrictions
 
resulted in a significant treatment gap for
 
other illnesses. According to the
Finnish Institute for Health and Welfare (THL),
 
at the end of August 2024, more than 166,000 patients were waiting for non-urgent
 
specialist
care in the well-being services counties, which was 4000 more than in April 2024. In August, almost 18 percent, or more than 31,000
patients, had been waiting more than six months for access to treatment. The number grew
 
by almost 4,000 patients during the summer of
2024. Valvira (The National Supervisory Authority for Welfare
 
and Health) has ordered 14 wellbeing services counties and the HUS Group to
make access to non-urgent specialised care legally compliant
 
by 31 March 2025 at the latest. At the beginning of 2025, the maximum time
limits for access to primary care were extended, i.e. the guarantee
 
of care was relaxed. The guarantee
 
is now 3 months for outpatient
primary care and 6 months for dental care. The maximum time limits for
 
follow-up visits to doctors, dentists, and specialist dentists were
also extended. At the beginning of the year,
 
the Health Care Act was amended to allow public service providers, such as well-being areas, to
procure surgery from the private sector to a
 
greater extent. The amendment will be complemented by a decree at
 
the beginning of 2025.
The decree will specify the services that can be procured from the private sector.
The government programme,
 
published in the summer of 2023, aims to increase cooperation between private
 
and public healthcare to
improve the effectiveness and cost-efficiency of
 
the service system. The government has already followed
 
up on its programme by
increasing Kela reimbursements from 1 January 2024 (https://www.kela.fi/sairaanhoito).
 
On 9 October 2024, the Government outlined that
the Kela reimbursement system will be completely
 
reformed in 2025 (Government to reform
 
Kela reimbursements - The Ministry of Social
Affairs and Health (stm.fi/en)). The reimbursement
 
of fertility treatments will be increased, most likely
 
during the spring of 2025.
Reimbursements for ophthalmologists, gynaecologists, dental
 
care,
 
and mental health services will be reformed and increased.
Reimbursement for physiotherapy
 
and visits to oral hygienists will also be developed. The changes are planned to
 
come into force during
the first half of 2025. A freedom-of-choice pilot for people aged 65 and over will be launched in autumn 2025. A personal
 
doctor model will
be explored, and trials will be launched. In total, EUR 500 million is planned to be allocated to all the above reforms
 
during the government
term, of which EUR 335 million
 
will be provided by the state. By reallocating reimbursements,
 
the government aims to promote access to
services and freedom of choice. The government also intends to remove other legal barriers to
 
the use of private providers in the wellbeing
services counties. The measures are expected to support the growth in demand for private
 
services and create new opportunities for the
delivery of publicly funded and privately provided services.
Impact of the global
 
political situation and conflicts
The direct impacts of political tensions and conflicts, such as the war in Ukraine, have been minimal to
 
Terveystalo.
 
The company does not
have business operations in or with Ukraine, Israel, or countries that
 
are subject to sanctions. The indirect financial impact arises from
inflation and potential disruptions in the supply chain and financial markets. The indirect economic impacts are visible in weakened
consumer confidence and purchasing power.
 
The impacts may also have a delayed economic impact through declining employment, which
could negatively impact the demand for Terveystalo’s
 
services.
6
Guidance for 2025
Terveystalo
 
expects its full-year 2025 revenue to grow (2024: EUR 1,340 million) and adjusted
 
EBIT to be 10.7–11.8 percent of revenue
(2024: 10.5 percent).
The estimates are based on a stable demand environment, employment
 
levels, and typical morbidity rates. Due to ending contracts,
 
they
account for a decrease of approximately EUR 25 million in revenue
 
within the Portfolio Businesses segment's outsourcing operations.
Profitability is expected to strengthen in all business segments. The
 
estimates do not account for significant acquisitions or divestments.
Medium-term financial targets
Profitable growth:
EPS to grow on average by 10 percent p.a.
We expect faster earnings per share growth
 
in 2025, as fewer items affecting comparability
 
are expected.
Moderate leverage ratio:
Net debt to EBITDA not to exceed 2.5x
Indebtedness may temporarily surpass the target level, particularly
 
in conjunction with acquisitions.
Attractive dividends:
At least 80 percent of net result to be distributed as dividends
The dividend proposal must consider the company's long-term potential and financial status.
Financial targets until the
 
end of 2024
Terveystalo’s
 
financial targets are:
 
annual revenue growth of at least 5 percent through organic
 
growth and acquisitions
 
an adjusted EBITA margin of at
 
least 12 percent in 2025
 
net debt/adjusted EBITDA ratio of 3.5x or less
 
However,
 
indebtedness may temporarily exceed the target
 
level, such as in conjunction with acquisitions.
to distribute a minimum of 40 percent of net profit as dividends annually
 
However,
 
the dividend proposal must consider Terveystalo’s
 
long-term development potential and financial position.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7
Key figures
Terveystalo Group, EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Revenue
1,340.0
1,286.4
1,259.1
Adjusted EBITDA, *
1)
245.9
200.2
178.0
Adjusted EBITDA, % *
1)
18.4
15.6
14.1
EBITDA
1)
222.5
179.2
168.8
EBITDA, %
1)
16.6
13.9
13.4
Adjusted EBITA *
1)
171.0
125.6
105.2
Adjusted EBITA, % *
1)
12.8
9.8
8.4
EBITA
1)
147.6
104.4
95.9
EBITA, %
1)
11.0
8.1
7.6
Adjusted operating profit (EBIT) *
1)
140.5
93.1
73.4
Adjusted operating profit (EBIT), % *
1)
10.5
7.2
5.8
Operating profit (EBIT)
116.1
-14.7
33.9
Operating profit (EBIT), %
8.7
-1.1
2.7
Return on equity (ROE), %
1)
13.5
-7.6
4.1
Equity ratio, %
1)
39.4
36.5
40.2
Earnings per share (€)
0.57
-0.33
0.19
Net debt
504.8
598.1
566.6
Gearing, %
1)
92.1
116.0
95.7
Net debt/EBITDA
1)
2.3
3.3
3.4
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA
1)
2.1
3.0
3.2
Total assets
1,398.4
1,419.5
1,479.4
Average personnel FTE
2)
5,841
6,426
6,552
Personnel (end of period)
3)
9,153
9,824
10,933
Non-employees (end of period)
 
3)
6,015
6,092
5,928
Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16 *
1)
189.5
142.8
122.2
Net debt, excluding IFRS 16
313.0
379.0
386.8
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16 *
1)
1.7
2.7
3.2
* Adjustments are material items outside the
 
ordinary course of business, and these relate to acquisition
 
-related expenses, restructuring-related
 
expenses, gain /
losses on sale of assets (net), impairment losses
 
and other items affecting comparability.
1)
 
Alternative performance measure. Terveystalo
 
presents alternative performance measures
 
as additional information to financial measures defined
 
in IFRS.
Those are performance measures that the company
 
monitors internally, and
 
they provide management, investors,
 
securities analysts and other parties
significant additional information related to
 
the company's results of operations, financial position and
 
cash flows. These should not be considered in
 
isolation or
as a substitute to the measures under IFRS.
2)
Does not include Medimar Scandinavia Ab and the companies
 
acquired during 2024 in Finland (SRK Group Oy,
 
Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy,
 
iRad Oy, Kajaanin
Radiologikeskus Oy and Cityläkarna
 
Mariehamn Ab).
3)
Does not include the companies acquired during 2024 in Finland (SRK
 
Group Oy, Suomen Radiologikeskus
 
Oy, iRad Oy,Kajaanin
 
Radiologikeskus Oy and
Cityläkarna Mariehamn Ab).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8
Share-related key figures
2024
2023
2022
Equity per share, EUR
4.3
4.1
4.7
Earnings per share, EUR
0.57
-0.33
0.19
Dividend per share, EUR
0.48
1
)
0.30
0.28
Dividend payout ratio, %
84.2 %
190.9 %
2)
145.0 %
Effective dividend yield, %
4.6 %
3.9 %
4.5 %
Price-to-earnings ratio (P/E)
18.5
neg.
32.9
1)
Board of Directors’ proposal.
2)
In 2023, the dividend payout ratio of adjusted earnings per share (0.47 EUR) was
 
63.8 percent.
Financial development
Revenue
In 2024, the Group’s revenue
increased by 4.2 percent year-on-year to
 
EUR 1,340.0 (1286.4) million.
The Healthcare Services segment revenue increased by 9.9 percent and was EUR 1042.8 (948.6) million. The revenue
 
increase was mainly
driven by improved sales mix and successful commercial actions. Revenue grew
 
in all customer and service groups.
 
The Portfolio Businesses segment revenue decreased by 10.7 percent
 
and was EUR 238.5 (267.2) million. Revenue decreased in all
businesses.
 
The revenue from Sweden decreased by 11.6 percent due to
 
lower demand and ended contracts and came to EUR 81.8 (92.5) million.
Without the currency effect, the revenue decreased by 11.7 percent.
 
Acquisitions increased revenue in Sweden by approximately
 
EUR 2.5
million.
In 2024, there were 252 (251) working days.
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Change, %
Healthcare services
1,042.8
948.6
9.9
Portfolio business
238.5
267.2
-10.7
Sweden
81.8
92.5
-11.6
Segments total
1,363.1
1,308.2
4.2
Other
-23.1
-21.8
-5.6
Total
1,340.0
1,286.4
4.2
 
Other section’s reported figures mainly consist
 
of parent company expenses, unallocated
 
Group level adjustments, and provisions. Other section’s
 
revenue includes eliminations between
reporting segments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9
Financial performance and cash
 
flow
 
The Group’s adjusted earnings in 2024
before interest, taxes,
 
amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITA)
 
increased by 36.2 percent to
EUR 171.0 (125.6) million, representing 12.8 (9.8) percent of revenue.
The profitability improved in Healthcare Services and Portfolio
 
Businesses. Profitability was strengthened by successful commercial actions;
better sales mix and improved operational efficiency.
 
Higher personnel costs due to wage increases had a negative impact
 
on profitability in
the fourth quarter.
 
In Sweden, profitability weakened clearly from
 
the comparison period, mainly due to decreased revenue caused by
lower demand and ended contracts.
 
Adjusted EBITA
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Change, %
Healthcare services
162.0
109.0
48.6
Portfolio business
10.3
8.7
18.2
Sweden
-2.0
3.7
-155.0
Segments total
170.3
121.4
40.2
Other
0.7
4.2
-82.3
Total
171.0
125.6
36.2
Material expenses and service purchasing increased by 2.5 percent year-on-year
 
and amounted to EUR -549.8 (-536.2) million. Employee
benefit expenses decreased by 4.3 percent year-on-year and amounted to
 
EUR -427.8 (-447.0) million. Personnel costs decreased due to the
actions of the profit improvement programme, lower sick leaves
 
and terminated outsourcing contracts. Personnel costs,
 
on the other hand,
increased due to new recruitments, as well as salary increases. Other operating expenses increased
 
by 12.1 percent to EUR -143.7 (-128.2)
million. Of the other expenses, around EUR 6 million was related to renovation
 
and maintenance liabilities in a single location.
 
The Group’s adjusted EBITDA increased
 
by 22.8 percent year-on-year to EUR
 
245.9 (200.2) million. Adjusted EBIT amounted to EUR 140.5
(93.1) million. Operating profit (EBIT) came to EUR 116.1 (-14.7) million. In the comparison period, the operating result was
 
negatively
impacted by write-offs totalling EUR 84.6 million related to goodwill
 
and to purchase price allocations relating to public outsourcing
customer relationships within the Portfolio Businesses.
Net financing costs increased to EUR -26.5 (-24.2) million mainly due to higher interest rates.
 
The result before tax was EUR 89.6 (-38.9)
million. Income taxes were EUR -18.0 (-3.3) million. The result for the reporting
 
period amounted to EUR 71.7 (-42.2) million, and earnings
per share were EUR 0.57 (-0.33).
 
Cash flow from operating activities increased to EUR 223.7 (157.8) million, driven mainly by improved profitability
 
development, the impact
of which was strengthened by a decrease in working capital.
Cash flow from investing activities decreased to EUR -47.4 (-44.2) million. The change from the comparison period mainly consisted
 
of an
increase in investments in acquisitions and tangible fixed assets and decrease in investments
 
in intangible assets.
Cash flow from financing activities amounted to EUR -148.8 (-116.0) million. The difference to the comparison period was
 
mainly due to
refinancing and increased net financial expenses during the reporting period.
 
10
Profit improvement programmes
 
During the fourth quarter of 2022, Terveystalo
 
launched a profit improvement programme, which aimed for an inflation
 
-adjusted,
annualised (run-rate) EBITA
 
improvement of at least EUR 50 million by the end of 2024. The overall target
 
of the programme was exceeded
at the end of 2023, when the measures implemented were estimated to have
 
an annual run-rate impact of over EUR 60 million on
profitability. The adjusted EBITA
 
impact of the programme during 2023 was EUR 37 million. In 2024, measures were focused on achieving
the 12 percent profitability target (adjusted EBITA
 
-%) during 2025. The target was achieved already in 2024.
During the fourth quarter of 2023, a profit improvement programme
 
was launched in Sweden targeting a structural change in the
profitability in 2025. The cost structure has been adjusted to match the weakened
 
demand, which started to be reflected, among other
things, in lower personnel costs in the second half of the year.
 
The programme will now focus on improving operational efficiency
 
and
commercial measures.
The total costs related to the programmes in 2022–2024 were
 
EUR 45.1 million. The costs are related to restructuring and advisory fees.
Advisory fees are tied to the results achieved by the programmes.
 
The costs of the programmes are treated as items affecting
comparability. The costs of
 
the programmes were approximately
 
EUR 18.1 million in 2024. In 2023, the costs amounted to EUR 21.7 million.
In 2025 the costs are estimated to be EUR 7 million.
Financial position
Terveystalo’s
 
liquidity position is strong. Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the reporting period amounted to EUR
 
65.2 (37.7) million.
The total assets of the Group amounted to EUR 1,398.4 (1,419.5) million.
 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent company totalled
 
EUR 548.2 (515.4) million.
 
Gearing (including lease liabilities) was 92.1 (116.0) percent and net debt amounted to EUR 504.8 (598.1)
million. Net debt, excluding IFRS
16 (lease liabilities) amounted to EUR 313.0 (379.0) million. The average maturity of Terveystalo's
 
financial loans was 3.0 (3.0) years at the
end of the reporting period, and in 2024, the average interest rate
 
for loans from financial institutions was 4.9 (4.0) percent. During the
reporting period, the company fulfilled the covenant requirement included in its financing agreements reflecting
 
relative indebtedness.
 
During the reporting period, the company signed agreements for long-term loans of total
 
EUR 200 million and refinanced the current
revolving credit facility (RCF). The loans are bullet loans, and the maturity of the loans is three years
 
supplemented by two one-year
extension options. The loans were withdrawn fully and used to refinance bank loans maturing during 2025 and 2026. In connection
 
with the
refinancing, the company agreed on the refinancing of EUR 80 million revolving credit facilities
 
maturing in 2026 and 2027. The maturity of
the syndicated credit revolving facility is three years
 
supplemented by two one-year extension options.
At the end of the reporting period, the unused part of credit based on financing agreements and bank accounts with a credit facility
amounted to EUR 93.0 (98.0) million.
 
Return on equity (LTM) for
 
the reporting period was 13.5 (-7.6) percent. The equity ratio was 39.4 (36.5) percent.
 
Terveystalo's
 
financing arrangements and risks are described in more detail in note 21 to the consolidated
 
financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11
Seasonal variation and the impact of
 
the number of business days
Terveystalo’s
 
revenue from corporate and private
 
customers has typically been lower during the vacation seasons, particularly in the
summer months. The number of business days influences the revenue and earnings development, particularly when comparing quarterly
performance. There were 252 (251) working days in October–December 2024. In 2025, there are
 
251 working days. Because of the seasonal
nature of business, the required net working capital varies during the year.
 
Variation is caused by the timing of pension and VAT
 
payments,
vacation pay obligations, and service fees related to
 
occupational healthcare, etc.
Number of working days by quarter
2023
2024
2025
Q1
64
63
62
Q2
60
61
60
Q3
65
66
66
Q4
62
62
63
Full year
251
252
251
Investments and acquisitions
Net investments* in 2024, including M&A, amounted to EUR 47.8 (43.9) million. The Group’s
 
net capital expenditure, excluding M&A,
amounted to EUR 39.4 (39.8) million. The investments consisted mainly of investments
 
in the digital application and service development, IT
system projects, medical equipment, and network. The relative
 
share of tangible investments in gross investments
 
increased year-on-year,
while the total investment level remained at comparison year’s
 
level.
 
Terveystalo
 
sold the entire share capital of Sivupersoona Oy,
 
a company providing sign language interpreting services, to the company's
management with an agreement dated in February.
 
Terveystalo
 
acquired the share capital of SRK Group Oy at the end of March. Feelgood
acquired the share capital in Clarahälsan AB in July.
 
In September Terveystalo
 
acquired the share capital of Cityläkarna Mariehamn Ab in
Åland.
* Net investments do not include increases in right-of-use
 
assets related to leases for business premises. Net investments
 
include the acquisition of non-controlling interests.
Intangible assets and development expenses
Terveystalo’s
 
key intangible assets include the company’s
 
brand and reputation, built over the years, Terveystalo’s
 
professionals, and
strategic partnerships with key suppliers. These resources
 
enable Terveystalo
 
to maintain its competitive advantage and are a central
 
part
of Terveystalo’s
 
strategy.
Capitalised development expenses in 2024 were EUR 12.2 (23.2) million and were included in other intangible assets.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12
Personnel
The number of Terveystalo’s
 
salaried employees on 31 December 2024 in Finland was 8,383 (8,950), in Sweden 770 (874), and in total 9,153
(9,824). In FTEs, the average number of salaried employees in Finland was 5,144 (5,597), in Sweden 697 (829) and in total 5,841
 
(6,426).
 
The number of non-employees in Finland was 5,967 (5,987), in Sweden 48 (105) and in total 6,015 (6,092). The decrease in the number of
employees in Finland was affected by the measures of the profit improvement
 
programme and the termination of outsourcing contracts.
 
In
Sweden the number of employed staff and private practitioners
 
was reduced due to ended customer contracts as part of the profit
improvement programme.
 
Personnel
2024
2023
Change, %
Average salaried employees, (FTEs)
1)
Finland
5,144
5,597
-8.1
Sweden
697
829
-15.9
Total
5,841
6,426
-9.1
Salaried employees (at the end of period)
2)
Finland
8,383
8,950
-6.3
Sweden
770
874
-11.9
Total
9,153
9,824
-6.8
Non-employees (at the end of period)
2)
Finland
5,967
5,987
-0.3
Sweden
48
105
-54.3
Total
6,015
6,092
-1.3
1)
Does not include Medimar Scandinavia Ab and the companies acquired during 2024 in Finland (SRK Group Oy,
 
Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy, iRad Oy,
 
Kajaanin Radiologikeskus Oy and Cityläkarna
Mariehamn Ab).
2)
Does not include the companies acquired during 2024 in Finland (SRK Group Oy,
 
Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy, iRad Oy,
 
Kajaanin Radiologikeskus Oy and Cityläkarna Mariehamn Ab).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13
Reporting segments
Terveystalo
 
Group comprises of three reporting segments: Healthcare Services, Portfolio
 
Businesses, and Sweden.
Healthcare Services
 
Healthcare Services – business segment offers customers
 
in Finland integrated care
 
paths from preventive occupational health
services to primary care services and to different
 
fields of specialised care, diagnostic, and day surgery.
 
In Healthcare Services,
the goal is to be the best provider of integrated
 
care and to grow profitably.
 
Key figures
2024
2023
Change, %
Revenue, MEUR
1,042.8
948.6
9.9
EBITA, MEUR
154.0
107.1
43.8
EBITA, % of revenue
14.8 %
11.3 %
3.5%-p.
Adjusted EBITA, MEUR
162.0
109.0
48.6
Adjusted EBITA, % of revenue
15.5 %
11.5 %
4.0%-p.
In 2024, the revenue from Healthcare Services
increased by 9.9 percent and amounted to EUR 1,042.8 (948.6) million. Revenue increased
in all customer and service groups. There was one working day more than in the comparison period.
 
Revenue from corporate customers
 
increased by 13.3 percent to EUR 638.9 (564.0) million. Revenue from preventive
 
occupational health
services
1)
 
increased year-on-year.
 
Revenue from healthcare appointments also increased year-on-year.
 
Revenue from consumers increased
by 5.9 percent to EUR 313.4 (296.1) million. The revenue increased due to higher sales from services produced for
 
insurance companies and
successful commercial actions. The revenue from public sector customers
 
increased by 2.3 percent to EUR 90.5 (88.5) million.
 
The revenue from appointment services increased by 11.0 percent to EUR
 
686.1 (618.3) million, mainly due to improved customer mix and
successful commercial actions in all customer groups. The number of physical appointments
 
increased by 0.2 percent, and the number of
remote appointments decreased by 1.4 percent from the comparison period. Revenue
 
from diagnostics services (laboratory and imaging)
increased by 10.7 percent and amounted to EUR 254.2 (229.6) million. The revenue from
 
other services increased by 1.8 percent and was
102.5 (100.7), driven by surgical operations.
1)
 
The statutory task of occupational healthcare is to prevent
 
work-related adverse health effects. Preventive services include,
 
for example, workplace surveys to examine
 
the conditions and
exposures at the workplace; health examinations; suggested
 
measures to improve work conditions and to promote
 
the employees’ ability to work; guidance and counselling; participation in the
planning and implementation of measures that maintain work
 
ability; promotion of coping at work and, when necessary,
 
referrals to rehabilitation in case of reduced
 
work ability; guidance in first
aid preparedness at the workplace; and assessment and monitoring
 
of the quality and impact of occupational healthcare activities.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14
Healthcare Services, revenue by
 
customer groups, and services
Healthcare services, revenue
10-12/2024
10-12/2023
2024
2023
EUR mill.
Change, %
Change, %
By customer
Corporate
175.0
156.5
11.8
638.9
564.0
13.3
Consumer
82.2
74.9
9.7
313.4
296.1
5.9
Public sector
24.2
23.3
3.8
90.5
88.5
2.3
Total
281.3
254.7
10.4
1,042.8
948.6
9.9
By service
Appointments
186.7
169.4
10.2
686.1
618.3
11.0
Diagnostics
66.3
56.7
17.1
254.2
229.6
10.7
Other
28.3
28.6
-1.0
102.5
100.7
1.8
Total
281.3
254.7
10.4
1,042.8
948.6
9.9
Corporate customers
 
constitute Terveystalo’
 
s largest customer group. Terveystalo’
 
s corporate customers consist of
 
the company’s occupational health customers,
 
excluding municipal
occupational healthcare customers, which are included in
 
the public sector customer group. The company
 
provides statutory occupational health services and other
 
occupational health and
well-being services for corporate customers
 
of all sizes.
Consumer customers
 
are Terveystalo’ s third-largest
 
customer group. Consumer customers include private individuals and families.
 
Services for consumers are paid for either by the customers
themselves or by their insurance companies.
 
The services offered to
public sector
 
customers include specialized care services, other healthcare
 
services produced in the clinic network, as well as occupational health services
 
for the public
sector. Outsourcing and staffing
 
services are included in Portfolio Businesses.
Healthcare Services, number of
 
visits
Visits
10-12/2024
10-12/2023
Change, %
2024
2023
Change, %
Appointments
1,658,543
1,688,123
-1.8
6,058,492
6,069,111
-0.2
Physical appointments
1,322,124
1,319,576
0.2
4,758,350
4,750,619
0.2
Remote appointments
336,419
368,547
-8.7
1,300,142
1,318,492
-1.4
Diagnostics
345,950
318,756
8.5
1,304,306
1,285,980
1.4
Other
16,251
16,554
-1.8
62,418
48,984
27.4
Total
2,020,744
2,023,433
-0.1
7,425,216
7,404,075
0.3
In the Healthcare Services in 2024
, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes,
 
amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITA) increased
 
by 48.6
percent and amounted to EUR 162.0 (109.0) million, representing 15.5 (11.5) percent of revenue.
 
Profitability was supported by successful
commercial actions, improved operational efficiency and improved
 
sales mix.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15
Portfolio Businesses
 
The Portfolio Businesses segment consists
 
of business areas that aim for independent value creation
 
utilising Terveystalo’s
capabilities according to their needs. The Portfolio
 
Businesses segment include publicly funded services, such as outsourcing
and staffing services, as well as services aimed at consumers, including
 
dental care and massage.
Key figures
2024
2023
Change, %
Revenue, MEUR
238.5
267.2
-10.7
EBITA, MEUR
9.7
8.3
15.7
EBITA, % of revenue
4.1 %
3.1 %
1.0%-p.
Adjusted EBITA, MEUR
10.3
8.7
18.2
Adjusted EBITA, % of revenue
4.3 %
3.3 %
1.0%-p.
In 2024, revenue
 
decreased by 10.7 percent and amounted to EUR 238.5 (267.2) million. Revenue from
 
outsourcing services decreased by
9.1 percent and amounted to EUR 82.8 (91.1) million. The planned reduction of the outsourcing portfolio continued, but additional
 
invoicing
increased the revenue. Revenue from staffing
 
services decreased by 13.7 percent, mainly due to proactive customer selection and
amounted to EUR 73.1 (84.7) million. Revenue from dental care
 
decreased by 7.7 percent due to lower demand and amounted to EUR 50.3
(54.5) million. Revenue from other services decreased by 12.3 percent and amounted to EUR 32.4 (36.9)
 
million.
 
Portfolio businesses, revenue
2024
2023
EUR mill.
Change, %
Outsourcing services
82.8
91.1
-9.1
Staffing services
73.1
84.7
-13.7
Dental care
50.3
54.5
-7.7
Other
32.4
36.9
-12.3
Total
238.5
267.2
-10.7
In the Portfolio Businesses in 2024
, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes,
 
amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITA) increased
 
by 18.2
percent and amounted to EUR 10.3 (8.7) million, representing 4.3 (3.3) percent of revenue.
 
Termination
 
of low-margin outsourcing
contracts, successful commercial actions and improved operational
 
efficiency improved profitability year-on-year.
 
The improvement was
partially offset by cost inflation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
16
Sweden
The Sweden segment consists of Feelgood
 
subsidiaries’ operations in Sweden,
 
which are focused on occupational
 
health and
consultation for organi
 
sational management and harmful use rehabilitation
 
services. Terveystalo
 
aims to significantly improve
profitability in Sweden in the short
 
term.
Key figures
2024
2023
Change, %
Revenue, MEUR
81.8
92.5
-11.6
EBITA, MEUR
-8.6
2.1
>-200,0
EBITA, % of revenue
-10.5 %
2.3 %
-12.8%-p.
Adjusted EBITA, MEUR
-2.0
3.7
-155.0
Adjusted EBITA, % of revenue
-2.5 %
4.0 %
-6.5%-p.
In the Sweden segment in 2024
, revenue decreased by 11.6 percent and amounted to EUR 81.8 (92.5) million. Without the currency effect,
the revenue decreased by 11.7 percent. The increased economic uncertainty affected
 
the demand for organizational leadership
consultation and the harmful use rehabilitation services, which are sensitive to macroeconomic
 
changes. Ended contracts also had a
negative year-on-year impact on revenue. Acquisitions increased revenue
 
in Sweden by approximately EUR 2.5 million.
In the Sweden segment in 2024
, adjusted earnings before interest, taxes,
 
amortisation, and impairment losses (EBITA) decreased to
 
EUR -
2.0 (3.7) million, representing -2.5 (4.0) percent of revenue. Profitability was
 
weakened by the decline in revenue, as well as cost inflation.
In the business area, a profit improvement programme was launched in
 
the fourth quarter of 2023 to achieve a structural change in
profitability in 2025. The programme has progressed as planned. The cost
 
structure has been adjusted to match the weakened demand,
which was reflected, among other things, in lower personnel costs in the second half of the year.
 
The programme will now focus on
improving operational efficiency and commercial measures.
 
Shares and shareholders
Terveystalo
 
Plc has one share series (TTALO), which is listed
 
on Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd. At the end of 2024, Terveystalo’s
 
market value was EUR
1,336 (983) million and the closing price was EUR 10.52 (7.74). During 2024, the highest price of Terveystalo’s
 
share was EUR 10.88 (8.53),
the lowest price was EUR 7.09 (6.43), and the average price was EUR 8.96 (7.70).
 
A total of 12.7 (20.6) million shares were traded. The
turnover of shares traded was EUR 115.1 (152.1) million. At the end of the reporting period, the number of Terveystalo
 
shares registered in
the Trade Register
 
was 127,036,531 (127,036,531). Each share entitles its holder to one vote at the Annual General Meeting.
 
During 2024,
the weighted average number of shares outstanding
 
was 126,605,000 (126,556,000). Terveystalo
 
and its subsidiaries hold 431,705
(480,230) own shares for reward purposes, corresponding to 0.3 (0.4)
 
percent of all outstanding shares. The total number of shareholders
was 33,544 (34,025) at the end of 2024.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17
The largest registered shareholders,31 December 2024
Name
Number of shares
% of shares
Votes
% of votes
Varma Mutual Pension Insurance Company
22,151,945
17.44
22,151,945
17.44
Rettig Investment AB
21,153,191
16.65
21,153,191
16.65
Pohjola Insurance Ltd
10,530,332
8.29
10,530,332
8.29
Hartwall Capital
 
8,231,690
6.48
8,231,690
6.48
OP Life Assurance Company Ltd
7,119,783
5.60
7,119,783
5.60
Ilmarinen Mutual Pension Insurance Company
5,382,000
4.24
5,382,000
4.24
LocalTapiola Mutual Insurance Company
2,600,000
2.05
2,600,000
2.05
Elo Mutual Pension Insurance Company
2,030,000
1.60
2,030,000
1.60
Evli Finnish Small Cap Fund
1,685,000
1.33
1,685,000
1.33
The State Pension Fund of Finland
1,300,000
1.02
1,300,000
1.02
Ten largest in total
82,183,941
64.69
82,183,941
64.69
The list is based on the register of shareholdings maintained by Euroclear Finland Ltd
 
,
 
and it does not include nominee-registered shares.
Distribution of ownership, 31 December 2024
Number of shares
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
securities
% of
securities
Number of
votes
% of
votes
1–100
16,025
47.77
687,080
0.54
687,080
0.54
101–500
12,218
36.42
3,079,960
2.42
3,079,960
2.42
501–1,000
2,806
8.37
2,159,705
1.70
2,159,705
1.70
1,001–5,000
2,012
6.00
4,117,385
3.24
4,117,385
3.24
5,001–10,000
223
0.66
1,652,796
1.30
1,652,796
1.30
10,001–50,000
181
0.54
3,917,865
3.08
3,917,865
3.08
50,001–100,000
27
0.08
1,986,192
1.56
1,986,192
1.56
100,001–500,000
29
0.09
5,970,475
4.70
5,970,475
4.70
500,001–
23
0.07
103,465,073
81.45
103,465,073
81.45
Total
33,544
100.00
127,036,531
100.00
127,036,531
100.00
of which nominee-
registered
11
0.03
12,854,260
10.12
12,854,260
10.12
Non-transferred, total
0
0
0
0
0
In general account
0
0
0
0
In special accounts, total
0
0
0
0
Total issued
127,036,531
100.00
127,036,531
100.00
Shareholder groups, 31 December 2024
Shareholders by sector
Number of shares
% of shares
Households
 
12,495,784
9.8
Public entities
 
31,014,844
24.4
Financial and insurance institutions
 
30,191,833
23.8
Companies
 
16,387,182
12.9
Non-profit institutions
 
2,872,164
2.3
Foreign owners
 
21,220,464
16.7
Total
 
127,036,531
100.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18
of which nominee-registered
 
 
12,854,260
10.1
Management shareholding, 31 December 2024
Name
Position
Number of
shares
% of shares
% of votes
Kari Kauniskangas
Chairman of the Board of Directors
25,363
0.02 %
0.02 %
Matts Rosenberg
Member of the Board of Directors
16,595
0.01 %
0.01 %
Carola Lemne
Member of the Board of Directors
6,799
0.01 %
0.01 %
Kristian Pullola
Member of the Board of Directors
10,304
0.01 %
0.01 %
Ari Lehtoranta
Member of the Board of Directors
8,177
0.01 %
0.01 %
Sofia Hasselberg
Member of the Board of Directors
4,172
0.00 %
0.00 %
Teija Sarajärvi
Member of the Board of Directors
1,673
0.00 %
0.00 %
Ville Iho
President and CEO
23,566
0.02 %
0.02 %
Juuso Pajunen
Chief Financial Officer
20,697
0.02 %
0.02 %
Petteri Lankinen
Chief Medical Officer
0
0.00 %
0.00 %
Sari Heinonen
Executive Vice President, Healthcare Services
0
0.00 %
0.00 %
Henri Mäenalanen
Executive Vice President, Portfolio Businesses
3,163
0.00 %
0.00 %
Stefan Kullgren
Executive Vice President of the Swedish Business Area
and CEO of Feelgood AB
10,000
0.01 %
0.01 %
Ilari Richard
Senior Vice President, Digital Services
 
3,834
0.00 %
0.00 %
Minttu Sinisalo
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
4,081
0.00 %
0.00 %
Petra Gräsbeck
Senior Vice President, Communications and Public Affairs
175
0.00 %
0.00 %
Management shareholding in total
116,842
0.10 %
0,10 %
Number of shares total
127,036,531
100.00 %
100.00 %
Notifications of major shareholdings
On 28 June 2024, Terveystalo
 
Plc received a notification under Chapter 9, Section 5 of the Securities Market Act, according to
 
which the
holding of Rettig Investment AB in Terveystalo
 
Plc’s shares and votes had risen above 15 percent
 
on 27 June 2024. The holding of Rettig
Investment AB has increased to 16.65 percent and 21,153,191 shares of the total of
 
Terveystalo's
 
shares and votes. This notification relates
to an internal restructuring within the group, in which Rettig Group
 
AB, the previous direct holder of the shareholding notified herein, had
on 27 June 2024 merged with and into Rettig Investment AB. Therefore,
 
Rettig Investment AB owns directly 21 153 191 shares in
Terveystalo
 
Plc, which have transferred to the ownership of
 
Rettig Investment AB from Rettig
 
Group AB as a result of the merger.
The Board’s authori
 
sations
The Board has been authorised to resolve the repurchase and/or on the acceptance as pledge of the
 
company’s own shares using the
unrestricted equity of the company.
 
The authorisation covers a maximum of 12,703,653 own shares in total, which corresponds to
approximately 10 percent of all shares in the company.
The Board has also been authorised to resolve the issuance of shares and special rights entitling to shares as referred
 
to in Chapter 10,
Section 1 of the Finnish Companies Act. The authorisation covers a maximum of 12,703,653 own shares in total, which corresponds
 
to
approximately 10 percent of all shares in the Company.
 
Authorisations were not used during the financial period.
Dividend Policy
 
and distribution
 
of profits
 
for 2024
 
proposed by
 
the Board
The objective of Terveystalo’s
 
Dividend Policy is to distribute a minimum of 80 percent of earnings per share in dividends. The current
financial performance, development potential, financial position, and capital requirements are
 
taken into account. In 2023, earnings per
share were EUR 0.57 (-0.33).
 
The parent company’s distributable funds totaled
 
EUR 558.9 (535.9) million, of which EUR 61.0 (40.5) million is the result for the financial
year. The Board
 
of Directors proposes to the Annual General Meeting that a dividend of EUR 0.48 (0.30) per share totaling
 
EUR 60.8 (38.0)
million be paid based on the balance sheet adopted for the financial year ended 31 December 2024.
 
19
The dividend would be paid in two instalments as follows:
The first dividend instalment of EUR 0.24 per share would be paid to the shareholders who are
 
registered in the shareholders'
register of the company maintained by Euroclear Finland Ltd
 
on the record date of the first dividend instalment on 10
 
April 2025.
The Board of Directors proposes that the first dividend instalment
 
would be paid on 17 April 2025.
The second dividend instalment of EUR 0.24 per share would be paid to shareholders who are registered
 
in the shareholders'
register of the company maintained by Euroclear Finland Ltd
 
on the record date of the second dividend instalment on 8 October
2025. The Board of Directors proposes that the second dividend instalment would be paid
 
on 15 October 2025. The Board of
Directors also proposes that the Annual General Meeting would authorise the Board of Directors
 
to resolve, if necessary, on a new
record date and date of payment for
 
the second dividend instalment should the rules of Euroclear Finland Ltd or statutes
applicable to the Finnish book-entry system change or otherwise so
 
require.
No substantial changes have occurred in the company’s
 
financial position since the end of the financial year.
 
The company’s liquidity is good
and, in the Board’s opinion, will not be jeopardised by the proposed distribution
 
of profits.
Decisions of the Annual General Meeting
 
2024 and the first Board meeting
The Annual General Meeting of Terveystalo
 
Plc was held on 26 March 2024 in Helsinki, Finland. The Annual General Meeting adopted the
financial statements for the financial year 2023 and discharged the members of
 
the Board of Directors and the CEO from liability.
 
The
Annual General Meeting approved the remuneration report for
 
governing bodies and decided to support the amended remuneration policy
for governing bodies, which was presented to the Annual General
 
Meeting. The Annual General Meeting decided, in accordance with the
proposal of the Board of Directors, that a total dividend of EUR 0.30 per share (which corresponds to
 
a total of approximately EUR 38
million with the current number of shares in the company) will be paid based on the balance sheet adopted for the financial year
 
ended 31
December 2023.
The dividend was paid in two instalments as follows:
The first dividend instalment of EUR 0.15 per share was paid to shareholders
 
who were entered in the shareholders’ register
 
of
the company maintained by Euroclear Finland Oy on the record date
 
of the first dividend instalment 28 March 2024. The first
dividend instalment was paid on 8 April 2024.
The second dividend instalment of EUR 0.15 per share was paid to shareholders who are entered
 
in the shareholders’ register of
the company maintained by Euroclear Finland Oy on the record date
 
of the second dividend instalment 9 October 2024. The
second dividend instalment was paid on 16 October 2024. The Annual General Meeting authorised the Board of
 
Directors to
resolve, if necessary, on a new record
 
date and date of payment for the second dividend instalment
 
should the rules of Euroclear
Finland Oy or statutes applicable to the Finnish book-entry system
 
change or otherwise so require.
 
The number of members of the Board of Directors was confirmed to be seven (7).
 
Kari Kauniskangas, Sofia Hasselberg, Ari Lehtoranta,
Carola Lemne, Kristian Pullola and Matts Rosenberg were
 
re-elected as members of the Board, and Teija
 
Sarajärvi was elected as a new
member of the Board for a term that ends at the end of the Annual General Meeting 2025.
KPMG Oy Ab was elected as the company's auditor and the sustainability reporting assurance provider.
 
KPMG Oy Ab has notified that
Henrik Holmbom, APA and Authorised Sustainability Auditor (ASA),
 
would be acting as the principal auditor and the principally responsible
sustainability reporting assurance provider.
As proposed by the Board of Directors, the Annual General Meeting resolved
 
to authorise the Board of Directors to resolve on the
repurchase and/or on the acceptance as pledge of the company's own shares using the unrestricted
 
equity of the company. The
authorisation covers a maximum of 12,703,653 shares, which corresponds to approximately
 
10 percent of all shares in the company.
 
In
addition, as proposed by the Board of Directors, the Annual General Meeting resolved to
 
authorise the Board of Directors to decide on the
 
 
20
issuance of shares and the issuance of special rights entitling to shares referred to
 
in Chapter 10, Section 1 of the Companies Act. The
authorisation covers a maximum of 12,703,653 shares, which corresponds to approximately
 
10 percent of all shares in the company.
 
These
authorisations are effective until the end of the next Annual General
 
Meeting, however no longer than until 30 June 2025.
As proposed by the Board of Directors, the Annual General Meeting resolved
 
to authorise the Board of Directors to decide on donations in a
total maximum of EUR 150,000 for charitable or corresponding purposes. The authorisation will remain effective
 
until the end of the next
Annual General Meeting 2025, however no longer than for a period of 18 months from the date of
 
the resolution of the Annual General
Meeting.
The new Board elected Kari Kauniskangas as Chairman of the Board and Matts
 
Rosenberg as Vice Chairman of the Board. Kristian Pullola
was elected Chairman of the Audit Committee and Sofia Hasselberg and Matts Rosenberg were
 
elected members.
Kari Kauniskangas was elected Chairman of the Remuneration
 
Committee and Carola Lemne, Ari Lehtoranta and
 
Teija Sarajärvi were
elected members.
Changes in the management team
Sari Heinonen, member of Terveystalo's
 
Executive Team
 
and Executive Vice President, Healthcare Services, has announced that she will
leave the company on 15 April 2025 to move to a new position as President of LocalTapiola
 
Group. Terveystalo
 
will announce Heinonen's
successor at a later date.
Corporate governance
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc’s Corporate Governance Statement,
 
Remuneration Policy,
 
and Remuneration Report for 2024 have been published as part
of the Annual Report 2024.
Events after the end of the
 
reporting period
Terveystalo Plc's Board of
 
Directors has approved a
 
new performance period covering
 
years 2025‒2027 of
the long-term share-based incentive
 
plan for key personnel
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc's Board of Directors has approved a new performance period covering
 
the years 2025–2027 of the long-term share-based
incentive plan for key personnel. The purpose of the program
 
is to align the objectives of shareholders and key personnel to
 
increase the
company's value in the long term, and to commit key
 
personnel to implementing Terveystalo's
 
strategy by offering them a competitive,
share-based incentive program.
The Performance Share Plan is based on a rolling 3-year performance
 
period structure, with a new performance period starting at the
beginning of each year if so decided by the Board. The Board decides on the participants, performance measures, and targets
 
as well as
earning opportunities on an annual basis. Terveystalo
 
published the establishment of the program and its main terms in a stock
 
exchange
release on 3 December 2020.
Performance Period 2025–2027 of the Performance
 
Share Plan (PSP)
During the performance period 2025–2027, the participants are awarded for successful shareholder value
 
creation. The performance
indicators based on which share rewards may
 
be paid to 90 percent of the participants are absolute and relative (compared
 
to the OMX HKI
benchmark CAP GI index) Total
 
Shareholder Return. For 10 percent of the participants, the value creation is measured by EBITA
 
(adjusted
earnings before interest, taxes,
 
and amortisation) of the business area or independent business that they lead.
 
 
21
Terveystalo's
 
Board of Directors confirms the total amount of shares earned after
 
the end of the performance period. The share rewards
that may be paid based on the 2025–2027 earning period will be paid in Terveystalo
 
Plc shares after the end of the performance period,
provided that the performance targets set for the program
 
by the Board are achieved. The maximum number of shares to be paid based on
this plan is 700,000 shares. Taxes
 
and tax-like payments to the recipient are deducted
 
from the reward, after which the remaining net
amount is paid to the participants in shares.
No more than approximately 80 people selected by the Board are eligible to participate
 
in the program, including members of Terveystalo's
Executive Team.
Terveystalo
 
applies a share ownership requirement to the members of the Executive
 
Team. Each
 
member of the Executive Team is
 
expected
to retain at least 50 percent of the net shares received
 
under the long-term incentive plan until his or her shareholding in Terveystalo
 
is at
least equal to his or her annual gross base salary.
Performance Period 2025–2027 of the Restricted
 
Share Plan (RSP)
The purpose of the Restricted Share Plan is to function as a supplementary structure for separately
 
selected key personnel of Terveystalo
 
in
special situations.
The share rewards will be paid in Terveystalo
 
Plc shares after the end of the performance period, provided that the individual participants
are still employed by Terveystalo.
 
The maximum number of shares to be paid based on this plan is 70,000 shares.
Notifications pursuant to Chapter
 
9, Section 5 of the
 
Securities Markets Act
After the end of the reporting period, on 18 February 2025, OP Financial Group's insurance companies transferred
 
their Terveystalo
 
Plc
shares to OP Cooperative. This transaction left OP Financial Group's
 
total holding in Terveystalo
 
Plc unchanged at 13.91 percent, equating to
17,675,975 shares. As part of the arrangement, Terveystalo
 
Plc received the following flagging notifications on 19 February 2025.
Terveystalo
 
Plc received a notification in accordance with Chapter 9, Section 5 of the Securities Markets Act, according
 
to which OP
Cooperative's holding of Terveystalo
 
Plc's shares and votes has exceeded 10 percent on 18 February 2025.
Terveystalo
 
Plc received a notification in accordance with Chapter 9, Section 5 of the Securities Markets Act, according
 
to which Pohjola
Insurance Ltd's holding in Terveystalo
 
Plc's shares and votes has fallen below 5 percent on 18 February 2025.
Terveystalo
 
Plc received a notification in accordance with Chapter 9, Section 5 of the Securities Markets Act, according
 
to which OP Life
Assurance Company Ltd's holding of Terveystalo
 
Plc's shares and votes has fallen below 5 percent on 18 February 2025.
The most significant short-term risks and
 
uncertainty factors
Terveystalo’s
 
risk management is governed by the risk management policy approved by the Board. The policy defines goals,
 
principles,
organisations, responsibilities, and practices for risk management.
 
The management of financial risks complies with the Group’s financing
policy approved by Terveystalo’s
 
Board. The risks and uncertainty factors described below are considered
 
to potentially have a significant
impact on the company’s business operations, financial results, and outlook within the next 12 months. The list
 
is not intended to be
exhaustive. The order in which the risks are presented does not describe the magnitude of the impact
 
of the risks' realisation or the
probability of their occurrence.
The company’s business operations rely on its capacity to identify,
 
recruit, and retain competent and professional
 
healthcare
professionals, employees, and executives. The increased
 
supply of services and increased competition may affect the availability
of healthcare professionals, particularly in major cities. Turnover
 
in key employees involves the risk of losing knowledge and
expertise.
 
22
Weak general economic performance and high inflation in Finland and their effects
 
on the financial circumstances of private
individuals, employers, and public entities may adversely affect Terveystalo’s
 
business and results of operations by decreasing the
demand for Terveystalo’s
 
services, as well as may adversely affect the availability of
 
financing.
 
The company’s business is very dependent on functioning information systems,
 
data communication, and external service
providers. Interruptions can result from hardware
 
failure, software failure, or cyber threats. Long-lasting
 
malfunction of
information systems or payment transfers
 
can lead to significant loss of sales and a decline in customer satisfaction.
 
The company may not be able to find suitable acquisition targets or expansion opportunities
 
under favourable terms, and the
integration of acquisition targets is not necessarily realised as planned.
Terveystalo’s
 
expansion to new geographical locations involves
 
several risks, and failure to identify expansion opportunities,
recruit new employees, and achieve estimated benefits may adversely
 
affect Terveystalo’s
 
business and the results of operations.
The development and implementation of information system
 
projects and services, service products, and operating models
involve risks. The company develops new digital customer
 
solutions, which increases the overall risk related to information
systems. A failure in the development of digital systems
 
may expose Terveystalo
 
to potential technical faults and disturbances.
 
Endangered information security or privacy can lead to losses, claims for
 
damages, and endanger reputation.
Pandemics or epidemics and related restrictive measures may
 
adversely affect the business operations of Terveystalo
 
through,
among other things, demand for certain healthcare services and challenges in the supply chain.
Changes in the competitive landscape, new competitors entering the markets,
 
and increasing price competition may have a
negative impact on the company’s profitability
 
and growth potential.
 
Terveystalo
 
is exposed to changes in demand for occupational healthcare services due to demographic trends,
 
aging and shrinking
working-age population.
 
The Social Welfare and Healthcare Reform
 
in Finland and its legal interpretations may have impacts
 
on Terveystalo’s
 
business and
results of operations.
 
Changes in compensation systems for healthcare
 
services may adversely affect Terveystalo’s
 
business, financial position, and
results of operations.
Failures or deficiencies in the operational risk management, medical quality,
 
and internal control processes may result in failure
 
of
quality control, including medical quality, or otherwise adversely
 
affect Terveystalo's
 
profitability and reputation.
Terveystalo’s
 
operations could be subject to labour disruptions or disputes.
Ongoing profit improvement programs may fall
 
short of their targets and / or the improvements may not be sustainable.
The company is a party to and may become a party to, legal action or administrative
 
procedures initiated by the authorities,
patients, or third parties. According to the company’s opinion,
 
its currently pending legal obligations and court cases are not
significant in nature.
 
Risk management at Terveystalo
 
and risks related to the company’s business are
 
described in more detail on the company’s website
 
and in
the company’s Annual Report.
Annual General Meeting in 2025
Terveystalo
 
Plc's Annual General Meeting (AGM) is planned to be held on Tuesday
 
8 April 2025. The meeting will be convened by the
company's Board of Directors separately
 
at a later date.
Terveystalo
 
Plc
Board of Directors
 
 
 
 
 
 
23
Calculation of financial ratios and alternative
 
performance measures
Terveystalo
 
presents alternative performance measures as additional information to
 
the financial measures defined in IFRS. Those are
performance measures that the company monitors internally and they provide
 
significant additional information related to the company's
results of operations, financial position and cash flows to the management, investors,
 
securities analysts and other parties. These should not
be considered in isolation or as a substitute to the measures under IFRS.
Alternative performance measures to the statement
 
of financial position
The company presents the following alternative performance measures
 
to the statement of financial position as they are, in the company's
view, useful indicators
 
of the company's ability to obtain financing and service its debt.
Return on equity, %
=
Profit/loss for the period (LTM)
x 100%
Equity (including non-controlling interest) (average)
Equity ratio, %
=
Equity (including non-controlling interest)
x 100%
Total assets - advances
 
received
Gearing, %
=
Interest-bearing liabilities - interest-bearing receivables and cash
 
and cash
equivalents
x 100%
Equity
Net debt/EBITDA (LTM) *
=
Interest-bearing liabilities - interest-bearing receivables and cash
 
and cash
equivalents
EBITDA (LTM)
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA (LTM)
 
*
=
Interest-bearing liabilities - interest-bearing receivables and cash
 
and cash
equivalents
Adjusted EBITDA (LTM)
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA (LTM),
 
excluding
IFRS 16 *
=
Interest-bearing liabilities excluding lease liabilities - interest
 
-bearing
receivables and cash and cash equivalents
Adjusted EBITDA (LTM),
 
excluding IFRS 16
Alternative performance measures to the statement
 
of income
The company presents the following alternative performance measures
 
to the statement of income, as in the company's view,
 
they increase
understanding of the company's results of operations. In addition, the adjusted
 
alternative performance measures are widely used by
analysts, investors and other parties and facilitates
 
comparability between periods.
Adjusted EBITDA*
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Depreciation, Amortisation, Impairment
losses and adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24
Adjusted EBITDA, %*
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Depreciation, Amortisation, Impairment
losses and adjustments
x 100%
Revenue
Adjusted EBITA*
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Amortisation, Impairment losses and adjustments
Adjusted EBITA, %*
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Amortisation, Impairment losses and
adjustments
x 100%
Revenue
Adjusted operating profit (EBIT)*
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes
 
and Share of profits in associated companies,
and adjustments
Adjusted operating profit (EBIT), %*
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes
 
and Share of profits in associated companies,
and adjustments
x 100%
Revenue
EBITDA
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Depreciation and Amortisation and Impairment losses
EBITDA, %
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Depreciation and Amortisation and
Impairment losses
x 100%
Revenue
EBITA
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Amortisation and Impairment losses
EBITA, %
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Amortisation and Impairment losses
x 100%
Revenue
Operating profit (EBIT)
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes
 
and Share of profits in associated companies
Operating profit (EBIT), %
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes
 
and Share of profits in associated companies
x 100%
Revenue
Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16 *
=
Earnings Before Interest, Taxes,
 
Depreciation, Amortisation, Impairment
losses and adjustments, excluding IFRS 16 lease adjustments
* Adjustments are material items outside the ordinary course of business and these relate
 
to acquisition-related expenses, restructuring-
related expenses, gains and losses on sale of assets (net), impairment losses and other items affecting
 
comparability.
Share key figures
Earnings per share, (EUR)
=
Profit for the period attributable to owners of the parent
 
company
Average number of shares during the period
 
 
25
Effective dividend yield, %
=
Dividend per share
x 100%
Share price at the end of the period
Price-to-earnings ratio (P/E)
=
Share price at the end of the period
Earnings per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26
Reconciliation of alternative performance measures
Return on equity, %
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
Equity (including non-controlling interest) (average)
531.8
553.7
600.4
Return on equity, %
13.5
7.6
4.1
Equity ratio, %
2024
2023
2022
Equity (including non-controlling interest)
548.2
515.4
592.0
Total assets
1,398.4
1419.5
1,479.4
Advances received
6.9
6.4
7.1
Equity ratio, %
39.4
36.5
40.2
Gearing, %
2024
2023
2022
Interest-bearing liabilities
570.0
635.8
607.0
Interest-bearing receivables and cash and cash equivalents
65.2
37.7
40.4
Equity
548.2
515.4
592.0
Gearing, %
92.1
116.0
95.7
Net debt / EBITDA
2024
2023
2022
Interest-bearing liabilities
570.0
635.8
607.0
Interest-bearing receivables and cash and cash equivalents
65.2
37.7
40.4
EBITDA
222.5
179.2
168.8
Net debt / EBITDA
2.3
3.3
3.4
Net debt / Adjusted EBITDA
2024
2023
2022
Interest-bearing liabilities
570.0
635.8
607.0
Interest-bearing receivables and cash and cash equivalents
65.2
37.7
40.4
Adjusted EBITDA
245.9
200.2
178
Net debt / Adjusted EBITDA
2.1
3.0
3.2
Adjusted EBITDA, EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
Income tax expense
18.0
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
106.4
193.8
134.9
Adjustments*
23.5
21.1
9.2
Adjusted EBITDA
245.9
200.2
178
Adjusted EBITDA, %
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBITDA
245.9
200.2
178
Revenue
1340.0
1,286.4
1,259.1
Adjusted EBITDA, %
18.4
15.6
14.1
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27
Adjusted EBITA, EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
Income tax expense
18.0
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
Amortisation and impairment losses
31.5
119.1
62
Adjustments*
23.5
21.5
9.2
Adjusted EBITA
171.0
125.6
105.2
Adjusted EBITA, %
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBITA
171.0
125.6
105.2
Revenue
1340.0
1,286.4
1,259.1
Adjusted EBITA, %
12.8
9.8
8.4
Adjusted operating profit (EBIT), EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
Income tax expense
18.0
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
Adjustments*
24.4
107.8
39.5
Adjusted EBIT
140.5
93.1
73.4
Adjusted operating profit (EBIT), %
2024
2023
2022
Adjusted EBIT
140.5
93.1
73.4
Revenue
1,340.0
1286.4
1259.1
Adjusted EBIT, %
10.5
7.2
5.8
EBITDA, EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
Income tax expense
18.0
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
106.4
193.8
134.9
EBITDA
222.5
179.2
168.8
EBITDA, %
2024
2023
2022
EBITDA
222.5
179.2
168.8
Revenue
1340.0
1,286.4
1259.1
EBITDA, %
16.6
13.9
13.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
28
EBITA, EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
Income tax expense
18.0
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
Amortisation and impairment losses
31.5
119.1
62
EBITA
147.6
104.4
95.9
EBITA, %
2024
2023
2022
EBITA
147.6
104.4
95.9
Revenue
1340.0
1,286.4
1,259.1
EBITA, %
11.0
8.1
7.6
Operating profit (EBIT), EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.4
24.4
Income tax expense
18.0
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
EBIT
116.1
-14.7
33.9
Operating profit, (EBIT), %
2024
2023
2022
EBIT
116.1
-14.7
33.9
Revenue
1340.0
1,286.4
1259.1
EBIT, %
8.7
-1.1
2.7
Adjustments based on subject area* , EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Acquisition-related expenses
1)
-0.7
-0.8
2.8
Restructuring-related expenses
2)
1.9
3.2
1.5
Gain on sale of asset
3)
0.6
-
-
Impairment losses
0.9
80.8
30.3
Strategic projects and other items affecting to comparability
21.6
18.8
5
Adjustments
24.4
101.9
39.5
Adjustments based on account group* , EUR mill.
2024
2023
2022
Other operating income
-1.0
-0.8
-0.1
Personnel expenses
18.0
3.1
1.3
Other operating expenses
23.1
18.7
8
Depreciation and impairment
0.9
86.7
30.3
Deferred tax
-
-5.9
-
Adjustments
24.4
101.9
39.5
Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16
2024
2023
2022
Net income
71.7
-42.2
24.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
29
Income tax expense
3.3
3.3
6.5
Share of profits in associated companies
-
0.0
0.1
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
2.9
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
106.4
193.8
134.9
Adjustments*
23.5
21.1
9.2
IFRS 16 lease expense adjustment
-56.4
-57.4
-55.8
Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16
189.5
142.8
122.2
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16
2024
2023
2022
Interest-bearing liabilities
378.2
416.7
427.2
Interest-bearing receivables and cash and cash equivalents
65.2
37.7
40.4
Adjusted EBITDA
189.5
142.8
122.2
Net debt/Adjusted EBITDA, excluding IFRS 16
1.7
2.7
3.2
* Adjustments are material items outside the ordinary course of business, and these relate to acquisition-related expenses, restructuring-related expenses,
gain /losses on sale of assets (net), impairment losses, strategic projects and other items affecting comparability.
1)
Including transaction costs and expenses from integration of acquired businesses
2)
 
Including restructuring of network and business operations
3)
 
Including sales of business operations.
30
Sustainability statement
ESRS 2 - General disclosures
 
BP 1, 2 - Basis
 
for preparation of the
 
sustainability statement
Terveystalo
 
Plc is a Finnish public limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Finland and domiciled in Helsinki. The Group’s
parent company Terveystalo
 
Plc is listed on Nasdaq Helsinki. The Terveystalo
 
Group consists of the parent company and 24 subsidiaries. The
company is the largest private healthcare service provider
 
in Finland in terms of revenue, and one of the leading occupational health
providers in Finland and Sweden. The company offers
 
general medicine, occupational health and specialised care services, diagnostics
services, outpatient surgery, oral
 
health services and other complementary health services to corporate, private, and public sector
customers.
 
In the sustainability statement, operations are
 
reported on at Terveystalo
 
Group level, and the scope of consolidation is the same as in the
consolidated financial statements, unless otherwise stated. The
 
information provided in the statement regarding
 
Terveystalo's
 
own
operations covers the entire Group’s
 
own workforce, i.e. both employees and non-employees (including self-employed
 
people), unless
otherwise stated. For the S1 - Own Workforce
 
standard, the comparative figures for the comparison year
 
have not been reported, with a
few exceptions, based on the transitional provision of ESRS
 
(European Sustainability Reporting Standards) - 1 10.3 regarding
 
the
presentation of comparative data.
 
The sustainability statement covers the material
 
impacts, risks and opportunities related to Terveystalo’s
upstream and downstream value chain. The sustainability report is
 
published annually. The reporting period corresponds to the financial
reporting period 1 January 2024–31 December 2024.
 
In the sustainability statement, the time horizons
 
are defined in accordance with the
reporting time horizons provided in the ESRS standard:
 
short-term = reporting period (one year), medium-term = 1–5 years, and
 
long-
term: >5 years. The necessary reporting principles concerning different topics
 
are presented in connection with each topic-specific
standard. No metrics that include estimates of upstream or downstream
 
value chain figures have been used in the sustainability statement.
KPMG Oy Ab has verified the sustainability statement in accordance with the ISA 3000 assurance
 
standard as a limited assurance
engagement.
Governance
GOV-1–2 The role of the
 
administrative, management and supervisory
 
bodies and the information
provided to and sustainability
 
matters addressed by them
 
The sustainability statement includes disclosures on the management of sustainability.
 
Further information on the general tasks,
composition, diversity and competence of the administrative,
 
management and supervisory bodies, as well as internal control, internal
audit and risk management processes is provided in Terveystalo’s
 
Corporate Governance Statement.
The Board of Directors and its committees
Terveystalo
 
Plc’s Board of Directors is the highest decision-making
 
body that oversees sustainability-related issues within the organisation.
The Board of Directors takes care
 
of tasks pertaining to its area of responsibility in accordance with the applicable legislation, Terveystalo
Plc’s Articles of Association, the charter of the Board of Directors,
 
the Corporate Governance Code published by the Securities Market
Association, as amended from time to time, and other rules and regulations applicable to Finnish listed companies. The Board
 
of Directors is
responsible for the company’s governance and the appropriate
 
organisation of its operations, among other things. The Board of Directors
decides on matters of principle and on any issues that could have broad
 
-ranging implications for the company.
 
The Board of Directors'
responsibilities also include reviewing and approving the strategic objectives and strategic
 
plans of the company and its various business
functions as well as monitoring their implementation. The responsibilities of the Board of Directors
 
are documented in its written charter,
which supplements the provisions of the Articles of Association and the applicable laws and regulations.
31
In accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
ESG governance model, the Board of Directors discusses and steers
 
the sustainability strategy and key
action plans, decides on the setting of sustainability-related targets and monitors
 
their achievement. The Board of Directors also approves
the Group’s key sustainability
 
-related policies and Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct. In accordance with its charter,
 
the duties of the Board of
Directors include monitoring and overseeing not only the financial reporting process
 
but also the sustainability reporting process. The Board
of Directors prepares the election of the sustainability assurance
 
provider, monitors
 
the sustainability reporting assurance process and
approves Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability statement.
The Board of Directors ensures that the company has defined policies concerning internal
 
control, internal auditing and risk management,
and monitors compliance with such policies. In accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
internal control and risk management policy,
 
the Board of
Directors is responsible for the adequacy of risk management and approves
 
the risk management policy. Internal control
 
has been
integrated into Terveystalo’s
 
management and reporting system and is implemented by Terveystalo’s
 
Board of Directors and its Audit
Committee as well as the Group’s senior management,
 
operational management and employees, and the Group’s
 
internal audit and quality
assurance function. Internal control is based on Terveystalo’s
 
risk management system, the company’s
 
business culture, and respective
practices. Terveystalo’s
 
values and Code of Conduct and the Group’s policies and procedures constitute
 
part of the foundation and
organisation of internal control.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Vice President in charge of sustainability presents material sustainability
 
-related matters to the Board of Directors
 
at least
once a year in connection with the Board's discussion of the broader sustainability agenda and review of targets
 
and performance.
Sustainability-related matters
 
are also discussed in meetings of the Board of Directors as necessary when there are material issues to
communicate or decide on. In 2024, the following sustainability-related matters
 
were discussed in the Board of Directors’ meetings, among
other things: The results of Terveystalo’s
 
double materiality assessment, Terveystalo's
 
material impacts, risks and opportunities, the
achievement of the sustainability targets set for
 
2023, progress towards the sustainability targets
 
set for 2024, the structure of
Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability reporting and assessing Terveystalo's
 
preparedness for reporting. The Board of Directors
 
has discussed
sustainability management at Terveystalo
 
and Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability strategy and its practical implementation
 
as part of the overall
strategy. The Board
 
of Directors has discussed Terveystalo’s
 
Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
 
roadmap and plans, as well as the
impacts, risks and opportunities related to the material sustainability themes identified in the double materiality assessment.
 
The Board of
Directors has also discussed and examined metrics related to Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability themes and their progress. Risk management,
Terveystalo’s
 
environmental management system and information
 
security and related risk management were also on the agenda of the
Board of Directors during the year.
 
In addition, the Board of Directors participated in training related
 
to sustainability reporting and
assurance.
The Board of Directors has established two committees to
 
improve the efficacy of the Board: an Audit Committee and a Remuneration
Committee. Written charters have
 
been drawn up for the committees to define their duties. The Audit Committee’s
 
duties include, among
other things, assisting the Board of Directors in fulfilling and monitoring its supervisory duties pertaining to the financial reporting process
and auditing, and the sustainability reporting process and assurance, as well as the supervision of matters related
 
to reporting, internal
control, internal auditing, and risk management. The Audit Committee monitors and assesses the company’s
 
financial and sustainability
reporting systems as well as the quality and integrity of the financial statements,
 
other financial reports and sustainability statements.
 
The
Audit Committee also monitors the statutory audit of the financial statements
 
and consolidated financial statements and the assurance
 
of
the sustainability statement. The Audit Committee also assesses the competence and
 
independence of the external auditor and the
sustainability reporting assurance provider,
 
prepares a proposal for a decision on the election of the auditor and the sustainability
 
reporting
assurance provider,
 
and monitors compliance with laws and regulations. The Audit Committee also monitors
 
and assesses the efficiency of
the company’s internal control, internal
 
auditing, and risk management systems and assesses the performance of internal auditing. The
Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors,
 
in turn, assists the Board in preparing matters related
 
to remuneration, for example.
Among other things, the Remuneration Committee prepares the Remuneration
 
Policy of Governing Bodies and the Remuneration Report,
prepares and assesses the remuneration of the CEO and other members of the Executive
 
Team reporting
 
directly to the CEO, and prepares
short-term and long-term incentive plans. The Remuneration Committee
 
prepares matters concerning the appointment of
 
the CEO and
other members of the Executive Team
 
reporting directly to the CEO.
The committees discuss sustainability-related matters
 
whenever there are material issues to communicate
 
or decide on. In 2024, the Audit
Committee focused particularly on the reporting requirements arising from the Corporate
 
Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD),
Terveystalo’s
 
preparedness for reporting and the CSRD-compliant assurance process. During the
 
year, the Remuneration
 
Committee
32
prepared short-term and long-term incentive plans for
 
the CEO and other members of the Executive Team
 
reporting directly to the CEO.
The purpose of the incentive plans is, among other things, to steer the performance towards the achievement of Group
 
-level and individual
targets based on the key strategic
 
priorities for each year and towards specific Group-level targets.
 
When preparing short-term and long-
term incentive plans, the Remuneration Committee evaluates
 
the metrics and performance targets relevant to the plans, which are
 
used as
performance criteria in remuneration. These metrics can be related
 
to sustainability or other topics. The committees report on their work to
the Board of Directors on a regular basis.
CEO and Executive Team
The CEO is responsible for the day-to-day management of the company
 
and for executing the company’s
 
strategy in accordance with the
instructions and orders issued by the Board of Directors. The CEO
 
undertakes the execution of measures approved
 
by the Board of Directors
and oversees preparations for strategically
 
important measures. This means that Terveystalo’s
 
CEO, together with the other members of
the Executive Team,
 
is also responsible for the successful implementation of the company’s
 
sustainability agenda. The CEO ensures that the
management of the company is adequately arranged and that the company’s
 
accounting complies with the applicable legislation. In
accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
internal control and risk management policy,
 
the CEO is also responsible for the organisation of Terveystalo
Group's risk management and the monitoring and guidance of the senior management with regard to
 
risk management. The CEO manages
sustainability-related risks as part of the company’s
 
general risk management. The CEO also ensures the appropriate arrangement
 
of the
company’s administration and asset management. The CEO
 
serves as the Chair of Terveystalo’s
 
Executive Team.
 
Ville Iho has served as the
CEO of Terveystalo
 
since December 2019. A more detailed presentation of the CEO is provided in Terveystalo’s
 
Corporate Governance
Statement.
The Executive Team
 
assists the CEO with, among other things, the preparation and execution of matters
 
related to the company’s strategy,
business plans, matters of principle, and any other important matters.
 
In accordance with Terveystalo's
 
internal control and risk
management policy, the Executive
 
Team supports the CEO in implementing risk management,
 
risk monitoring, and risk assessment. The
members of the Executive Team
 
are responsible for implementing risk management-related measures
 
in their respective areas of
responsibility. Sustainability risks
 
are assessed as part of Terveystalo
 
Group’s general risk management. The purpose of risk management
 
is
to support the achievement of business objectives by supporting informed decision-making and ensure the fulfilment of the customer
promise, patient safety and occupational safety,
 
high-quality operations, financial performance, business continuity,
 
a good public image for
the company, and corporate
 
social responsibility. Risk management is an integral
 
part of Terveystalo
 
Group's planning processes and
monitoring and reporting practices, and risk-taking relative
 
to risk-bearing capacity is assessed particularly in connection with work on the
strategy and when decisions are made on business projects or investments that
 
are significant for the Group. Risk management is an
integral part of management. It contributes to strategic
 
development, helps managers make informed
 
choices, puts measures in priority
order, takes
 
into account opportunities, uncertainties, and their effects, and distinguishes between
 
alternative approaches. As stated
above, the Group’s management also participates
 
in the implementation of internal control.
In accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
ESG governance model, the Executive Team
 
examines the Group’s
 
sustainability approach, commitments,
investments and targets and decides on their submission to the Board of
 
Directors for final approval. The Executive
 
Team monitors
 
progress
with regard to sustainability targets, commitments
 
and the roadmap and is responsible for ensuring that sustainability commitments
 
are
integrated into the Group’s
 
overall strategy and operations
 
as part of the strategy process. The Executive Team
 
examines the Group’s
sustainability-related policies and guidelines and submits the most material of them to the Board of
 
Directors for approval. The CEO and
certain members of the Executive Team
 
also have the right to approve policies and guidelines that fall within their competence.
Terveystalo’s
 
management and supervisors are responsible for the communication and implementation
 
of Terveystalo's
 
Code of Conduct,
and monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct. The CEO reports to the Board of Directors of Terveystalo
 
Plc and the other members
of the Executive Team
 
report to the CEO.
The Vice President in charge of sustainability,
 
who reports to the CFO, discusses sustainability-related matters
 
with the CFO and CEO on a
regular basis and as necessary when there are material issues to communicate or decide on. Sustainability
 
-related matters are also regularly
on the agenda of the Executive Team.
 
In 2024, the CEO and the Executive Team
 
particularly focused on Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability strategy
and its practical implementation as part of Terveystalo’s
 
overall strategy and sustainability management
 
in Terveystalo
 
.
Other responsibilities related to the management
 
of the sustainability themes
33
Terveystalo’s
 
Quality Steering Group and Medical Forum are responsible for ensuring and developing quality and patient safety.
 
The
Director of Quality leads the Quality Steering Group, which is responsible for the development of Terveystalo’s
 
quality management system
in accordance with the strategic priorities in order to achieve
 
quality targets and results. The medical management of Terveystalo
 
is
responsible for the compliance of the operations, medical content
 
of services, monitoring of treatment effectiveness and patient safety.
The Chief Medical Officer leads the Medical Forum, which discusses the most significant medical issues that require policy decisions.
 
In
addition to the Quality Steering Group and the Medical Forum, the administrative bodies responsible
 
for steering the assurance and
development of quality and patient safety at the Group level include the Data
 
Protection Team,
 
the Safety Team
 
and the Patient Safety
Team. Internal control
 
is integrated into Terveystalo’s
 
management and reporting system. Adherence to the environmental
 
management
system is the responsibility of the Director of Quality,
 
who reports to the Chief Medical Officer.
 
The achievement of the goals of the
environmental management system
 
is monitored by the environmental management system
 
steering group, and operational activities are
the responsibility of the operative group.
In the beginning of 2025, the Quality Steering Group became the ESG and Quality Steering Group. It monitors sustainability
 
-related
development and regulation and steers and supports the Group's quality and sustainability strategy.
 
The steering group is chaired by the
Director of Quality, with the Vice President in
 
charge of sustainability as the vice chair.
 
The duties of the steering group are specified in
Terveystalo’s
 
ESG governance model. The steering group supports the organisation in
 
setting sustainability and quality targets and metrics,
and achieving the target level, commitments and targets
 
set by the Board of Directors. The steering group defines the key
 
metrics and
targets for sustainability and quality and evaluates the
 
quality and sustainability policies and updates to the policies for approval by
 
the
Executive Team
 
or the Board of Directors. The group monitors the achievement of
 
targets during the year and ensures that the necessary
analyses and corrective measures are taken at
 
the Group level. The steering group reports to the Executive
 
Team on a quarterly basis.
Human resources management and its development at Terveystalo
 
is the responsibility of the Senior Vice President, People and Careers,
who is a member of the Executive Team
 
and reports to the CEO.
As required by law,
 
Terveystalo
 
Group has a Data Protection Officer who performs duties in accordance with the General
 
Data Protection
Regulation and reports directly to Group management. In Sweden, Feelgood
 
has its own Data Protection Officer.
 
The responsibility for day-
to-day information security management lies with the Chief Information
 
Security Officer of the Group, who reports to the Executive Team
member responsible for information security and digital services. Terveystalo
 
also has data protection and information security teams that
discuss and monitor issues related to data protection and information
 
security and develop related functions and activities. The teams
include representatives of stakeholders
 
within the Terveystalo
 
organisation that are relevant to
 
the teams’ areas of responsibility.
Terveystalo’s
 
compliance function is responsible for preparing and updating compliance programmes and related
 
policies. The compliance
function is also responsible for investigations and process
 
development related to compliance with the Code of Conduct. The compliance
function reports annually to Terveystalo
 
Plc’s Board of Directors
 
on the most material compliance themes and targets. The compliance
function also reports to the Group’s senior management on a regular
 
basis. Terveystalo’s
 
senior management and supervisors are
responsible for the communication and implementation of the Code of Conduct approved by the Board
 
of Directors, and monitoring
compliance with the Code of Conduct. Terveystalo’s
 
Legal & Compliance department supports the organisation with issues related to
 
the
Code of Conduct and provides training to the personnel on the Code of Conduct. The compliance function also trains personnel and
management on tailored compliance themes, such as the use of Terveystalo’s
 
whistleblowing channel and related requirements.
Composition of the Board of Directors
According to Terveystalo
 
Plc’s Articles of Association, the Board of Directors
 
shall have a minimum of five and a maximum of eight ordinary
members. In 2024, the Board of Directors had seven members. The term of the members of
 
the Board of Directors expires at the closing of
the Annual General Meeting following their election. Until 26 March 2024, the Board of Directors consisted
 
of Kari Kauniskangas
(Chairman), Matts Rosenberg, Sofia Hasselberg, Ari Lehtoranta, Carola
 
Lemne, Kristian Pullola and Katri Viippola in accordance with the
decision of the 2023 Annual General Meeting. The Annual General Meeting held on 26 March 2024 re-elected Kari Kauniskangas
(Chairman), Matts Rosenberg, Sofia Hasselberg, Ari Lehtoranta, Carola
 
Lemne and Kristian Pullola as members of the Board of Directors.
Teija Sarajärvi was elected
 
as a new member. There
 
are no employee representatives among the members of the
 
Board of Directors.
Presentations of the members of the Board of Directors are
 
provided in Terveystalo’s
 
Corporate Governance Statement.
34
Persons elected as a member of the Board of Directors must have
 
the qualifications required for the position and the opportunity to devote
sufficient time to performing their duties. The company has drafted principles concerning the diversity
 
of the Board of Directors. According
to the principles applied in financial year 2024, diversity was assessed from several perspectives,
 
including age and gender as well as
educational and professional background. Terveystalo
 
considers the realisation of diversity on the Board of Directors
 
to be a key factor that
supports the company’s business and its development as well as the achievement of its strategic
 
objectives. The work of the Board of
Directors requires understanding of
 
differences in cultures, values, and business practices. The structure, size,
 
composition, diversity and
succession needs of the Board of Directors are assessed annually,
 
including whether the Board of Directors represents appropriate
experience, diverse business knowledge and skills, independence and other necessary qualities. The Shareholders' Nomination Board
 
plans
the composition of the Board of Directors from the perspective of the company’s
 
current and future business needs, taking into account
diversity of the Board.
Terveystalo's
 
material sustainability themes were confirmed on the basis of the company’s
 
double materiality assessment. The material
themes are own workforce, consumers and end-users and good corporate
 
governance/business conduct. The members of Terveystalo
 
Plc’s
Board of Directors represent expertise in the healthcare
 
sector and business conduct in the company’s target markets
 
(Finland and
Sweden), among other areas of expertise. The Board of Directors also includes members who have
 
an educational background in medicine.
The members of the Board of Directors have experience from many
 
different industries and a wide range of management positions
 
in
companies serving different customer groups. They represent
 
expertise related to business conduct and good corporate
 
governance,
including strategic management, financial management and risk management, as well as business ethics
 
and compliance. The Board
members also have expertise in topics related to sustainability
 
(ESG), as well as human resources management and occupational safety.
 
The
Board of Directors and its committees may also use external
 
legal, financial, sustainability-related or other advisers to the extent
 
they deem
necessary.
The age range of the Board of Directors whose term ended on 26 March
 
2024 was 40–65 years on 26 March 2024. Three (43%) of the Board
members were between the ages of 30 and 49, and four (57%) were aged 50 or older.
 
The age range of the new Board of Directors
 
that was
elected by the Annual General Meeting held on 26 March 2024 was 41–66 years on 31 December 2024. Two
 
(29%) of the Board members
were between the ages of 30 and 49, and five (71%) were aged 50 or older.
Three (43%) of the members of the Board of Directors whose term ended on 26 March 2024 were
 
women and four (57%) were men.
Similarly, three (43%) of the members of the Board of Directors
 
whose term started on 26 March 2024 were women and four (57%)
 
were
men. On average, during the year,
 
43 percent of the Board members were women and 57 percent were men. Persons
 
outside Finland
accounted for two (29%) of the members of the Board of Directors
 
that served until 26 March 2024 and the Board of Directors that
 
served
thereafter.
The Board conducts an annual assessment of its operations and working practices in accordance with the Corporate
 
Governance Code
published by the Finnish Securities Market Association. In preparing its proposal on the composition of the Board of Directors,
 
the
Shareholders' Nomination Board must take into
 
account the requirements concerning independence as set out in the Corporate
Governance Code, the results of the assessment of the Board’s operations
 
carried out in accordance with the Corporate Governance
 
Code,
the principles concerning the diversity of the Board of Directors, and other applicable regulations.
 
According to the assessment of the Board
of Directors, all of the members (100%) of the Board of Directors on 31 December 2024 are independent of the company.
 
Six out of seven
members (86%) are also independent of the company’s significant shareholders.
GOV-3 Integration of sustainability-related
 
performance in incentive schemes
Remuneration of the Board of Directors
 
The Shareholders’ Nomination Board prepares and reviews the remuneration
 
principles for the members of the Board of Directors as set
out in the Terveystalo
 
Plc's Remuneration Policy for Governing Bodies. Each
 
year, the Shareholders’
 
Nomination Board also prepares a
proposal for the remuneration of the members of the Board of Directors.
 
The proposal must be based on the principles set out in
Terveystalo
 
Plc's Remuneration Policy for Governing Bodies. The final decision on the remuneration
 
of the members of the Board of
Directors is made by the General Meeting.
35
In 2024, the remuneration of the Board of Directors consisted of
 
annual remuneration and meeting fees, in addition to which the Board
members were entitled to compensation for reasonable travel
 
expenses related to their work. The annual remuneration is paid either
 
partly
in Terveystalo’s
 
shares and partly in cash, or fully in cash. Terveystalo's
 
Annual General Meeting held on 26 March 2024 resolved that, for
the term starting from the Annual General Meeting, the annual remuneration of the Board
 
would be paid as a combination of company
shares and cash in such a manner that 40 percent of the annual remuneration would be paid in shares purchased
 
from the market on behalf
of the Board members at a price determined in public trading, and 60 percent would be paid in cash. The Annual General Meeting
 
resolved
that the Board of Directors’ meeting fees would be paid in cash. In
 
2024, the remuneration of the Board of Directors was not based on
sustainability-related performance.
Remuneration of the CEO
The Remuneration Committee of the Board of Directors
 
prepares proposals to the Board of Directors concerning the remuneration
 
of the
CEO. The Board of Directors reviews
 
and approves the CEO’s remuneration
 
principles as set out in the Terveystalo
 
Plc's Remuneration Policy
for Governing Bodies on the basis of preparatory work carried out by the Remuneration
 
Committee of the Board of Directors, and decides
on the CEO’s pay,
 
incentive schemes and related targets on the basis of preparatory
 
work carried out by the Remuneration Committee of
the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors also decides on all share-based incentive
 
schemes based on the preparatory work of the
Remuneration Committee.
In 2024, the CEO’s total remuneration
 
consisted of fixed and variable components. The fixed component
 
includes the base salary, benefits
and insurance. The base salary provides core compensation for the role
 
and takes into account several
 
factors, such as the individual’s
personal performance level and contribution to the business, the individual’s
 
skills and experience, the internal salary levels and the
external market conditions.
 
The base salary is reviewed annually. Taxable
 
fringe benefits, Terveystalo’s
 
standard personnel benefits, and
other similar benefits are included in the base salary. In 2024, the insurances
 
included, among other things, leisure-time accident insurance,
travel insurance, and liability insurance for
 
the management. The Board of Directors has a possibility to decide on a supplementary defined
contribution pension in line with local market practices.
The variable components of the CEO’s remuneration
 
consist of short-term and long-term incentives. The short-term
 
incentives are aimed at
driving short-term performance towards specific Group
 
-level targets and individual objectives that are based on the key
 
strategic priorities
for each year.
 
Performance is measured over a period of one year,
 
and potential rewards are paid the following year.
 
The Board of Directors
sets annual performance criteria based on the key priorities for the financial year.
 
The criteria may include both financial and non-financial
criteria. Following the end of the earnings period, the Board of Directors confirms the achievement
 
of the criteria and determines the
amount of the payout. According to the Remuneration Policy
 
for Governing Bodies last handled at Terveystalo's
 
Annual General Meeting
held on 26 March 2024, at the maximum level of performance,
 
the incentive opportunity could not exceed 150% of the annual base salary.
In 2023 and 2024, the employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) was one of the indicators included in the
 
CEO’s short-term
 
performance
targets. eNPS indicates the proportion of Terveystalo’s
 
personnel and private practitioners who would recommend Terveystalo
 
as a
workplace to others. The short-term incentive paid to the CEO
 
in 2024, based on the performance in 2023, was based on the eNPS indicator
with a weight of 20 percent. The eNPS target for the incentive was
 
linked to Terveystalo’s
 
target level. In 2023, eNPS was the only indicator
of sustainability-related performance included in the CEO’s
 
performance targets. The other indicators affecting
 
the amount of the short-
term incentive were adjusted EBITA
 
and the progress of the profit improvement programme initiated
 
in 2022. In 2024, the CEO’s short-term
incentive was based on the eNPS indicator with a weight of 10 percent. The eNPS target
 
for the incentive was linked to Terveystalo’s
 
target
level. The second sustainability-related performance indicator
 
in 2024 was the Patient Enablement Instrument (PEI), which measures
medical quality in terms of the customer’s ability to deal with their illness after their appointment. In 2024, the CEO’s
 
short-term incentive
was based on the PEI indicator with a weight of 10 percent. The PEI target
 
is specified in the incentive scheme. The third indicator affecting
the amount of the short-term incentive in 2024 was Terveystalo's
 
adjusted EBITA. The short-term
 
incentive for 2024 will be paid in 2025.
The Board of Directors decides annually on the participants, performance indicators,
 
targets and earning opportunities of the long-term
incentive scheme for the management. The aim of the long-term incentives is to drive long-term
 
performance toward specific Group-level
targets, to engage the CEO’s
 
commitment to the company and to align the interests of the CEO
 
with interests of the shareholders. In 2024,
the long-term share-based incentive schemes for the management did not include sustainability-related
 
performance indicators. In the
performance periods 2022–2024, 2023–2025 and 2024–2026, the performance criteria for the CEO's share-based long-term
 
incentive
schemes are the company's absolute and relative Total
 
Shareholder Return (TSR).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
36
GOV-4 Statement on due
 
diligence
 
The adjacent table and the references presented
 
in it describe Terveystalo’s
 
current state with regard to
 
the identification, assessment and
mitigation of adverse environmental and human rights impacts, and the
 
monitoring and communication of related results. The process will
be developed with regard to the supply chain in 2025.
CORE ELEMENTS OF DUE DILIGENCE
PARAGRAPHS IN THE SUSTAINABILITY
 
STATEMENT
a)
Embedding due diligence in governance, strategy and
business model
ESRS 2 GOV-2, ESRS 2 GOV-3, ESRS 2 SBM-3
b)
Engaging with affected stakeholders
 
in all key steps of the
due diligence
ESRS 2 GOV-2, ESRS 2 SBM-2, ESRS 2 IRO-1, ESRS S1-2, ESRS
S4-2
c)
Identifying and assessing adverse impacts
ESRS 2 IRO-1, ESRS 2 SBM-3, ESRS S1-3, ESRS S1-4, ESRS
 
S4-3,
ESRS S4-4
d)
Tracking the effectiveness
 
of these efforts and
communicating
ESRS 2 GOV-2, ESRS S1-4, ESRS S1-5, ESRS S4-4, ESRS S4-5
In late 2024, Terveystalo
 
carried out a human rights impact assessment concerning the entire value chain. Terveystalo’s
 
human rights
policy, which was formed on the basis of the impact assessment, entered
 
into effect in January 2025. The identified potential adverse
impacts will be taken into account in the update of the double materiality assessment in 2025 and the development
 
of due diligence
processes during 2025.
GOV-5 Risk management and internal
 
controls over sustainability reporting
 
The purpose of internal controls related to the sustainability reporting
 
process is to ensure that Terveystalo
 
Group’s sustainability reporting
is reliable and that the information reported in the sustainability statement
 
has been prepared in accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
calculation
and accounting principles. Internal control is based on Terveystalo’s
 
risk management system, business culture, and respective practices.
Terveystalo's
 
Group-level principles and processes concerning statutory reporting, risk management
 
and internal control are observed in
sustainability reporting. The internal control of sustainability reporting
 
is based on risk identification and analysis, the targeting of control
 
at
the most material identified risks, and adherence to the best practices of internal control.
 
Risks are prioritised based on their weighted
severity and likelihood.
Sustainability reporting is centralised in the company’s financial function under the Vice President,
 
Investor Relations and Sustainability.
 
The
identified key risks of sustainability reporting are the accuracy
 
and coverage of the reported information.
 
To ensure the accuracy
 
and
coverage of the reported information,
 
Terveystalo
 
has defined and implemented a sustainability reporting governance model that specifies
the roles and responsibilities for sustainability reporting. The content owners
 
of the reported topic areas are responsible for
 
ensuring that
Terveystalo’s
 
process environment is able to produce the necessary reportable information.
 
The content-related responsibility for the
accuracy of the information and the responsibility for adherence to
 
reporting schedules and delivering the information to the Investor
Relations and Sustainability team lies with the content and data owners
 
defined in the reporting governance model, i.e. the roles defined in
Group functions such as HR, quality management, legal & compliance, and environment.
Internal controls have been implemented to ensure the accuracy
 
of the reported content, and the reporting governance model designates
an ESG controller whose task is to ensure the accuracy of the information
 
and compliance with the preparation principles.
 
Sustainability reporting and related observations were discussed a
 
total of five times in the company’s Audit Committee meetings
 
in 2024.
 
 
37
Strategy
 
SBM-1 Strategy, business model and
 
value chain
Terveystalo plays a key role in the renewal of
 
healthcare in Finland, the prevention of illnesses and the promotion of people’s
well-being.
 
In addition to preventive occupational health services, Terveystalo
 
offers a wide range of services in primary healthcare and specialised
care, diagnostics, and day surgery,
 
including general practitioner and specialist services, imaging and laboratory tests. In addition, the
company offers demanding surgery,
 
well-being services, oral health services, public healthcare outsourcing services, healthcare staffing
services, rehabilitation services and child welfare services.
The services are offered both digitally and at approximately
 
360 Terveystalo
 
clinics around Finland, including 18 hospital units and 31 dental
clinics. In 2024, Terveystalo
 
had a total of 1.2 (1.2) million customers, 7.6 (7.6) million customer visits in Finland, and a total of
 
1.7 (1.8)
million end-customers of occupational health services in the Nordic countries.
Terveystalo’s
 
digital platform has more than 2.6 million registered
 
users. In Finland, Terveystalo
 
provides occupational health services to
over 26,000 companies and organisations that have approximately
 
744,000 employees covered by the occupational health services.
In Sweden, Terveystalo
 
offers occupational health, organisational management
 
consulting and addiction prevention and rehabilitation
services to its corporate customers. Terveystalo
 
has more than 800 professionals in Sweden, serving customers digitally
 
and in person at
approximately 140 locations. Terveystalo
 
serves approximately 8,000 corporate
 
customers in Sweden, which have about one million
employees covered by occupational health services. Terveystalo’s
 
customer groups and service offering are described in more detail
 
in
section S4 – Consumers and end-users on pages 82–84xx.
Terveystalo’s
 
service offering is divided into three business areas: Healthcare Services, Portfolio
 
Businesses and Sweden, which are also
Terveystalo’s
 
reporting segments. Significant events concerning the business activitites of the business areas and their financial
performance during the reporting period are presented in the Business Areas section of the Report of
 
the Board of Directors on pages 13–
16.
Terveystalo’s
 
mission is to fight for a healthier life. Terveystalo’s
 
values – human being at the centre, steered by medical science and
reforming healthcare – are the foundation of all of Terveystalo’s
 
operations. The most significant positive sustainability impact of
Terveystalo’s
 
operations arises from providing fluent, caring and effective
 
integrated care to customers,
 
which is also at the core of
Terveystalo’s
 
strategy.
 
According to Terveystalo's
 
strategy, integrated
 
care means that Terveystalo
 
understands customers and their needs,
prevents and manages health risks, guides the customer to the right service and treatment, takes
 
care of the patient throughout the care
path, cooperates as teams of experts, and measures and improves
 
the outcomes of care. The integrated care
 
model aims for a positive
social impact, which can be reflected in the prevention of illnesses, quick access to care, fluent
 
care paths and good outcomes of care,
among other things. High-quality occupational healthcare that is based on integrated care is effective
 
when it promotes the health, work
ability and well-being of employees effectively and with measurable results. Effectiveness
 
is reflected in, for example, reduced sickness
absences, improved work ability and productivity,
 
as well as increased well-being at work, which reduces early retirement and
 
saves costs
for client companies.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
digital solutions play a key role in integrated
 
care paths and their development. They ensure smooth workflow
 
for
Terveystalo's
 
professionals, the best care and prevention outcomes
 
for its customers, and help to address the care gap
 
in the industry.
Terveystalo
 
uses data to identify and prevent health risks and select the right treatment.
 
The aim is to increase the overall capacity of care
through digital solutions to enable quick access to care under an optimised multi-channel production model. Digital tools
 
are also aimed at
creating smoother workflow for professionals through the development
 
of tools and processes, multidisciplinary collaboration and the
productivity of operations. The continuity of care is improved by guiding the customer
 
and the professional through the entire care
 
path
from the first contact to the end of the care path. Terveystalo
 
systematically measures the effectiveness
 
of care and develops its operations
to improve the outcomes. Terveystalo
 
supports Finland’s wellbeing services counties in the digital transformation
 
by providing modern and
easy-to-use digital solutions and highly competent service production for
 
the wellbeing services counties. The material sustainability
38
matters related to Terveystalo’s
 
customers, including the targets related to the sub-topic,
 
are described in more detail in section S-4
Consumers and end-users on pages 82–96.
Terveystalo
 
is one of the largest employers in Finland. At the end of 2024, Terveystalo's
 
operations in Finland had 8,383 (8,950) employees
and 5,967 (5,987) non-employees. In Sweden, Terveystalo’s
 
subsidiary Feelgood had 770 (874) employees and 48 (105) non-employees.
 
The
decrease in the number of employees in Finland was affected by the measures of the profit improvement
 
programme and the termination
of outsourcing contracts. In Sweden the number of employed staff
 
and private practitioners was reduced due to ended customer
 
contracts
as part of the profit improvement programme. As the need for care
 
increases due to the ageing of the population, the shortage of
professionals is the greatest challenge in healthcare. With this in mind, it is a key
 
strategic goal for Terveystalo
 
to ensure that the company
has an adequate number of engaged and highly competent healthcare professionals
 
for Terveystalo
 
to meet the growing demand and
achieve its strategic targets. Terveystalo’s
 
goal is to be the best and most attractive employer
 
in its industry. The material sustainability
matters related to Terveystalo’s
 
personnel, including the targets related to the sub-topic, are
 
described in more detail in section S-4 Own
workforce on pages 64–81.
Each year,
 
Terveystalo
 
purchases services, materials and supplies for its clinics from approximately
 
4,400 suppliers. Of these, the 180 largest
suppliers account for about 80% of total purchasing expenditure.
 
The largest procurement categories are ICT purchases, the
 
rental of
premises and subcontracted services, such as laboratory services. Terveystalo
 
Group also expects its suppliers to observe high standards of
sustainability with regard to ethical, social and environmental
 
perspectives, as well as occupational health and safety.
 
The material
sustainability matters related to
 
Terveystalo’s
 
suppliers, including the targets related to the sub-topic,
 
are described in more detail in
section G-1 Business conduct on pages 97–111.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
39
SBM-2 Interests and views of
 
stakeholders
 
Terveystalo’s
 
role in society means that the company has several stakeholders
 
with whom it engages in active dialogue and develops its
operations on the basis of stakeholder feedback. In addition to customers,
 
personnel, private practitioners, suppliers and shareholders,
 
the
key stakeholders include the public authorities and societal
 
decision-makers that influence the legislation governing the industry and the
drafting of that legislation. Other key stakeholders
 
include the supervisory authorities and the media. Terveystalo
 
also engages in close
interaction with lobbyists within the sector.
 
Open dialogue and effective cooperation enable a more predictable
 
operating environment for
all parties. Stakeholder expectations and feedback are discussed regularly
 
by Terveystalo’s
 
Executive Team
 
and Board of Directors.
Stakeholder views were taken
 
into account in the
double materiality assessment conducted in 2023, which served as the foundation for confirming Terveystalo's
 
material themes of
sustainability. The materiality assessment
 
is described in Material sustainability impacts, risks and opportunities on pages 48–50.
The table below describes Terveystalo’s
 
engagement with the most important stakeholders
 
and how the themes that are important to
them are taken into account in the company’s
 
strategy and business model.
Stakeholder
Interaction
channels/Stakeholder
engagement
Stakeholder expectations/Themes
of high importance to the
stakeholder
Meeting the
expectations/Impact on
operations, business model
and
strategy
Customers
Physical and digital customer
encounters, online services,
feedback surveys and channels,
marketing communications,
social media, whistleblowing
channel (WhistleB) and
materiality analysis.
Access to care, quality and impact
of care
Patient data protection and
information security
Patient safety
Effective digital services
Terveystalo
 
continued to
develop its services in a
number of different areas
and sought to respond to the
growing demand by, for
example, recruiting new
professionals and further
increasing its digital service
offering. Terveystalo
 
aims to
stand out by providing an
excellent experience in all
customer encounters,
irrespective of the channel.
 
At Terveystalo,
 
customer
feedback is collected
systematically and customers
are provided with many
different channels for giving
feedback. Customer feedback
is regularly monitored and
reported on, and used in
internal and external quality
audits to assess the measures
taken and their impacts. This
ensures that customer
feedback is an effective tool
for improving operations and
increasing customer
satisfaction.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40
Personnel and private
practitioners
Personnel Forum, shop stewards,
employee representatives and
the health and safety
representative, personnel
satisfaction surveys,
development discussions,
discussions with private
practitioners, personal
interaction, materiality
assessment, intranet,
newsletters, training, webinars,
seminars and other events, and
the whistleblowing channel
(WhistleB).
 
Responsible management, clear
management structures, smooth
interaction, equality, a good
working atmosphere and working
conditions, development of
competence, competitive pay.
Terveystalo’s
 
goal is to be the
best and most attractive
employer in its industry.
 
Terveystalo
 
strengthens its
attractiveness as a workplace
by providing professionals
with interesting and
meaningful work,
competitive pay, diverse
career and development
opportunities, and ensuring
that professionals can work
smoothly and focus on what
matters.
 
The aim is to provide a
humane and well-functioning
working environment where
the professionals can focus
on meaningful matters.
 
The development of tools
and processes to make work
smoother continued in 2024.
New professionals were
recruited to meet the
growing demand. The
training of professionals and
the training offering were
developed and diversified
further.
 
Current issues were actively
communicated to the
personnel, including the
progress of the strategy and
related measures.
 
Shareholders
Open and active dialogue;
regular and continuous reporting
with stock exchange releases and
reports, personal communication
channels, such as meetings with
investors and analysts, general
meetings of shareholders,
materiality assessment, Capital
Markets Day and other events.
The Investor Relations function
coordinates interaction with
investors, aiming to ensure equal
opportunities to receive
information and meet with the
company management.
 
Creating financial added value,
transparent and open
communication about the
implementation of the strategy and
financial performance, predictable
business development, sustainable
business.
Terveystalo
 
communicates
with shareholders and
investors on a regular and
continuous basis with regard
to material topics, such as
the implementation of the
strategy, the
 
development of
the business and market
environment, and financial
performance. Shareholder
feedback and expectations
are taken into account when
updating the strategy and
financial targets. The topics
discussed during
Terveystalo’s
 
Capital Markets
Day event in December 2024
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
41
included Terveystalo’s
operating environment,
strategy and the future focus
areas of capital allocation.
 
Terveystalo
 
participated in
several ESG surveys that
serve responsible investing.
 
Suppliers
Supplier cooperation in
accordance with Terveystalo’s
Supplier Relationship
Management (SRM) model
Supplier self-assessment
Audits
Reliability and financial stability
Clear agreements and payment
terms
Continuity and long-term
cooperation
Openness, communication and
feedback
Sustainability and ethics
Competitive purchasing volumes
and prices
The success of Terveystalo’s
business and maintaining its
competitiveness require
efficient and sustainable
supplier cooperation.
Terveystalo
 
expects its
suppliers to observe high
standards of sustainability
with regard to ethical, social
and environmental
perspectives, as well as
occupational health and
safety. Terveystalo
 
Group’s
Supplier Code of Conduct
sets out the minimum
requirements that all
suppliers and partners need
to satisfy in order to engage
in business with Terveystalo
and its subsidiaries. All of
Terveystalo’s
 
contract
suppliers and suppliers
participating in tendering
processes are required to
accept Terveystalo’s
 
Supplier
Code of Conduct. Supplier
relationship management
provides better visibility into
the supply chain, improving
delivery reliability, quality
management and risk
management, and increasing
visibility into total costs and
the flexibility of the supply
chain.
 
The authorities and
decision-makers
Open and active dialogue,
meetings and communication
directly and in various working
groups and events.
The obligations associated with
the Finnish Transparency
Register are observed in
communication activities.
 
Good cooperation and open
disclosure of information and
interaction to facilitate the
preparation of decisions. The
development and renewal of
healthcare is a shared goal for
Terveystalo,
 
the authorities and
decision-makers.
 
Terveystalo
 
has the
competence, innovation
capacity and willingness to
develop Finnish healthcare,
which is why Terveystalo
actively participates in
dialogue with decision-
makers and authorities to
promote progress. Through
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
42
its labour market and
advocacy organisations (the
Finnish Association of Private
Care Providers HALI, the
Association of Finnish Private
Healthcare Providers LPY and
Healthtech Finland, and their
umbrella organisations, the
Confederation of Finnish
Industries and Suomen
Yrittäjät), Terveystalo
participates in position-taking
and advocacy efforts in the
private healthcare industry.
Terveystalo
 
also engages in
active dialogue at the
national level with ministries,
political decision-makers and
key authorities, such as Kela
and the Finnish Institute for
Health and Welfare. In 2024,
Terveystalo
 
also
strengthened its connections
to the wellbeing services
counties by establishing the
Health Partner organisation.
It includes, among other
members, wellbeing services
county-specific customer
account owners, whose task
is to identify the individual
needs of the wellbeing
services counties and offer
solutions to the identified
needs. Terveystalo
 
has the
particular capability to
increase cost efficiency and
the availability of services,
which are necessary for the
Finnish healthcare and social
welfare service system.
 
 
43
SBM 3- Material impacts, risks
 
and opportunities and their
 
interaction with the strategy and
business model
 
The following tables describe the sustainability-related impacts, risks and opportunities that Terveystalo
 
has identified and assessed as
material as a result of its double materiality assessment process. More information
 
on how Terveystalo
 
manages its impacts and risks is
provided in the topic-specific sections. The material risks or opportunities had no financial effects on the company’s
 
financial position, result
or cash flows during the financial period. As Terveystalo
 
is reporting in compliance with the ESRS (European Sustainability Reporting
Standards) for the first time, there are no year-on-year
 
changes with regard to the material impacts, risks and opportunities.
 
S1 – Own workforce
Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to own workforce
Material sub-topic
Material impacts, risks and/or opportunities
Working conditions
Adequate wages
Risk (potential): Terveystalo’s
 
business is
labour-intensive and payroll costs
 
have a
significant effect on Terveystalo’s
 
profitability. If
Terveystalo
 
were to fail to attract and retain
professionals on reasonable terms, it could lead
to an increase in Terveystalo’s
 
personnel and
recruitment costs. Terveystalo
 
may also be
subject to strikes or other industrial action,
which may cause disruptions to Terveystalo’s
business operations. Employer organisations
representing Terveystalo
 
and other employers
may not be able to negotiate satisfactory
collective agreements after previous
agreements have expired. The tight labour
market and increased inflation may cause
increasing pressure on personnel costs and
other operating expenses.
Work-life balance
Positive impact (actual):
A healthy work-
life balance supports the well-being,
productivity and job satisfaction of the
personnel, as well as their ability to cope
with the demands of work. A healthy
work-life balance is also indirectly
reflected in better treatment outcomes
and a better customer experience.
Safety and health
Positive impact (actual):
Ensuring the
health and safety of employees improves
their work ability and job satisfaction and
reduces sickness absences and work-
related accidents. This has a positive
impact on Terveystalo’s
 
employer image,
employee recruitment and commitment,
as well as an indirect positive impact on
Terveystalo’s
 
operational and financial
performance.
 
44
Equal treatment and opportunities for all
Training and skills development
Positive impact (actual):
Systematic and
business-driven personnel development,
smooth work and responsible, good
supervisory work ensure the competence
and well-being of Terveystalo’s
personnel, which in turn benefits
customers through better care and a
positive customer experience.
Company-specific topics
Efficient working methods/Efficient
 
use of
personnel resources
Positive impact (actual), opportunity:
Efficient working methods and smooth
workflows have a key positive impact on
the well-being, motivation and
commitment of Terveystalo’s
professionals and indirectly on
Terveystalo’s
 
operations and
performance. If the factors affecting the
smoothness of workflows, such as clear
work processes, excellent management,
sufficient resources and effective digital
tools, are in order,
 
they provide a
competitive advantage for Terveystalo.
This allows professionals to focus on
high-quality customer work without
unnecessary interruptions, which
improves the quality of care and
customer satisfaction. Professionals with
a high level of well-being and motivation
are more committed, which reduces
personnel turnover and sickness
absences. These have an indirect positive
impact on Terveystalo’s
 
operational and
financial performance.
Engagement of employees and professionals
Risk (potential):
 
There is intense competition
for qualified and competent employees and
personnel in the healthcare sector.
Terveystalo's
 
business is dependent on the
company's ability to identify, recruit,
 
and retain
qualified and competent healthcare
professionals, employees and executives. If
Terveystalo
 
were to fail to attract and retain
 
the
necessary professionals on reasonable terms, it
could lead to an increase in Terveystalo’s
personnel and recruitment costs and adversely
affect Terveystalo's
 
ability to maintain or
develop its business. In addition, high turnover
among employees, private practitioners or
executives may have a negative
 
impact on the
quality of Terveystalo’s
 
services.
 
The realisation of these risks could have a
material adverse impact on Terveystalo’s
business, financial position, profitability and
future prospects.
S4 - Consumers and end-users
 
45
Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to consumers and end-users
Material sub-topic
Material impacts, risks or opportunities
Information-related impacts for consumers and/or end-users
Patient data protection and
information security
Negative impact (
actual and potential
):
Compromised data protection or information
security may jeopardise the privacy and data
protection of Terveystalo’s
 
patients, customers,
personnel, partners or other stakeholders.
Compromised data protection or information
security may expose sensitive personal data to
misuse, which may cause both tangible and
intangible damage to a person. For example, the
person may be subjected to fraud, identity theft,
discrimination or bullying, or their reputation may
be damaged. The person may also suffer other
financial losses or social harm. The impacts related
to compromised data protection and information
security can be isolated or broad.
 
Risk
(actual and potential):
 
Compromised
information security or data protection, such
as a breach of confidentiality, integrity or
availability, may
 
cause restrictions on
operations imposed by the public authorities,
financial sanctions, claims for damages and
other financial losses, which would have an
adverse impact on Terveystalo's
 
financial
performance. Compromised information
security and data protection could have a
detrimental impact on Terveystalo’s
reputation, which in turn could have a
detrimental impact on the availability of
professionals, the cooperation partnerships
available to Terveystalo,
 
customerships and,
through these, also on the company’s
productivity.
Personal safety of consumers and/or end-users
Access to care and the quality and
effectiveness of care (including
patient safety)
Positive impact
(actual):
The core of Terveystalo’s
operations and the company’s key
 
positive impact
is the provision of appropriate, high-quality,
effective and safe care for
 
customers. Terveystalo’s
fluent integrated care paths and digital
 
services
enable faster access to care. High-quality
occupational healthcare based on the integrated
care approach helps to prevent diseases and
provide early intervention, which reduces the
number of sickness absences and saves costs for
client companies. The brief psychotherapy care
path in occupational health developed by
Terveystalo
 
improves the mental health of
customers while reducing sickness absences
related to mental health.
 
Cooperation and partnerships with the public
sector provide solutions for improving access to
care.
Company-specific topic
 
46
Customer experience
Positive impact (actual):
 
Terveystalo
 
aims to stand
out by providing an excellent experience in all
customer encounters, irrespective of the channel.
When customers use Terveystalo’s
 
services, the
aim is for each customer to feel that they receive
high-quality and smooth service and that they
experience the encounter as caring and personal.
The patient experience is an important part of the
overall customer experience in healthcare.
Successful encounters and interaction support the
patient’s commitment to care and the
effectiveness of care. The customer experience and
the effectiveness of care are measured on a
continuous basis at Terveystalo.
 
High customer
satisfaction has an indirect positive impact on
Terveystalo’s
 
operational and financial
performance.
 
G1 – Business conduct
Material impacts, risks and opportunities related to business conduct
Material sub-topic
Material impacts, risks or opportunities
Corporate culture
Positive impact (
potential
)
: A value-based and
ethical corporate culture is a prerequisite for
Terveystalo’s
 
operations and existence. It
supports Terveystalo’s
 
attractiveness as a
workplace for highly competent professionals
and increases the commitment of the personnel
and the sense of meaningfulness experienced by
the members of the work community. An ethical
corporate culture also supports Terveystalo’s
attractiveness as a reliable service provider for
customers and as a partner for other
stakeholders.
Risk (
potential
)
: If Terveystalo's
 
value-based
and ethical corporate culture were to be
jeopardised or weakened, it could have a
detrimental impact on the customer
experience, the experience of professionals
and the trust of customers, professionals and
partners, which, in turn, could have a
detrimental impact on the availability of
professionals, the cooperation partnerships
available to Terveystalo,
 
customerships and,
through these, the company’s operational and
financial performance.
Prevention of corruption and bribery
Positive impact
(potential)
:
Effective processes
for the prevention and identification of
corruption and bribery can prevent illegal
incidents of corruption and bribery and ensure
that potential incidents are investigated
promptly and appropriately. Potential
 
identified
incidents can be used to develop even more
effective and efficient processes for
 
preventing
and identifying corruption and bribery to enable
the identification of potential misconduct
incidents and risks.
Risk
(potential)
:
If Terveystalo
 
were to fail to
prevent or detect incidents of corruption and
bribery, it could have a detrimental
 
impact on
the company's reputation and the trust of
customers, partners, suppliers and
professionals, which, in turn, could have a
detrimental impact on the availability of
professionals, the cooperation partnerships
available to Terveystalo,
 
customerships and,
through these, the company’s operational and
financial performance. Such failures could also
have other significant negative financial
consequences for the company.
47
Responsible supply chain
Positive impact
(potential)
:
 
Selecting partners
that are responsible and operate in adherence to
high standards of sustainable business promotes
the realisation of ethical, social and
environmental aspects throughout the value
chain and supply chain and in society as a whole.
 
Risk
(potential):
Unethical or illegal practices
occurring in Terveystalo’s
 
value chain or supply
chain could have an indirect detrimental
impact on the trust of customers, professionals
and partners, which in turn could have a
detrimental impact on the availability of
professionals, the cooperation partnerships
available to Terveystalo,
 
customerships and,
through these, the company’s operational and
financial performance. Although the majority
of the company’s suppliers are domestic, there
may still be unidentified risks related to the
supply chain and individual product or service
categories.
Respect for human rights
Negative impact
(potential):
 
Failure to identify
human rights risks and impacts and manage
adverse impacts could lead to violations of the
human rights of customers, personnel, partners
or other stakeholders in Terveystalo’s
 
value
chain.
Risk
(potential):
Suspected or actual human
rights violations in Terveystalo’s
 
own
operations or its value chain could have a
detrimental impact on Terveystalo’s
reputation, which in turn could have a
detrimental impact on the availability of
professionals, the cooperation partnerships
available to Terveystalo,
 
customerships and,
through these, also on the company’s
operational and financial performance. Failure
to protect human rights could also cause
financial losses to Terveystalo
 
in the form of
potential sanctions and legal costs.
Responsible tax payment
Positive impact
(actual):
The tax revenue
received by the state from the financial result of
Terveystalo’s
 
operations is used to fund public
services and investments to support the state’s
capabilities, responsibility and responsiveness.
48
Impact, risk and opportunity management
IRO-1 Description of the
 
processes to identify and
 
assess material impacts, risks and
 
opportunities
 
Terveystalo
 
has defined its material sustainability matters in cooperation
 
with its key stakeholders. In
 
addition to continuous stakeholder
dialogue, Terveystalo
 
conducted a double materiality assessment in accordance with the principles laid down in the European Sustainability
Reporting Standards (ESRS) of the Corporate Sustainability
 
Reporting Directive in 2023 to identify Terveystalo's
 
material sustainability-
related impacts, risks and opportunities. The content of Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability reporting was determined on the basis of the results of
the double materiality assessment.
The double materiality assessment comprised two dimensions: the materiality of impacts and financial materiality.
 
According to ESRS 1, a
sustainability matter is material from an impact perspective when
 
it pertains to the undertaking’s material actual or potential, positive or
negative impacts on people or the environment in the short-, medium- or long-term. A
 
sustainability matter is material from a financial
perspective if it triggers or could reasonably be expected to trigger material financial effects
 
on the undertaking.
To identify the material impacts related
 
to sustainability maters, Terveystalo's
 
materiality assessment process assessed Terveystalo’s
 
actual
and potential negative and positive impacts over different
 
time horizons, and the views of different
 
stakeholders were taken
 
into account to
identify and assess the impacts. Each sustainability matter with a material impact was also assessed with regard
 
to whether it triggers or
could potentially trigger material financial effects on Terveystalo.
The steps of the assessment process
Initially, a long list of sustainability matters
 
that are potentially relevant to Terveystalo
 
was compiled on the basis of various sustainability
frameworks, such as SASB (The Sustainability Accounting Standards Board),
 
GRI (The Global Reporting Initiative) and CSRD ESRS 1 Appendix
B. The sustainability topics identified as material in Terveystalo’s
 
previous materiality assessment in 2019 were also included. The
identification of potential topics also took into account the sustainability
 
themes and trends of the industry and Terveystalo's
 
competitors,
as well as sustainability topics that had received media coverage.
 
Based on these, the first long list of potentially material sustainability
matters was compiled.
In the subsequent steps of the process, the topics were assessed by the core team
 
for reporting, as well as based on a personnel survey,
internal interviews and internal workshops. The employee survey
 
was used to assess Terveystalo’s
 
most important positive and negative
impacts on its employees. Customer views were taken into
 
account based on previous feedback (SBM-2 on page 39). The identified
sustainability matters were scored
 
and prioritised in two internal workshops whose participants included specialists in the quality of care
and patient safety,
 
legal affairs and compliance, information security
 
and data protection, environmental matters,
 
human resources and
procurement. Each topic was first assessed and scored
 
based on the related impacts. The impacts were assessed with regard to
Terveystalo’s
 
own operations and the upstream and downstream value chain. Impact materiality was
 
assessed on a scale of 1–5 based on
the severity of the impacts, i.e. the scale, scope and irremediable character of the impacts. The likelihood of the potential
 
impacts was
assessed and scored by combining a qualitative assessment of the likelihood of the impacts with Terveystalo’s
 
measures to manage the
impacts. Positive impacts related to the sustainability matters
 
were assessed on the basis of their scale and scope, and potential positive
impacts were also assessed on the basis of the combination of their likelihood and the measures taken
 
to pursue them.
Each sustainability matter assessed as having material impacts was
 
also assessed from the perspective of risks and opportunities and the
financial effects potentially related to the sustainability
 
matter in the short (reporting period, i.e. one year), medium (1–5 years) and long
term (>5 years). The assessment aimed to identify material dependencies related to each sustainability
 
matter that may cause material risks
to Terveystalo’s
 
operations and financial performance, for example, in relation
 
to the adequacy of personnel, customer data protection or
the quality of care received by customers. The financial effects were
 
assessed qualitatively on a scale of 1–5 (1 = “not at all” and 5 =
“absolute”). The identification and scoring of financial effects also
 
took into account megatrends that have
 
an impact on Terveystalo
 
and
observations from interviews with institutional investors
 
representing significant shareholders.
49
After each sustainability matter had been assessed and scored in terms of the related
 
impacts and risks/opportunities, the scores were
validated in a workshop attended by specialists from different
 
functions. Finally, all of the scored sustainability
 
matters were placed in
matrices, where the X-axis scores describe the severity of impacts in terms of impact materiality
 
and the Y-axis scores describe the
likelihood of the impacts and, with regard to the materiality of risks/opportunities,
 
the scale of the financial effects and the likelihood of the
risk/opportunity. Placed on the location of
 
the coordinates, the threshold value was set in the top corner of the matrix (coordinate
 
value
3.5;3.5 on a scale of 1–5). Based on this, the most material sustainability matters related
 
to Terveystalo’s
 
personnel (ESRS S1 – Own
workforce), customers (ESRS S4 – Consumers and end-users)
 
and ethical business (ESRS G1 – Business conduct) were selected. The material
sustainability matters identified on the basis of the materiality assessment were approved
 
by Terveystalo's
 
Executive Team
 
and Board of
Directors in 2023.
Sustainability risks are also assessed as part of Terveystalo
 
Group’s general risk management.
 
Terveystalo
 
identifies risks using operating
environment and stakeholder analyses, business performance
 
indicators, market analyses, effectiveness
 
information, customer feedback,
register data, inspection reports and enquiries from the authorities, occupational safety
 
risk surveys, incident information, results of
internal audits and audits, and competitor information. Terveystalo’s
 
risk management is assessed annually in internal and external audits
of the ISO 9001:2015 quality management system, the ISO 14001:2015 environmental
 
management system and the ISO 13485 quality
management system for application development.
 
Sustainability-related opportunities are assessed as part of the company’s
 
annual
strategy process. Resilience in relation to
 
Terveystalo’s
 
material impacts and risks was assessed in the short, medium and long term as part
of a double materiality assessment. The relevant personnel resources were
 
increased following the assessment. To
 
increase resilience,
Terveystalo
 
will conduct a climate risk analysis and further specify the environmental and social impacts of its value chain in 2025. The
assessment of resilience will be further specified in connection with the update of the double materiality assessment in 2025.
The assessment process that served as the basis for the 2024 report was focused on the largest
 
business segment, Healthcare Services, the
operations of which generate the company’s
 
most significant and extensive impacts, risks and opportunities, and whose activities are fully
under the company’s own operational control.
 
The results have not been separately validated in the subsidiaries, which represent
 
less than
10 percent of the company’s revenue.
Terveystalo
 
will update its double materiality assessment in 2025 in accordance with the ESRS requirements.
 
The key results of the human
rights impact assessment carried out in late 2024 will be taken into account
 
in the update of the double materiality assessment and the
development of the company’s due diligence process in 2025. The assessment of climate
 
-related environmental impacts will also be
expanded to cover the supply chain more comprehensively in 2025.
Non-material sustainability matters
Based on the results of the double materiality assessment, climate change is not one of Terveystalo’s
 
material sustainability themes. Of the
environment-related standards,
 
ESRS E2 – Pollution, ESRS E3 – Water and marine resources,
 
ESRS E4 – Biodiversity and ecosystems,
 
and
ESRS E5 – Resource use and circular economy have
 
also not emerged as material topics and have not been included in the sustainability
statement.
Terveystalo
 
assesses the climate-related impacts of its operations by calculating and reporting
 
the Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions caused by
its operations annually, and Scope 3 emissions from
 
2024 onwards. From the perspective of Terveystalo’s
 
operations, the total emissions
are not significant in scale. Terveystalo’s
 
value chain is clear, as is typical of
 
service businesses, and the number of significant operators in
the value chain is manageable. For 2024, Terveystalo
 
voluntarily reports its emissions in the Environment Appendix of the Annual Report.
Terveystalo
 
does not operate in an industry that is significantly exposed to transition risks related
 
to climate change. The company also does
not develop services or solutions for climate change mitigation or adaptation. Global warming increases
 
morbidity, which may increase
 
the
demand for the company’s services. Climate change or other environmental
 
matters were not highlighted as a material
 
topic in the
stakeholders’ expectations. Terveystalo
 
will develop its climate risk assessment process in 2025 to comply with the ESRS requirements.
 
50
However,
 
for the sake of transparency and the continuity of reporting, Terveystalo
 
continues to voluntarily report information
 
related to its
key environmental impacts in the Environment
 
Appendix of the Annual Report, but Terveystalo
 
does not adhere to the requirements of the
ESRS environmental standards with respect
 
to the disclosures in question.
Terveystalo
 
has not, in connection with the double materiality assessment, assessed climate-related physical
 
or transition risks with the
help of scenario analyses as required by the ESRS standard. The risks have
 
been otherwise assessed by internal specialists. Based on the
assessment, Terveystalo’s
 
physical risks related to climate change
 
concern the clinic and hospital properties at which the company
operates. All of the company’s sites are
 
located in Finland and Sweden, which means that acute physical risks are
 
low. The chronic climate
change-related risks to the property portfolio are
 
potentially reflected in higher rental costs. The term
 
of the lease agreements is typically in
the range of 3–7 years, depending on the site. However,
 
the company has good bargaining power,
 
and lease or energy costs do not
represent a significant part of its costs.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
site-specific environmental programmes assess the
 
environmental impacts of operations from the perspective of
 
waste
management, chemical safety,
 
energy use, the use of technology, equipment safety
 
and material procurement.
Terveystalo’s
 
water consumption is assessed as part of unit-specific environmental programmes.
 
Water used in operations is mainly
municipal water,
 
which is included in the rent of the premises. Terveystalo
 
strives to reduce water use by replacing taps with
 
automatic taps
when the company's business premises are renovated, for
 
example. In equipment procurement, water-consuming
 
equipment is procured
on a centralised basis, taking environmental factors
 
into account. The company has not organised any
 
consultations with regard to pollution
or water use. Terveystalo
 
has also not assessed the impacts of its operations on biodiversity.
The most significant waste fractions generated
 
in Terveystalo’s
 
operations are documents subject to data protection, mixed
 
waste and
wastepaper and cardboard. At most of the company’s
 
sites, the owner of the property is responsible for waste management. For
 
2024,
Terveystalo
 
voluntarily reports on waste volumes in the Environment
 
Appendix of the Annual Report. In Terveystalo’s
 
environmental
programme, equipment safety and material purchasing are assessed from
 
a life-cycle perspective, taking into account
 
the adverse
environmental impacts of equipment purchasing and choices of materials. In equipment purchasing, the aim is to purchase
 
equipment only
when its estimated utilisation rate and service life are significant.
 
The procurement process takes into account
 
the equipment's recyclability
and life-cycle extension opportunities through regular servicing and maintenance.
 
In the purchasing of materials, the recyclability of
materials is taken into account and the aim is to minimise logistics related
 
to the transport of materials.
ESRS S2 – Workers in the value chain
 
and ESRS S3 – Affected communities did not emerge as material
 
topics and are therefore not included
in the sustainability statement.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
51
IRO-2 ESRS Disclosure Requirements
 
in ESRS covered by
 
the sustainability statement
General disclosures
ESRS 2
 
 
 
 
Disclosure Requirement
Paragraph
Page
number
BP-1
General basis for preparation of sustainability statements
Basis for preparation of the sustainability
statement
30
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
Basis for preparation of the sustainability
statement
30
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management and supervisory
bodies
The role of the administrative, management and
supervisory bodies and the information provided
to and sustainability matters addressed by them
30–34
GOV-2
Information provided to and sustainability matters addressed by
the undertaking’s administrative, management and supervisory
bodies
The role of the administrative, management and
supervisory bodies and the information provided
to and sustainability matters addressed by them
30–34
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive
schemes
Integration of sustainability-
 
related
performance in incentive schemes
34–36
GOV-4
Statement on due diligence
Statement on due diligence
36
GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls over sustainability
reporting
Risk management and internal controls over
sustainability reporting
36
SBM-1
Strategy, business model and value chain
Strategy, business model and value chain
37–38
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
Interests and views of stakeholders
39–42
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and
their interaction with the strategy and business
model
43-47
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
Description of the processes to identify and
assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
48-50
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the undertaking’s
sustainability statement
Disclosure Requirements in ESRS covered by the
sustainability statement, and IRO-2 List of
datapoints in cross-cutting and topical standards
that derive from other EU legislation
51-58
Environmental
information
Taksonomia
 
EU taxonomy reporting
59-63
Social information
ESRS S1
Own workforce
 
 
Disclosure Requirement
Paragraph
Page
number
ESRS 2, SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
Interests and views of stakeholders
39–42
ESRS 2, SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model
Material impacts, risks and opportunities related
to own workforce
64
S1-1
Policies related to own workforce
Policies related to own workforce
65–67
S1-2
Processes for engaging with own workers and workers’
representatives about impacts
Processes for engaging with own workers and
workers’ representatives about impacts
68–70
S1-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own
workers to raise concerns
Processes to remediate negative impacts and
channels for own workers to raise concerns
69–70
S1-4
Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and
approaches to mitigating material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of
those actions
Taking action on material impacts on own
workforce, and approaches to mitigating
material
risks and pursuing material opportunities related
to own workforce, and effectiveness of
those actions
70–74
S1-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and
opportunities
Targets related to managing material negative
impacts, advancing positive impacts, and
managing mat
74-75
S1-6
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
76
S1-7
Characteristics of non-employee workers in the undertaking’s
own workforce
Characteristics of non-employees in the
undertaking’s own workforce
77
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
52
S1-8
Collective bargaining coverage and social dialogue
Collective bargaining coverage and social
dialogue
78
S1-9
Diversity metrics
Diversity metrics
78
S1-10
Adequate wages
Adequate wages
79
S1-13
Training and skills development metrics
Training and skills development metrics
79
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
Health and safety metrics
80
S1-15
Work-life balance metrics
Work-life balance metrics
81
Social information
ESRS S4
Consumers and end-users
 
 
Disclosure Requirement
Paragraph
Page
number
ESRS 2, SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
Interests and views of stakeholders
39–42
ESRS 2, SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction
with strategy and business model
Material impacts, risks and opportunities related
to
consumers and end-users
82–83
S4-1
Policies related to consumers and end-users
Policies related to consumers and
end-users
84–87
S4-2
Processes for engaging with consumers and end-users about
impacts
Processes for engaging with consumers and end-
users about impacts
87
S4-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for
consumers and end-users to raise concerns
Processes to remediate negative impacts and
channels for consumers and end-users to raise
concerns
87–88
S4-4
Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users,
and approaches to managing material risks and pursuing
material
opportunities related to consumers and end-users, and
effectiveness of those actions
Taking action on material impacts on consumers
and end-users, and approaches to managing
material risks and pursuing material
opportunities related to consumers and end-
users, and effectiveness of those actions
89–93
S4-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts,
advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks and
opportunities
Targets related to promoting material positive
impacts on end-users
93–95
Governance information
ESRS G1
Business conduct
 
 
Disclosure Requirement
Paragraph
Page
number
ESRS 2, GOV-1
The role of the administrative, supervisory and management
bodies
The role of the administrative, management and
supervisory bodies and the information provided
to and sustainability matters addressed by them
30–34
ESRS 2, IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material
impacts, risks and opportunities
Description of the processes to identify and
assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
48-50
G1-1
Business conduct policies and corporate culture
Business conduct policies and corporate culture
97-103
G1-2
Management of relationships with suppliers
Management of relationships with suppliers
103-104
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
Prevention and detection of corruption and
bribery
105-106
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
53
IRO-2 List of datapoints
 
in cross-cutting and topical
 
standards that derive from
 
other EU legislation
Disclosure
Requirement
Related
datapoint
Sustainability
disclosure
SFDR (Sustainable
Finance
Disclosures
Regulation)
reference
Pillar 3 reference
Benchmark
Regulation reference
EU Climate Law
reference
Page
number
ESRS 2 GOV-1
Paragraph
21 (d)
Board's gender
diversity
Indicator number
13 of Table #1 of
Annex I
 
Commission
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
34
ESRS 2 GOV-1
Paragraph
21 (e)
Percentage of board
members who are
independent
 
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
34
ESRS 2 GOV-4
Paragraph
30
Statement on due
diligence
Indicator number
10 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
36
ESRS 2 SBM-
1
 
Paragraph
40 (d) i
Involvement in
activities related to
fossil fuel activities
Indicators number
4 Table #1 of
Annex I
Article 449a
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453 Table
1: Qualitative
information on
Environmental risk
and Table 2:
Qualitative
information on
Social risk
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 SBM-
1
 
Paragraph
40 (d) ii
Involvement in
activities related to
chemical production
Indicator number
9 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 SBM-
1
 
Paragraph
40 (d) iii
Involvement in
activities related to
controversial
weapons
Indicator number
14 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Article
12(1)
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 SBM-
1
 
Paragraph
40 (d) iv
Involvement in
activities related to
cultivation and
production of tobacco
 
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Article
12(1)
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-1
 
Paragraph
14
Transition plan to
reach climate
neutrality by 2050
 
 
 
Regulation (EU)
2021/1119, Article
2(1)
Non-
material
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
54
ESRS E1-1
 
Paragraph
16 (g)
Undertakings
excluded from Paris-
aligned Benchmarks
 
Article 449a
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453
Template 1:
Banking book –
Climate Change
transition risk:
Credit quality of
exposures by
sector, emissions
and residual
maturity
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818,
Article12.1 (d) to (g),
and Article 12.2
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-4
Paragraph
34
GHG emission
reduction targets
Indicator number
4 Table #2 of
Annex I
Article 449a
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453
Template 3:
Banking book –
Climate change
transition risk:
alignment metrics
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Article 6
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-5
 
Paragraph
38
Energy consumption
from fossil sources
disaggregated by
sources (only high
climate impact
sectors)
Indicator number
5 Table #1 and
Indicator n. 5
Table #2 of Annex
I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-5
 
Paragraph
37
Energy consumption
and mix
Indicator number
5 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-5
 
Paragraphs
40–43
Energy intensity
associated with
activities in high
climate impact
sectors
Indicator number
6 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-6
 
Paragraph
44
Gross Scope 1, 2, 3
and Total GHG
emissions
Indicators number
1 and 2 Table #1
of Annex I
Article 449a;
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453
Template 1:
Banking book –
Climate change
transition risk:
Credit quality of
exposures by
sector, emissions
and residual
maturity
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Article
5(1), 6 and 8(1)
 
Non-
material
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
55
ESRS E1-6
 
Paragraphs
53–55
Gross GHG emissions
intensity
Indicators number
3 Table #1 of
Annex I
Article 449a
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453
Template 3:
Banking book –
Climate change
transition risk:
alignment metrics
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Article
8(1)
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-7
Paragraph
56
GHG removals and
carbon credits
 
 
 
Regulation (EU)
2021/1119, Article
2(1)
Non-
material
ESRS E1-9
Paragraph
66
Exposure of the
benchmark portfolio
to climate-related
physical risks
 
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Annex II
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-9
Paragraph
66 (a)
Disaggregation of
monetary amounts by
acute and chronic
physical risk
 
Article 449a
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453
paragraphs 46 and
47; Template 5:
Banking book -
Climate change
physical risk:
Exposures subject
to physical risk.
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-9
Paragraph
66 (c)
Location of significant
assets at material
physical risk
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-9
Paragraph
67 (c)
Breakdown of the
carrying value of its
real estate assets by
energy-efficiency
classes
 
Article 449a
Regulation (EU)
No 575/2013;
Commission
Implementing
Regulation (EU)
2022/2453
paragraph 34;
Template
2:Banking book -
Climate change
transition risk:
Loans
collateralised by
immovable
property - Energy
efficiency of the
collateral
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E1-9
Paragraph
69
Degree of exposure of
the portfolio to
climate-related
opportunities
 
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Annex II
 
Non-
material
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
56
ESRS E2-4
 
Paragraph
28
Amount of each
pollutant listed in
Annex II of the E-PRTR
Regulation (European
Pollutant Release and
Transfer Register)
emitted to air, water
and soil
Indicator number
8 Table #1 of
Annex I
Indicator number
2 Table #2 of
Annex I
Indicator number
1 Table #2 of
Annex I
Indicator number
3 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E3-1
 
Paragraph
9
Water and marine
resources
Indicator number
7 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E3-1
 
Paragraph
13
Dedicated policy
Indicator number
8 Table 2 of Annex
I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E3-1
 
Paragraph
14
Sustainable oceans
and seas
Indicator number
12 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E3-4
Paragraph
28 (c)
Total water
 
recycled
and reused
Indicator number
6.2 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E3-4
Paragraph
29
Total water
consumption in m3
per net revenue on
own operations
Indicator number
6.1 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 – IRO-
1 – E4
Paragraph
16 (a) i
 
Indicator number
7 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 – IRO-
1 – E4
Paragraph
16 (b)
 
Indicator number
10 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 – IRO-
1 – E4
Paragraph
16 (c)
 
Indicator number
14 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E4-2
 
Paragraph
24 (b)
Sustainable land /
agriculture practices
or policies
Indicator number
11 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E4-2
 
Paragraph
24 (c)
Sustainable oceans /
seas practices or
policies
Indicator number
12 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E4-2
 
Paragraph
24 (d)
Policies to address
deforestation
Indicator number
15 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E5-5
 
Paragraph
37 (d)
Non-recycled waste
Indicator number
13 Table #2 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS E5-5
 
Paragraph
39
Hazardous waste and
radioactive waste
Indicator number
9 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 –
SBM-3 – S1
 
Paragraph
14 (f)
Risk of incidents of
forced labour
Indicator number
13 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
64
ESRS 2 –
SBM-3 – S1
 
Paragraph
14 (g)
Risk of incidents of
child labour
Indicator number
12 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
64
ESRS S1-1
 
Paragraph
20
Human rights policy
commitments
Indicator number
9 Table #3 and
Indicator number
11 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
66
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
57
ESRS S1-1
 
Paragraph
21
Due diligence policies
on issues addressed
by the fundamental
International Labor
Organisation
Conventions 1 to 8
 
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
65
ESRS S1-1
 
Paragraph
22
Processes and
measures for
preventing trafficking
in human beings
Indicator number
11 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
65
ESRS S1-1
 
Paragraph
23
Workplace accident
prevention policy or
management system
Indicator number
1 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
67
ESRS S1-3
Paragraph
32 (c)
Grievance/complaints
handling mechanisms
Indicator number
5 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
69-70
ESRS S1-14
Paragraph
88 (b) and
(c)
Number of fatalities
and number and rate
of work-related
Indicator number
2 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
80
ESRS S1-14
Paragraph
88 (e)
Number of days lost
to injuries, accidents,
fatalities or illness
Indicator number
3 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
80
ESRS S1-16
Paragraph
97 (a)
Unadjusted gender
pay gap
Indicator number
12 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS S1-16
Paragraph
97 (b)
Excessive CEO pay
ratio
Indicator number
8 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S1-17
Paragraph
103 (a)
Incidents of
discrimination
Indicator number
7 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S1-17
Paragraph
104 (a)
Non-respect of UNGPs
on Business and
Human Rights and
OECD
Indicator number
10 Table #1 and
Indicator n. 14
Table #3 of Annex
I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818 Art 12 (1)
 
Non-
material
ESRS 2 –
SBM-3 – S2
 
Paragraph
11 (b)
Significant risk of child
labour or forced
labour in the value
chain
Indicators number
12 and n. 13 Table
#3 of Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S2-1
 
Paragraph
17
Human rights policy
commitments
Indicator number
9 Table #3 and
Indicator n. 11
Table #1 of Annex
I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S2-1
 
Paragraph
18
Policies related to
value chain workers
Indicator number
11 and n. 4 Table
#3 of Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S2-1
 
Paragraph
19
Non-respect of UNGPs
on Business and
Human Rights
principles and OECD
guidelines
Indicator number
10 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Art 12
(1)
 
Non-
material
ESRS S2-1
 
Paragraph
19
Due diligence policies
on issues addressed
by the fundamental
International Labor
Organisation
Conventions 1 to 8
 
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
58
ESRS S2-4
Paragraph
36
Human rights issues
and incidents
connected to its
upstream and
downstream value
chain
Indicator number
14 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S3-1
 
Paragraph
16
Human rights policy
commitments
Indicator number
9 Table #3 of
Annex 1 and
Indicator number
11 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S3-1
 
Paragraph
17
Non-respect of UNGPs
on Business and
Human Rights, ILO
principles or and
OECD guidelines
Indicator number
10 Table #1 Annex
I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1818, Art 12
(1)
 
Non-
material
ESRS S3-4
Paragraph
36
Human rights issues
and incidents
Indicator number
14 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS S4-1
Paragraph
16
Policies related to
consumers and end-
users
Indicator number
9 Table #3 and
Indicator number
11 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
 
 
84-87
ESRS S4-1
Paragraph
17
Non-respect of UNGPs
on Business and
Human Rights and
OECD guidelines
Indicator number
10 Table #1 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
DelegatedRegulation
(EU)2020/1818, Art
12 (1)
 
84-87
ESRS S4-4
Paragraph
35
Human rights issues
and incidents
Indicator number
14 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS G1-1
Paragraph
10 (b)
United Nations
Convention against
corruption
Indicator number
15 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
ESRS G1-1
Paragraph
10 (d)
Protection of whistle-
blowers
Indicator number
6 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
102-103
ESRS G1-4
Paragraph
24 (a)
Fines for violation of
anti-corruption and
anti-bribery laws
Indicator number
17 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
Delegated
Regulation (EU)
2020/1816, Annex II
 
Non-
material
ESRS G1-4
Paragraph
24 (b)
Standards of anti-
corruption and anti-
bribery
Indicator number
16 Table #3 of
Annex I
 
 
 
Non-
material
59
Environmental information
EU taxonomy reporting
The EU taxonomy is a classification system
 
for sustainable finance that establishes criteria for
 
determining environmentally sustainable
business. The regulation, which entered into force in July 2020, lays
 
the foundations for the EU's taxonomy
 
by setting out the general
conditions that an economic activity must meet to be classified as environmentally sustainable.
 
The regulation sets out six environmental
objectives: climate change mitigation, climate change adaptation,
 
sustainable use and protection of water and marine resources, transition
to a circular economy,
 
prevention and reduction of pollution, and protection and restoration of
 
biodiversity and ecosystems. Economic
activities that contribute substantially to any of these objectives,
 
while doing no significant harm to the other objectives and complying with
minimum social safeguards, can be considered environmentally
 
sustainable under certain criteria. Large companies must report the
proportion of sustainable activities in their business in accordance with the taxonomy
 
criteria.
At present, the EU taxonomy
 
mainly concerns the economic activities that play the most important role in achieving the environmental
objectives. As a result, many industries, such as healthcare services, are almost completely excluded
 
from the scope of the current
taxonomy.
Terveystalo
 
has determined its taxonomy eligibility by examining
 
its activities in relation to the economic activities listed in the taxonomy.
Only one of Terveystalo’s
 
businesses is classified in the taxonomy (12.1 Residential care activities).
After this, Terveystalo
 
has evaluated the taxonomy
 
alignment of the activity. The activity is classified as taxonomy
 
-aligned if the taxonomy
criteria are met: 1. The activity contributes substantially to the achievement
 
of at least one environmental objective, 2. it does not have
significant adverse impacts from the perspective of the other environmental
 
objectives, and 3. the activity complies with the minimum
social safeguards defined in the taxonomy.
 
Based on this assessment, Terveystalo's
 
taxonomy-listed activity (12.1 Residential care
 
activities)
cannot be considered taxonomy-aligned because the activity,
 
due to its nature, does not target or support the achievement of the
environmental objectives of the taxonomy.
Based on the assessment, the significance of Terveystalo's
 
taxonomy-eligible activities is negligible in terms of key performance
 
indicators.
The key performance indicators are the taxonomy
 
-eligible and taxonomy-aligned activities' proportion (percent) of turnover,
 
operating
expenditure and capital expenditure. According to the company's
 
estimate, 1 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
turnover and capital expenditure and
4 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
operating expenditure are taxonomy
 
-eligible, whereas 99 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
turnover and capital
expenditure and 96 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
operating expenditure are non-eligible. The proportion of turnover is calculated
 
by dividing the
turnover of child welfare services (taxonomy
 
-eligible activity) by the total turnover of the Group. The proportion of capital expenditure
(CapEx) is calculated by dividing the investments made in child welfare
 
services during the year by the net investments of the company,
excluding acquisitions. The share of operating expenditure (OpEx)
 
is calculated by dividing the operating expenditure for child welfare
services by the total operating expenditure of the Group (excluding
 
depreciation and amortisation). Taxonomy
 
-aligned activities account for
0 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
turnover, operating
 
expenditure and capital expenditure, while activities that are not taxonomy
 
-aligned account
for 100 percent. The evaluation according to the EU taxonomy
 
described above has been performed through an internal assessment by
representatives of the sustainability and financial management organisation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60
Proportion of turnover from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities 2024
1 January 2024–31 December
2024
2024
Substantial contribution criteria
DNSH criteria ("Does Not Significantly
Harm")
 
 
 
 
Economic Activities (1)
Code
 
(
2)
Turnover
(3)
Proporti
on of
turnover,
year
2024 (4)
Climate Change Mitigation (5)
Climate Change Adaptation (6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular Economy (9)
Biodiversity (10)
Climate Change Mitigation (11)
Climate Change Adaptation (12)
Water (13)
Pollution (14)
Circular Economy (15)
Biodiversity (16)
Minimum Safeguards (17)
Proportion of Taxonomy
 
aligned (A.1) or eligible (A.2) turnover, year
2023 (18)
Category enabling activity (19)
Category transitional activity (20)
 
 
MEUR
%
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y/N
Y/N
Y/
N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/
N
%
E
T
A TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1 Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy
 
-aligned)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Turnover of environmentally sustainable
activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of which enabling
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of which transitional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally
 
sustainable activities (not Taxonomy
 
-aligned activities)
 
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Child welfare services
CCA
12.1
 
11
 
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Turnover of Taxonomy
 
-eligible but not
environmentally sustainable activities
(not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2)
 
11
 
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1%
 
 
A Turnover of Taxonomy
 
-eligible
activities (A.1+A.2)
 
11
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1%
 
 
 
B TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Turnover of Taxonomy
 
-non-eligible
activities
 
1,329
 
99%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99%
 
 
TOTAL
 
1,340
 
100%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
61
Proportion of CapEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities 2024
1 January 2024–31 December
2024
2024
Substantial contribution criteria
DNSH criteria ("Does Not Significantly
Harm")
 
 
 
 
Economic Activities (1)
Code
 
(
2)
CapE
x (3)
Proportio
n of
CapEx,
year 2024
(4)
Climate Change Mitigation (5)
Climate Change Adaptation (6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular Economy (9)
Biodiversity (10)
Climate Change Mitigation (11)
Climate Change Adaptation (12)
Water (13)
Pollution (14)
Circular Economy (15)
Biodiversity (16)
Minimum Safeguards (17)
Proportion of Taxonomy
 
aligned (A.1.) or eligible (A.2.) CapEx, year
2023 (18)
Category
enabling activity (19)
Category transitional activity (20)
 
 
MEU
R
%
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y/N
Y/N
Y/
N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/
N
Y/
N
%
E
T
A TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1 Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy
 
-aligned)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CapEx of environmentally sustainable
activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of which enabling
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of which transitional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally
 
sustainable activities (not Taxonomy
 
-aligned activities)
 
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Child welfare services
CCA
12.1
0
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible but not
environmentally sustainable activities
(not Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2)
0
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0%
 
 
A. CapEx of Taxonomy-eligible activities
(A.1+A.2)
 
0
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
B TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0%
 
 
 
CapEx of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities
39
99%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
%
 
 
TOTAL
39
100%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
62
Proportion of OpEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned economic activities 2024
1 January 2024–31 December
2024
2024
Substantial contribution criteria
DNSH criteria ("Does Not Significantly
Harm")
 
 
 
 
Economic Activities (1)
Code
(
2)
OpEx
(3)
Proportio
n of
OpEx,
year 2024
(4)
Climate Change Mitigation (5)
Climate Change Adaptation (6)
Water (7)
Pollution (8)
Circular Economy (9)
Biodiversity (10)
Climate Change Mitigation (11)
Climate Change Adaptation (12)
Water (13)
Pollution (14)
Circular Economy (15)
Biodiversity (16)
Minimum Safeguards (17)
Proportion of Taxonomy
 
aligned (A.1.) or eligible (A.2.) OpEx, year 2023
(18)
Category enabling activity (19)
Category transitional activity (20)
 
 
MEU
R
%
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y; N;
N/EL
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/N
Y/
N
%
E
T
A TAXONOMY-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
A.1 Environmentally sustainable activities (Taxonomy
 
-aligned)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OpEx of environmentally sustainable
activities (Taxonomy-aligned) (A.1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of which enabling
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Of which transitional
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A.2 Taxonomy-eligible but not environmentally
 
sustainable activities (not Taxonomy
 
-aligned activities)
 
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
EL; N/EL
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Child welfare services
CCA
12.1
10
4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible but not
environmentally sustainable activities (not
Taxonomy-aligned activities) (A.2)
10
4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1%
 
 
A OpEx of Taxonomy-eligible activities
(A.1+A.2)
10
4%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1%
 
 
B TAXONOMY-NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OpEx of Taxonomy-non-eligible activities
284
96%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
99%
 
 
TOTAL
295
100%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
63
Template 1: Nuclear and fossil gas related activities
Row
Nuclear energy related activities
1.
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to research,
development, demonstration and deployment of innovative
electricity generation facilities that produce energy from nuclear
processes with minimal waste from the fuel cycle.
NO
2.
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to
construction and safe operation of new nuclear installations to
produce electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of
district heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen
production, as well as their safety upgrades, using best available
technologies.
NO
3.
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to safe
operation of existing nuclear installations that produce
electricity or process heat, including for the purposes of district
heating or industrial processes such as hydrogen production
from nuclear energy, as well as their safety upgrades.
No
 
Fossil gas related activities
4.
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to
construction or operation of electricity generation facilities that
produce electricity using fossil gaseous fuels.
NO
5.
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to
construction, refurbishment, and operation of combined
heat/cool and power generation facilities using fossil gaseous
fuels.
No
6.
The undertaking carries out, funds or has exposures to
construction, refurbishment and operation of heat generation
facilities that produce heat/cool using fossil gaseous fuels.
No
64
Social information
S1 – Own workforce
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and
 
opportunities related to own
 
workforce
Terveystalo
 
is one of the largest employers in Finland. At the end of 2024,
 
Terveystalo's
 
operations in Finland had 8,383 (8,950) employees
and 5,967 (5,987) non-employees. In Sweden, Terveystalo’s
 
subsidiary Feelgood had 770 (874) employees and 48 (105) non-employees. The
decrease in the number of employees in Finland was affected by the measures of the profit improvement
 
programme and the termination
of outsourcing contracts. In Sweden the number of employed staff
 
and private practitioners was reduced due to ended customer
 
contracts
as part of the profit improvement programme.
As the need for care increases due to the ageing of the population, the shortage of professionals
 
is the greatest challenge in healthcare.
With this in mind, it is a key strategic goal for Terveystalo
 
to ensure that the company has an adequate number of engaged and
 
highly
competent healthcare professionals for Terveystalo
 
to meet the growing demand and achieve its strategic targets.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
goal is to
be the best and most attractive employer in its industry.
 
In accordance with its strategy,
 
Terveystalo
 
aims to strengthen its attractiveness as
a workplace and promote its positive impacts related to its own workforce,
 
for example by offering professionals competitive
remuneration, a healthy and safe working environment
 
and diverse career and development opportunities. Terveystalo
 
develops the digital
tools used by its professionals to streamline work, increase productivity
 
and improve the quality of care.
 
If Terveystalo
 
were to fail to attract and retain
 
the necessary professionals on competitive terms, it could lead to an increase in
Terveystalo’s
 
personnel and recruitment costs, which could adversely affect
 
the maintenance and development of business operations. The
realisation of this risk could have a material adverse impact on Terveystalo’s
 
business, financial position, profitability and future prospects.
In 2024, Terveystalo
 
was able to increase the supply of professionals through various measures,
 
and Terveystalo
 
was able to meet the
demand for health services in terms of human resources, even though the number of personnel decreased from the comparison period.
Management structures were streamlined as part of the profit improvement
 
programme, and the personnel reductions made under the
programme mainly concerned administrative roles. The supply was
 
also affected to some extent by measures to
 
streamline work processes
and the resulting increase in productivity.
 
The material impacts, risks and opportunities related to Terveystalo's
 
own workforce have been identified in the company’s
 
double
materiality assessment, and they are presented in more detail on pages
 
43–44. of the sustainability statement. Based on the material
impacts, risks and opportunities identified in the double materiality assessment (described on pages 48–50), Terveystalo’s
 
material
sustainability matters related to its
 
own workforce are:
 
adequate wages/remuneration (risk)
work-life balance (positive impact)
health and safety (positive impact)
 
training and skills development (positive impact)
 
efficient working practices/efficient use of human resources
 
(positive impact, opportunity)
 
engagement of employees and professionals (risk).
 
In the double materiality assessment, Terveystalo
 
has not identified any activities that involve significant risks related
 
to the use of forced
labour or child labour. In the materiality assessment,
 
Terveystalo
 
has not separately identified negative impacts on employees with
particular characteristics, those working in particular contexts or those undertaking particular activities. Terveystalo
 
has also not identified
any material impacts on the company’s own workforce
 
that may arise from transition plans for reducing negative
 
impacts on the
environment and achieving greener and climate-neutral operations.
 
The impacts, risks and opportunities related to the company’s own
workforce have been assessed at the level of the company’s
 
entire workforce. The company’s
 
own workforce includes Terveystalo’s
employees and non-employees, such as self-employed private
 
practitioners and temporary agency workers.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
employees
include representatives of several professional
 
groups, with the key groups being physicians,
 
nurses, other healthcare professionals, digital
65
workers and people in administrative and management
 
roles. Private practitioners include among others physicians
 
and therapists. Unless
otherwise stated, reporting in accordance with this standard covers
 
Terveystalo’s
 
own workforce in its entirety.
S1-1 Policies related to own
 
workforce
The management of the impacts, risks and opportunities related to Terveystalo’s
 
own workforce is guided by the applicable legislation, the
company’s values, the Code of Conduct and the remuneration policy,
 
among other things.
 
Terveystalo's
 
values and corporate culture, and
the key policies pertaining to human rights, equality and non-discrimination, remuneration,
 
personnel development and occupational
health and safety are described briefly in the paragraphs below.
 
 
Terveystalo's
 
values and corporate culture
Terveystalo’s
 
mission is to fight for a healthier life. According to Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct, Terveystalo’s
 
values are the foundation for
all of the company's operations, and they are recorded in the Code of Conduct as follows:
Human being at the centre
: We take responsibility for
 
the health and well-being of our fellow human beings, for the opportunity
to live a good life. We work together to
 
help our customers, and our customer guides us in our renewal. We
 
help each other and
value all of our experts.
Steered by medical science
: Everything we do is based on medical science and research. All of our decisions are steered by the
effectiveness of care and the well-being of our customers.
Reforming healthcare
: We foster continuous progress.
 
We challenge ourselves to build more functional healthcare
 
for everyone
and reform the industry with open-minded use of technology.
The company’s Code of Conduct states that Terveystalo
 
is a company with strong values operating
 
in a value-based industry, and that
Terveystalo's
 
corporate culture combines a strong work ethic, professionalism,
 
solution-driven teamwork and the pursuit of measurable
impact in everything the company does. Terveystalo’s
 
corporate culture is described in more detail in section G1 – Business conduct
 
on
pages 101–102.
Code of Conduct
According to Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct, Terveystalo
 
ensures that its professionals have a safe working
 
environment that supports well-
being and in which everyone can work in the best possible way.
 
Everyone at Terveystalo
 
is responsible for promoting safety and well-being
at work. The best way to do this is to follow
 
common instructions and to actively report any incidents or safety-related
 
shortcomings. In
addition to physical safety,
 
Terveystalo
 
aims to promote the mental health and well-being of its personnel.
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct contains key principles concerning human rights, equality,
 
diversity, non-discrimination,
 
inclusion and
respectful treatment. No-one is discriminated against on the basis of gender,
 
age, ethnic or national origin, nationality,
 
language, religion,
beliefs, opinions, health status, disability, sexual
 
orientation or other personal reasons or circumstances.
 
Terveystalo
 
does not tolerate any form of discrimination, harassment,
 
bullying, racism or inappropriate treatment, nor does Terveystalo
condone the use of child labour, any form
 
of forced labour or other human rights violations in its own operations or its value chain or supply
chain. Discrimination and unfair treatment are prohibited in recruitment,
 
remuneration, training, promotion or other terms of employment.
There company has zero tolerance for
 
sexual harassment and other forms of harassment and bullying.
 
Terveystalo
 
respects the human rights set out in the UN Declaration of Human Rights as well as the workers’
 
rights defined by the
International Labour Organization (ILO)
 
and related international conventions. The company is committed
 
to the UN Global Compact
initiative and its principles pertaining to human rights and labour rights. Terveystalo
 
respects the right of its employees to be members of
trade unions or similar advocacy organisations and participate in their activities.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct includes a commitment to always complying with the laws and regulations governing
 
Terveystalo’s
operations. The Code of Conduct is the foundation of Terveystalo’s
 
corporate culture and human resources management. It applies to
 
the
66
entire Group and its own workforce as well as all identified material
 
impacts, risks and opportunities related to its own workforce.
 
The Code
of Conduct is described in more detail in section G1 – Business conduct on pages 97–98.
Human rights policy
Terveystalo
 
is committed to respecting the fundamental rights and freedoms of all individuals in accordance
 
with international human
rights standards. Terveystalo’s
 
first human rights policy, approved
 
in January 2025, emphasises the company’s commitment and approach
to respecting human rights. The human rights policy is described in section G1 – Business conduct on page 100.
Work community development
 
plan
 
Terveystalo
 
has, in cooperation with personnel representatives
 
in its Finnish operations, prepared a work community development
 
plan for
the long-term and systematic development of the work community.
 
The plan includes a description of the current state of the personnel, as
well as targets and measures for developing and maintaining personnel
 
competence and promoting well-being at work. The development
plan concerns the employees of Terveystalo’s
 
operations in Finland.
 
The development plan also includes Terveystalo’s
 
equality and non-discrimination plan. At Terveystalo,
 
the aim is to promote not only
gender equality but also the equality and non-discrimination of different age groups and nationalities in the context
 
of hiring and
employment relationships, including recruitment, pay and terms of employment, training
 
and career advancement, and maintaining a
healthy work-life balance. The implementation of equality and non-discrimination is monitored with
 
the help of statistics reflecting the
personnel structure, among other things.
Terveystalo’s
 
working group on equality became operational at the beginning of 2023. Its aim is to promote
 
equality in Terveystalo’s
 
work
communities and customer encounters. It meets quarterly to discuss topics related
 
to equality. In 2024, the main focus was on
 
developing
the realisation of equality, particularly from the perspective
 
of sexual and gender minorities, and on assessing practices that would enable
equality to be realised even better at Terveystalo
 
and its work communities. In 2024, the working group included 11 Terveystalo
professionals representing different
 
parts of the Finnish organisation. The composition of the working group changes annually so that as
many people as possible have the opportunity to participate in the activities.
 
The work community development plan is updated regularly,
 
and it serves as a tool for dialogue with the personnel. The most recent work
community development plan was prepared in early 2024 and approved by Terveystalo’s
 
Personnel Forum. Terveystalo's
 
Senior Vice
President, Human Resources is the senior executive responsible for
 
the implementation of the development plan.
Policies concerning remuneration
One of the areas of Terveystalo’s
 
human resources strategy is the development of meaningful and competitive
 
incentive and remuneration
models that strengthen the performance and commitment of professionals
 
and Terveystalo’s
 
attractiveness as an employer.
 
Terveystalo’s
remuneration principles are defined in the Remuneration Policy
 
approved by the company’s Board of
 
Directors. The Remuneration Policy
applies to the entire Group and its employees. The remuneration principles are
 
based on performance, fairness and competitiveness. The
aim is to ensure that Terveystalo
 
is an attractive employer for motivated
 
and skilled professionals. Remuneration must support the
achievement of Terveystalo’s
 
strategic targets, incentivise behaviour
 
that is consistent with Terveystalo’s
 
values, and reward excellent
performance. The Group’s Senior Vice President,
 
Human Resources is in charge of the implementation of the Remuneration
 
Policy.
 
In Finland, 65 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
employees are covered by collective agreements. Three
 
different collective agreements are
 
in use in
Finland: The collective agreement for the private healthcare sector,
 
the collective agreement for the private social services sector and the
collective agreement for the staffing services sector.
 
Directors and senior salaried employees, including for example the majority
 
of
physicians and psychologists, are not covered
 
by the collective agreements. For persons covered by
 
collective agreements, such as nurses,
compensation is based on the pay categories specified in the collective agreement. Pay
 
is also influenced by role-specific responsibility
supplements, the employee’s seniority,
 
individual performance and competence. For senior salaried employees and managers, pay
 
is
determined on the basis of the position and the demands of the job, as well as competence, experience, performance and results. In
67
Sweden, 100 percent of the employees are covered by collective
 
agreements. Two collective agreements
 
are in use in Sweden: Healthcare
Companies Branch D Occupational Health Services, and Healthcare Companies Branches E and F Care and Treatment.
Pay equality is assessed and promoted regularly as part of the work community development
 
plan. Gender, for example,
 
cannot be a factor
that influences pay. Terveystalo
 
monitors the market levels of wages in both the private
 
and public sectors, aiming to maintain its
competitiveness also with respect to pay.
 
Policies concerning health and safety
The occupational safety of Terveystalo’s
 
own workforce in Finland is developed and managed at the Group level, taking
 
company-specific
and business-specific differences into account. Group-level policies
 
and instructions concerning occupational safety are put into action in
accordance with the management processes of each business-specific organisation. Where necessary,
 
the businesses prepare targeted
instructions, taking the Group policies and guidelines into consideration. The different
 
levels of the organisation know and recognise their
responsibilities with regard to occupational safety in compliance
 
with Finnish legislation. The legally required occupational safety and health
activities are ensured through Group-level cooperation with active
 
occupational safety and health personnel. The health and safety
representative is elected by the employees from among their number.
The Group supports all of its businesses in the development of occupational safety.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
goal is to be a safer working environment
every day.
Occupational healthcare plays an important role in the identification
 
of health risk factors and the prevention of illnesses. In Finland,
occupational healthcare for Terveystalo's
 
employees is organised to prevent and control
 
health risks and problems related to work and
working conditions and to protect and promote the safety,
 
work ability and health of employees. The occupational healthcare services
offered to Terveystalo’s
 
employees exceed the statutory requirements to
 
a substantial degree, as the employees also have extensive
 
access
to other healthcare services in addition to legally required services.
The safety of the company's operating premises is the responsibility
 
of the persons in charge of each site and designated facility and safety
specialists, safety officers and safety supervisors. They
 
implement the practices established for the development and assurance
 
of facilities
safety at each site to ensure that Terveystalo's
 
operating premises are safe for both customers
 
and the personnel. Terveystalo
 
works closely
with lessors and the rescue authorities to ensure the safety of facilities.
Terveystalo’s
 
occupational health operations are based on the Healthy Workplace model, which is aimed at
 
ensuring that work is as
efficient as possible, the work community functions well, the management approach is active, and individuals have a high leve
 
l
 
of well-being
at work. In occupational health, the company,
 
the personnel and the occupational health services work together in accordance with the set
goals.
The statutory occupational health action plan includes the general objectives of occupational healthcare as well as the workplace
 
conditions
identified in workplace surveys (e.g. noise, exposure to biological hazards and the potential threat
 
of violence) and the measures necessary
to manage the aforementioned conditions. The action plan is reviewed annually based on workplace
 
visits and Terveystalo’s
 
work ability
management needs, for example. Terveystalo's
 
private practitioners are not covered
 
by occupational health care. Instead, as self-employed
persons, they arrange their own occupational healthcare.
In Sweden (Feelgood), the occupational safety and health of the company's
 
own workforce is organised in accordance with Swedish
legislation. The operations are guided by a certified ISO 45001 occupational health and safety system,
 
which includes requirements
concerning the occupational health and safety policy,
 
targets and measures, among other things.
 
68
S1-2 Processes for engaging
 
with own workers and
 
workers’ representatives about impacts
 
Terveystalo
 
maintains a regular dialogue with its personnel to develop the operations of the workplace and the work community.
 
The aim is
to promote the sufficient and timely exchange of information
 
between the employer and the personnel, and to give the personnel the
opportunity to influence matters related to
 
their work, working conditions and position. Dialogue between the employer and personnel
representatives takes place in the Personnel
 
Forum, which meets five times a year,
 
and whose members represent the employees of
Terveystalo's
 
Finnish operations broadly (both professionally and geographically).
 
In addition, the chief shop stewards meet regularly,
 
on a
weekly basis, with the Group-level executive in charge of
 
employment relationships. The chief shop stewards are supported by regional
shop stewards, who engage in dialogue on regional matters
 
with the business management and the regional HR partner.
Employee representatives and their role in engaging with
 
own workers
 
Employees in Terveystalo's
 
Finnish operations are represented by shop stewards,
 
employee representatives and health and safety
representatives, who all play an important role
 
in developing the effectiveness of the work community and working conditions,
 
as well as
safeguarding the rights of employees.
 
Shop stewards represent trade
 
unions and their members at the workplace. In cooperation
negotiations and workplace-specific local negotiations, the shop steward represents
 
the employees covered by the relevant collective
agreement. The shop steward’s
 
most important task is to monitor compliance with the collective agreement and labour laws,
 
as well as
other agreements between the employer and the employees, at the workplace and, if necessary,
 
take action to address problems. The shop
steward negotiates with the employer on personnel-related
 
matters and is involved in developing the work
 
community with the
represented employees and the employer.
 
The shop steward ensures that employees are treated
 
fairly and equally. Where necessary,
 
the
shop steward provides advice and support to trade union members in working
 
life and related change situations. The shop steward’s
position is based on the collective agreement, the Cooperation Act and the shop steward agreements
 
concluded between the health and
social services sector’s negotiation organisation Sote ry,
 
Terveystalo
 
and the health services sector union Terveyspalvelualan Unioni ry.
 
The
shop steward agreement defines the number of shop stewards
 
at Terveystalo
 
and how they allocate their time, among other things.
Employees who do not have a shop steward as referred
 
to in a binding collective agreement pursuant to the Collective Agreements
 
Act can
elect a representative from among their number,
 
subject to an agreement with the employer.
 
The duties and mandate of an elected
representative are determined by the provisions of
 
the Employment Contracts Act and other applicable labour legislation.
 
At Terveystalo,
psychologists have an elected representative.
 
The safety and working conditions of the workplace are monitored and supervised by a health and safety
 
representative. The health and
safety representative is familiar
 
with occupational safety and health and the applicable legislation. The health and safety representative
represents all personnel regardless of union membership. The health and safety
 
representative works together with the shop steward
 
to
promote the occupational well-being of employees. The health and safety representative
 
is elected by the employees from among their
number. The term of office
 
is two years.
Broad representation of employees in the Personnel
 
Forum
The aim of the Personnel Forum is to promote dialogue between the employer
 
and the employees. The Personnel Forum is an official forum
for influence and discussion on matters concerning the entire Terveystalo
 
Group, and it is an activity that is in accordance with the
Cooperation Act. The Personnel Forum discusses issues concerning the employer’s business, finances and the position of personnel,
 
as
provided for in Section 29 of the Cooperation Act and the Act on Cooperation within Finnish and Community-wide
 
Groups of Undertakings.
An annual plan is drawn up for the activities of the Personnel Forum.
The Personnel Forum engages in regular dialogue on the issues mentioned in Section 8 of the Cooperation
 
Act, such as the company's
development outlook and financial situation, workplace rules and practices, the ways of using the workforce
 
and the structure of the
personnel, competence needs and competence building, as well as maintaining and promoting well-being at
 
work. The term of office of the
Personnel Forum is three years. The employee representatives
 
are elected. Candidacy is open to members of the personnel who are in an
employment relationship with the company.
 
The Personnel Forum includes representatives of all of Terveystalo’s
 
businesses. It also
includes the chief shop stewards representing Sote ry and Terveyspalvelualan
 
Unioni ry, the national shop steward
 
for partnership
solutions, and one of the health and safety representatives. The meetings are always
 
attended by the CEO and the Senior Vice President,
Human resources, as well as other executives depending on the topic being discussed.
 
Minutes are prepared on the meetings and posted
on the company's intranet, where they are accessible to all employees. During the period 2022–2024,
 
the Personnel Forum had 12
members and two deputy members, and it met four times per year.
 
69
The Group’s Senior Vice President, Human Resources
 
is responsible for ensuring that dialogue and communication take
 
place as described
above and that the issues raised in the dialogue are taken into account
 
in the company’s operating practices.
In addition to the legally required dialogue, Terveystalo
 
engages in dialogue with employees in regular development discussions that are
usually held twice a year, in one-to-one discussions that are held at
 
least once a month, and with private practitioners in private practitioner
discussions that are available at least once a year.
 
Terveystalo
 
conducts a professional survey twice a year.
 
The survey is an important tool for improving internal operating
 
practices and
supervisory work. The survey is aimed at professionals who work at Terveystalo,
 
including private practitioners. The professional
 
survey
provides information on the professionals' experiences of well-being
 
at work, leadership and the effectiveness of the work community,
among other things.
 
Terveystalo
 
also actively shares information with the personnel on current topics, such as the implementation
 
of the strategy,
 
by organising
regular personnel webinars and supervisor briefings. The company’s
 
intranet is a key information sharing channel for
 
all common
information, policies and guidelines.
 
Development discussions and private practitioner discussions
 
support management and cooperation
At Terveystalo,
 
annual development discussions are held with employees to support goal-driven and motivated work.
 
The development
discussion includes a review of the previous period's successes and lessons learned together with the supervisor,
 
and setting targets for the
new period. In addition to addressing the goals for the previous and next period, the discussion covers competence,
 
well-being at work,
working in accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
defined professional skills, and cooperation, as well as long-term objectives
 
and wishes. In Finland,
the themes discussed in the development discussion are revisited in regular one-to-one discussions and more extensive
 
half-year reviews.
The development discussions are a key aspect of the practical implementation
 
of Terveystalo’s
 
strategy,
 
values and professional skills as
well as performance management and enhancing the experience of Terveystalo's
 
professionals.
 
Terveystalo
 
also engages in active dialogue with the private practitioners working at
 
Terveystalo.
 
The private practitioner discussion is a
regular personal discussion with the aim of developing cooperation and the conditions for work
 
as a private practitioner at Terveystalo.
 
The professional survey as a tool for developing operations
 
and the professional experience
Terveystalo
 
conducts an annual professional survey in Finland with the aim of giving a voice to Terveystalo’s
 
professionals, increasing
interaction with them and, above all, developing operations and the professional
 
experience based on the results of the survey.
 
The target
group of the survey includes both employees and private practitioners. The results of the surveys
 
are discussed in management groups,
teams and the Personnel Forum, for example.
 
Based on the results, development plans and measures are created at the organisational
level, professional group level and team level. Examples
 
of topics that are closely monitored include satisfaction with supervisory work,
satisfaction with the work community and opportunities for success in one’s
 
work. Typically,
 
a second and smaller follow-up survey is
carried out each year for the same target group. An annual personnel survey is also carried out in Sweden.
 
S1-3 Processes to remediate
 
negative impacts and channels
 
for own workers to
 
raise concerns
Terveystalo’s
 
company culture combines a high work ethic, professionalism, solution-oriented
 
cooperation and the pursuit of measurable
impact in everything the company does. In addition to the company’s values, Terveystalo’s
 
operations are guided by Terveystalo’s
 
Code of
Conduct. One important aspect of Terveystalo’s
 
culture of doing the right thing is that everyone who acts on behalf of or with Terveystalo
Group feels that they can freely report any suspicions of misconduct
 
and trust that Terveystalo
 
will take appropriate measures to
investigate any actions that are,
 
or are suspected of being, infringements of the Code of Conduct.
 
Actual or suspected infringements are primarily reported to the supervisor,
 
the supervisor’s supervisor or Terveystalo’s
 
Legal & Compliance
department. In HR-related matters, the primary contact
 
channel is Terveystalo’s
 
HR unit. Terveystalo
 
also has a whistleblowing channel that
is open to everyone. The whistleblowing channel can be used, for example, if the suspicion concerns serious misconduct or
 
if, due to the
sensitivity of the matter,
 
it is necessary to report it anonymously. In Sweden,
 
Feelgood Svenska AB and its subsidiaries have their own
whistleblowing channel, which is intended for internal use within Feelgood. Reports received
 
via Terveystalo's
 
whistleblowing channel are
70
processed only by persons designated to process reports in Terveystalo
 
and Feelgood and, where necessary, specialists and external
advisors appointed on an investigation-specific basis.
The Whistleblower Protection Act does not apply to matters that
 
concern labour law, but the whistleblowing channel can also
 
be used to
report actual or suspected violations that are not within the scope of application of the Whistleblower Protection
 
Act. In such cases, the
whistleblower does not enjoy protection under the Whistleblower Protection Act. Instead, labour legislation and other
 
applicable legislation
are applied to reports that concern labour law,
 
for example. Even in such cases, a whistleblower
 
who acts in good faith is protected against
retaliation on the basis of the applicable labour legislation. The Whistleblower Protection Act does not apply to reports
 
related to the
following matters, for example,
 
which are processed by the HR unit as a rule:
unilateral downgrading of work duties
harassment or discrimination
occupational safety issues
problems related to the atmosphere at the workplace
inappropriate behaviour or treatment by a supervisor or colleague.
Terveystalo
 
encourages all of its employees and private practitioners
 
to report any potential misconduct without delay.
 
One of the focus
areas of Terveystalo's
 
compliance function has been to increase awareness of the whistleblowing channel to make the threshold
 
for
reporting as low as possible. Terveystalo
 
estimates that this effort has been successful. Terveystalo
 
Group's Code of Conduct emphasises
that it is important to report actual or suspected violations of the Code of Conduct and describes the available reporting mechanisms.
Terveystalo
 
also has online training on the Code of Conduct aimed at everyone in the organisation. The training includes instructions
 
on
highlighting and reporting misconduct. The online course is mandatory for all Terveystalo
 
employees, and its aim is to improve awareness of
key themes related to compliance and the mechanisms for reporting
 
non-compliance. Any suspected misconduct and violations are
investigated appropriately and confidentially.
 
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for
 
raising concerns are described in
more detail in section G1 – Business conduct on pages 102–103.
S1-4 Taking action on
 
material impacts on own workforce,
 
and approaches to mitigating material
 
risks and
pursuing material opportunities related
 
to own workforce, and
 
effectiveness of those actions
Terveystalo’s
 
people strategy aims to ensure the engagement
 
of professionals
 
One of Terveystalo’s
 
strategic goals is to be the best and most attractive
 
employer in its industry for all professionals. To
 
achieve this goal,
Terveystalo
 
has drawn up a people strategy that aims to ensure the
 
engagement, job satisfaction and productivity of professionals
 
through
various measures and continuous development.
The most important strategic measures during the strategy
 
period 2025–2026 are as follows:
 
developing the user experience of the digital work environment used by professionals,
 
developing resource management and shift planning tools,
 
the renewal of remuneration models,
 
developing management and leadership skills and
 
an expanded training offering.
Terveystalo
 
measures the success of the people strategy by means of the employee engagement
 
index, eNPS (Employee Net Promoter
Score), sickness absences and the exit turnover of personnel, among other indicators. The measures
 
described in the following paragraphs
are part of Terveystalo’s
 
people strategy and continuous development with regard
 
to the impacts on its own workforce and, at the same
time, measures for managing risks related to its own workforce.
Measures concerning health and safety
71
The development of occupational safety at Terveystalo
 
is focused on the identification, prevention and mitigation
 
of health hazards and
adverse health impacts arising from working conditions, as well as protecting and promoting the safety,
 
work ability and health of
employees.
An annual action plan is prepared for the development of occupational safety in Terveystalo’s
 
operations in Finland. The following measures
were taken in 2024, among others:
training on threatening and violent situations for all personnel
 
a new annual calendar for job-specific hazard assessments was implemented
 
a new occupational safety and health period began, and the health and safety representatives'
 
takeover of the new areas went
according to plan
 
the Group's updated safety instructions were deployed across
 
all operating locations
 
A new operating model for job-specific hazard assessment was deployed
 
in 2023 and its implementation was continued successfully in
2024. In accordance with the annual calendar for job-specific hazard assessment, the focus in 2024
 
was on identifying workplace hazards
and estimating the magnitude of the risks caused by the identified hazards.
All occupational accidents and commuting accidents at Terveystalo
 
are reported and investigated. In addition, hazardous
 
incidents
concerning the personnel are actively recorded and monitored in order to
 
improve the safety of operations. From the
 
perspective of
developing occupational safety,
 
it is important to identify and report hazards and hazardous incidents in
 
the working environment.
 
According to the Finnish Occupational Safety and Health Act, employees must report any
 
observed occupational safety deficiencies to the
employer without delay. Terveystalo
 
records approximately 1,400 hazardous
 
incidents concerning the personnel each year.
 
Only a small
fraction of these incidents causes a work-related accident. Terveystalo
 
has not had any occupational accidents or commuting accidents
resulting in death or serious injury for several years.
In addition to providing the legally required occupational health services, Terveystalo
 
provides its employees in Finland with a
comprehensive range of primary healthcare, specialised care and well-being services, such as physiotherapy
 
and Mielen Chat and Mielen
Sparri, which are digital services that support mental well-being. Mielen Chat and Mielen Sparri are low-threshold services that are provided
remotely via the Terveystalo
 
app. Brief psychotherapy is also part of Terveystalo’s
 
occupational health services. The aim is to seek solutions
to challenges related to work ability and occupational health at an early stage
 
through cooperation with occupational health services.
 
The safety and working conditions of the workplace are also monitored and supervised by a health and safety representative.
 
The health
and safety representative is familiar
 
with occupational safety and health and the related legislation and regulations. The health and
 
safety
representative represents all personnel in their area
 
regardless of union membership. The health and safety representative
 
participates in
the preparation of the occupational safety and health action programme,
 
the preparation of the annual occupational safety and health
action plan, job-specific hazard assessments, workplace visits and occupational safety and health inspections. Occupational safety
 
and
health personnel have jointly agreed-upon meeting practices and the training
 
opportunities necessary for their duties. The Group-level
occupational health and safety action plan describes the planned measures for the development of occupational health and safety
 
work.
The action plan is updated annually in collaboration with the occupational health and safety personnel, and its implementation
 
is monitored
in the Group’s quarterly occupational health and safety
 
meetings. The occupational safety and health action plan for 2024 included
measures such as the implementation of training on threatening and violent situations for
 
all personnel and the implementation
 
of job-
specific hazard assessments in accordance with the annual calendar.
The action plan that guides occupational health activities is updated annually and available to the personnel on the company’s
 
intranet.
Advice and guidance related to employee health and well-being at work,
 
the assessment of work-related health risks, and the prevention
and treatment of illnesses are part of normal cooperation with occupational health services and insurance company
 
partners. In the
treatment of serious illnesses, Terveystalo
 
cooperates with primary healthcare and specialised healthcare. The occupational health action
plan for 2024 was focused on the development of basic processes, such as health check-ups and workplace surveys.
Measures concerning work-life
 
balance
72
As an employer, Terveystalo
 
strives to support its personnel in maintaining a healthy work-life
 
balance, because
a healthy work-life balance supports the well-being, productivity and job satisfaction
 
of the personnel, which is also reflected in customer
encounters. In the healthcare sector,
 
where work is often demanding and there can be a lot of time pressure, finding a healthy balance can
occasionally be challenging. With this in mind, Terveystalo
 
aims to promote a healthy work-life balance by means of the measures described
below, for
 
example.
 
Terveystalo
 
is flexible in its contractual relationships and, where possible, offers
 
different forms of employment to its personnel
 
depending
on the task, the need for labour and the employee’s wishes. Employment relationships
 
are valid indefinitely unless there is an acceptable
and clear reason for fixed-term employment, such as substitution arrangements.
 
Full-time and part-time employment relationships, hourly
work contracts and framework agreements are
 
in use at Terveystalo.
 
Part-time work can be agreed upon based on the employer’s needs or
the employee’s wishes or needs. If necessary,
 
hourly work contracts and framework agreements are
 
used in situations where the need for
labour is low and occasional. Temporary agency workers
 
are used as needed and typically in the event of sudden substitution needs.
Employees in different life stages
 
have different needs regarding
 
work-life balance. These needs can be met through various forms of
statutory leave, including family leave,
 
study leave, care leave and job alternation leave.
 
All Terveystalo
 
employees are entitled to take
statutory leave.
 
Work at Terveystalo
 
takes place flexibly and on a location-independent basis. The goals of the job determine the way
 
work is performed.
Terveystalo’s
 
Group services have transitioned to hybrid work, where the teams
 
agree on the most effective way
 
of working for them.
Terveystalo
 
has also developed flexible work opportunities for professionals who work
 
at the customer interface. Flexible work
arrangements are now routine for physicians,
 
occupational health professionals and those who work at customer service centres,
 
for
example.
 
Measures concerning training and skills development
Terveystalo
 
actively develops the competence of its personnel and supports professional
 
growth. Diverse training in various areas is offered
to employees. Private practitioners also have opportunities to
 
train and develop their competence at Terveystalo.
 
The annual company-level planning of training ensures that Terveystalo
 
anticipates training needs and that the training activities
correspond to the competence needs of business operations. The training plan is reviewed
 
by the Personnel Forum as part of the work
community development plan. Terveystalo
 
also creates personal training paths for employees
 
to make training more systematic
 
and plan
driven. A personal training path is an individual training plan that enables the employee and the supervisor to agree on
 
the individual's
training for the next 6–12 months. Personal training paths
 
had previously been introduced for occupational health professionals,
 
and, in
2024, training paths were also introduced for nurses and radiographers.
 
Terveystalo
 
intends to expand the use the personalised plans in the
near future to include general practitioners and laboratory professionals.
 
Training is also discussed at the individual level
 
as part of
development discussions.
 
In 2024, training was arranged in Terveystalo
 
for an average of 13.4 hours per employee. Significant
 
training investments were made in, for
example, the development of supervisory work and leadership, building more in-depth professional
 
expertise for different professional
groups, the high-quality orientation training of new Terveystalo
 
employees, and enhancing the use of digital tools among professionals.
 
High-quality supervisory work and leadership are among Terveystalo’s
 
strengths, and significant investments were again
 
made in their
development in 2024. All supervisors had the opportunity to participate in training on topics such as feedback
 
culture, rewards and high-
quality performance management. Each year,
 
Terveystalo
 
trains dozens of new supervisors through the supervisor orientation programme
and the Academy for new supervisors. Supervisors are also supported by means of regular supervisor briefings and supervisor letters,
 
for
example. In 2024, Terveystalo
 
also started a leadership development programme that
 
takes almost a year and has over 150 managers
participating in it. The programme supports managers in their new,
 
more demanding roles, strengthens Terveystalo’s
 
common
management method and enables personal competence development and growth for
 
managers.
 
Examples of training activities focused on professional competencies included dedicated
 
training days for different
 
professional groups,
including nurses, physicians, occupational physiotherapists and occupational
 
health psychologists.
 
Training offered
 
to physicians included
several webinars and online courses as well as regular "From
 
knowledge to skill" training organised approximately
 
2–3 times per month. In
73
2024, Terveystalo
 
focused on areas such as developing the competence of physicians and raising
 
broader general awareness of menopause
symptoms and their diagnosis and treatment. Physicians were also
 
offered a wide range of specialisation opportunities. The occupational
health path specialisation program is the most extensive of the specialisation paths, and it is possible to
 
specialise at almost all Terveystalo’s
occupational health clinics in Finland. The specialisation training is carried out in close cooperation with the medical faculties of universities.
In addition, over 100 of Terveystalo's
 
physicians, nurses, physiotherapists and psychologists
 
received specialised training on occupational
health in 2024 by participating in a 15-credit occupational health study programme leading to a qualification
 
in occupational healthcare. The
training prepares the participants to work as an occupational healthcare professional
 
and specialist.
 
In 2024, the orientation training of several professional groups
 
working in Finland, such as dentists, physicians and nurses, was developed
and orientation paths were built in Academy,
 
which is Terveystalo’s
 
online training environment. The online learning environment
 
enables
the improved targeting of study activities at new Terveystalo
 
professionals and provides increased opportunities for orientation
 
training
regardless of time and place.
 
 
Measures concerning efficient working methods
Terveystalo
 
continuously develops the digital tools used by its professionals to
 
streamline work, increase productivity and improve the
quality of care.
 
In 2024, a new user interface, Ella, was introduced for Terveystalo’s
 
online chat professionals. Ella is an application that combines an online
chat screen with patient information retrieved from
 
the patient information system. Ella provides
 
professionals with more time for
customer encounters, improves the quality of online appointments and speeds up online chat-based
 
work. This also supports the provision
of care that is effective and caring, improves the customer
 
experience and promotes the continuity of care. The new system
 
is being
developed to expand its use from online chat appointments to other types of appointments as well.
 
The development work is being carried
out together with healthcare professionals. The aim is that, in the next few
 
years, the majority of appointments, both in person and
remotely, will be handled through a completely
 
new user interface. The aim is for the service to save time for
 
the professional, increase
productivity, make the working
 
day less burdensome and make Terveystalo
 
the most attractive place to work because the professional
 
can
focus on meaningful matters.
When it comes to supporting and streamlining the work of professionals, Terveystalo
 
also invests in improving the content and guidance of
work by developing care guidance and care paths. Care guidance based on care paths aims to
 
provide more consistent and effective
 
care to
customers and facilitate the work of professionals.
 
The measures related to the development of care paths are
 
described in more detail in
in the section S4 Consumers and end-users on page 90.
 
All Terveystalo’s
 
occupational health customers have access to the Symptom Assessment tool,
 
a CE-marked medical device that makes the
use of occupational health services smoother in the event of illness. The Symptom Assessment tool refers
 
the customer to the right
specialist and the right channel in a timely manner. The Symptom
 
Assessment tool also supports the streamlining of the work of
professionals by taking care of certain routine tasks on
 
the professional’s behalf,
 
allowing them to allocate more time to customer
encounters.
The role of customer feedback is key in the development
 
of work. Terveystalo’s
 
specialists have expressed a wish for direct, personal
customer feedback in addition to unit-specific feedback. Specialist-specific customer feedback
 
is collected in connection with all of
Terveystalo’s
 
physician’s appointments and remote
 
appointments in Finland. Personal feedback is an important tool
 
for professional
development.
 
Measures concerning remuneration
 
In Finland, 65 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
employees are covered by collective agreements, which provide
 
the framework for the development
of remuneration.
In 2024, the wage decision concerning the collective agreement for the private
 
healthcare sector (TPTES) included a local tranche in
addition to general increases. At Terveystalo,
 
the local tranche was implemented as personal increases. In accordance with the principles
agreed upon with personnel representatives, the local tranche
 
was allocated to committed and high-performing
 
individuals whose wages
were lower than their peer group. Terveystalo
 
distributed 12 percent more increases than what was required for
 
the local tranche under
 
 
 
74
the TPTES agreement. In addition, a one-off payment of EUR 500 was paid to those covered
 
by the TPTES agreement in December 2024.
Personnel covered by the collective agreement for
 
the private social services sector (YSOSTES) received a one-off payment
 
of EUR 470 in
addition to the general increase. The one-off payment was made in June 2024.
At Terveystalo,
 
personnel benefits are an important part of overall remuneration.
 
Terveystalo
 
offers its employees comprehensive
occupational healthcare, a lunch benefit and a sports, culture and well-being benefit. In 2024, Terveystalo
 
also introduced a company
bicycle benefit to encourage physical activity and promote
 
the well-being of employees.
In late 2024, Terveystalo
 
paid its employees a one-off bonus of EUR 500 as a reward for good work.
 
The bonus was paid in late 2024 to
approximately 5,500 people, more than half of whom work as nurses or customer service professionals.
 
Terveystalo's
 
has a significant
number of private practitioners in addition to employees. In 2024, Terveystalo
 
introduced a new remuneration model for certain groups
 
of
private practitioners to guarantee
 
more stable earnings for the professionals. Under the new model, Terveystalo
 
guarantees a minimum
level of remuneration for the private practitioners
 
and sets a ceiling on remuneration.
S1-5 Targets related to
 
managing material negative impacts,
 
advancing positive impacts, and managing
material risks and opportunities
Terveystalo
 
has set two targets for managing the impacts and risks related to
 
its own workforce: strengthening the commitment of
professionals and keeping the sickness absences of the personnel at a low level. These targets
 
cover all of the sustainability matters
described above and measure the success of Terveystalo’s
 
measures pertaining to its own workforce. The targets
 
have been set by
Terveystalo’s
 
Senior Vice President, Human Resources and the Vice President, Sustainability,
 
and approved by Terveystalo’s
 
Executive Team
and Board of Directors. The same targets are also monitored as
 
part of the reporting to management, and the aim is to develop and
improve operations based on the results of the metrics. The personnel in a broader sense or their representatives
 
have not been involved in
the process of setting the targets reported in the sustainability
 
statement. The metrics related to Terveystalo's
 
own workforce have not
been separately verified by an external assurance provider.
Engagement index for Terveystalo
professionals
Terveystalo’s
 
goal is to be the best and most attractive employer in its industry for
 
all professionals. The professional survey is one of
Terveystalo’s
 
most important tools for developing the professional
 
experience, the commitment of professionals, internal operating
practices and supervisory work. The engagement index for Terveystalo
 
professionals is measured as part of Terveystalo's
 
professional
survey. The target is for
 
the index to be at least 4 (on a scale of 1–5) each year.
 
In Finland, the professional survey is aimed at both
employees and private practitioners. In Sweden, the professional
 
survey is aimed at employees. In 2024, the index value was 4.2.
Target
Metric (KPI)
Scope
Target
 
level
Target
 
year
Base year
2024
Strengthen the
commitment of
professionals to
Terveystalo
Engagement index
for Terveystalo
professionals
Terveystalo’s
employees and private
practitioners
At least 4
Continuous
2024
4.2
Sickness absences
 
Terveystalo's
 
target is to keep the sickness absence rate
 
of its personnel at a low level, i.e. below 4 percent. The monitoring and reduction
of sickness absences promotes the company’s operating
 
capacity and profitability. A low sickness absence rate
 
is generally indicative of a
work community with a high level of health and well-being, where employees feel well and are able to
 
do their work efficiently.
Terveystalo's
 
occupational healthcare focuses on maintaining the personnel's work ability and the treatment
 
of illnesses, which helps to
reduce absences and supports the employees' ability to cope with the demands of work. In addition, preventive measures, such
 
as
improvements to ergonomics and supporting coping at work, help to reduce long sickness absences
 
and prevent problems related
 
to work
ability. In 2024, the sickness absence rate of the personnel was
 
4.0 (4.3) percent.
 
Target
Metric (KPI)
Scope
Target
 
level
Target
 
year
Base
2024
2023
 
 
75
year
Keeping sickness
absences at a low level
Sickness absence
rate, %
Terveystalo
employees
No higher
than 4
2026
2023
4.0
4.3
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
Entity-specific metric - Engagement index
 
for Terveystalo
professionals
The engagement index for Terveystalo
 
professionals is based on four questions from Terveystalo’s
 
annual professional survey.
 
The results
are used to calculate the index value, i.e. the average
 
of the results. The questions concern supervisory work (I am satisfied with my
supervisor’s actions), the preconditions for success at work (I have the opportunity to succeed in my
 
work), work communities (We have a
good team spirit in our work community) and commitment (I want to continue to work
 
at Terveystalo).
 
The index is expressed on a scale of
1–5.
 
Entity-specific metric - Sickness absence rate
The sickness absence rate is calculated as follows: the number of sickness absence days
 
for the reporting period/the average number of
employees * the number of working days during the reporting period. Sickness absences are reported for
 
Terveystalo’s
 
employees,
comprising operations in Finland and Sweden.
 
Exceptions in the scope
 
of data
The engagement index and sickness absence rate above do not include Medimar Scandinavia
 
Ab and the companies acquired during 2024 in
Finland (SRK Group Oy, Suomen Radiologikeskus
 
Oy, iRad Oy,
 
Kajaanin Radiologikeskus Oy and Cityläkarna Mariehamn Ab), whose
personnel are not in Terveystalo’s
 
centralised HR system. They represent
 
102 employees, or approximately 1.1 percent of all employees.
 
Medimar Scandinavia Ab is also not included in the figures reported on the following pages for the
 
employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS),
the figures related to training and skills development (S-13), or the figures related
 
to health and safety (S-14). The companies acquired
during 2024 are not included in any of the indicators in S1-Own workforce
 
standard.
 
For the Own Workforce standard,
 
the comparative figures for the comparison year have
 
not been reported for any of the data points
presented on the following pages, based on the transitional provision of
 
ESRS-1 10.3 regarding the presentation of comparative
 
data.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
76
S1-6 Characteristics of the
 
undertaking’s employees
Number of employees by gender
Gender
2024
Male
1,736
Female
7,417
Total employees
9,153
Number of employees in countries in which the undertaking has 50 or more employees
Country
2024
Finland
8,383
Sweden
770
Number of employees by contract type, broken down by gender
2024
Women
Men
Total
Number of employees (head count)
7,417
1,736
9,153
Number of permanent employees (head count)
6,005
1,454
7,459
Number of temporary employees (head count)
358
95
453
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees (head
count)
1,167
221
1,388
Number of employees by contract type, broken down by country
2024
Finland
Sweden
Total
Number of employees (head count)
8,383
770
9,153
Number of permanent employees (head count)
6,748
711
7,459
Number of temporary employees (head count)
394
59
453
Number of non-guaranteed hours employees (head count)
1,320
68
1,388
Rate of employee turnover and total number of employees who have
 
left the undertaking
2024
Rate of employee turnover,
 
%
31%
The total number of employees who left the company
2,959
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
77
S1-7 Characteristics of non-employees
 
in the undertaking’s own
 
workforce
At the end of 2024, Terveystalo
 
had 5,979 non-employees in its operations in Finland. Terveystalo
 
also operates in Sweden, where
Terveystalo’s
 
subsidiary Feelgood had 48 private practitioners. In Sweden, the number of private
 
practitioners was reduced due to
terminated customer contracts.
Characteristics of non-employees in the undertaking’s own workforce
Non-employees in the undertaking’s own workforce
2024
Private practitioners
3,223
Others
2,792
Total number of non-employees
 
in the undertaking’s own workforce
6,015
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
S1-6
The number of employees is reported as the headcount of persons at the end of the reporting period, not as full-time equivalents. The
figures also include non-active employees, such as those on study leave or family leave.
 
The gender breakdown of the personnel is presented only as women and men, as information
 
on gender is not collected separately.
Instead, information on gender is generated in the HR
 
system based on the personal identity code. Consequently,
 
there is no "other"
category in the gender breakdown. The figures are the headcount
 
of persons at the end of the reporting period.
In the breakdown of personnel by country,
 
the number of employees in Sweden has been decided to be reported separately (even
 
though it
is less than 10 per cent of the total number of employees) as it is considered to be material information.
The number is reported as the headcount of persons at the end of the reporting period.
All employees are reported for the number of employees by contract
 
type. Non-guaranteed hours employees include employees on hourly
wages and employees working under a framework agreement. The number of employees for
 
each contract type is reported as the number
of employees at the end of the reporting period. The sum of the numbers of employees for the different
 
contract types does not
correspond to the total number of employees, as some employees work under multiple contracts. For
 
example, a person may work on
hourly wages in one of the Group companies and in a permanent part-time employment relationship
 
in another. In this case, the person
counts as a non-guaranteed hours employee and a permanent employee.
All employees count towards the rate of
 
employee turnover and the total number of employees who have left the undertaking. The rate
 
of
employee turnover and the number of employees who have left the undertaking includes all reasons for
 
the termination of employment,
except transfers from
 
one Group company to another.
 
The rate of employee turnover is calculated by dividing the number of employees
who left the undertaking during the reporting period by the average number of employees. The average
 
number of employees is calculated
by dividing the number of employees on the last day of 2023 and the number of employees on the last day of 2024 by
 
two. Under the
transitional provision, the numbers of full-time and part-time employees are
 
not reported.
S1-7
The reported number of non-employees in the undertaking's own workforce
 
is the number at the end of the reporting period. Not all non-
employees work full-time. They may also work part-time or individual hours. Private
 
practitioners include people who work at Terveystalo
as a physician or in another healthcare role through their own company.
 
In addition to private practitioners, non-employees in Terveystalo's
own workforce include, for example, professionals
 
and subcontractors who work through another company.
 
They also work in healthcare
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
78
roles. In addition, Terveystalo
 
has a small number of temporary agency workers in more project
 
-based administrative duties, who are not in
Terveystalo’s
 
centralised HR system and who are not included in the numbers
 
due to their small number.
S1-8 Collective bargaining coverage
 
and social dialogue
 
Collective Bargaining Coverage
Social dialogue
Coverage Rate
Employees – EEA
(for countries with >50
employees)
Employees – Non-EEA
(estimate for
regions with >50 empl.
representing >10% total
employees)
Workplace
representation (EEA
only)
(for countries
with >50
employees)
0-19%
20–39 %
40–59 %
 
Finland
60–79 %
Finland
80–100 %
Sweden
 
Sweden
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
S1-8
The number of personnel within the scope of collective agreements is calculated by dividing the number of employees covered
 
by collective
agreements by the total number of employees. These numbers of personnel are
 
the numbers of persons at the end of the reporting period.
Three different collective agreements are
 
in use in Finland: The collective agreement for the private healthcare sector,
 
the collective
agreement for the private social services sector and the collective agreement for
 
the staffing services sector.
 
Directors and senior salaried
employees are not within the scope of the collective agreements. They include the majority of physicians and psychologists,
 
for example.
Two collective agreements are in use in Sweden: Healthcare
 
Companies Branch D Occupational Health Services, and Healthcare Companies
Branches E and F Care and Treatment.
S1-9 Diversity metrics
Gender distribution in top management
Gender
2024
Men in top management, number
6
Men in top management, %
67%
Women in top management, number
3
Women in top management, %
33%
Age distribution
Age distribution of employees
2024
Under 30 years
13%
30–50 years
54%
Over 50 years
33%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
79
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
S1-9
The top management consists of the members of the Group's Executive Team,
 
who report to the CEO.
The age distribution of employees takes into account
 
employees and their age at the end of the reporting period. The percentages are
calculated by dividing the number of representatives of each age group
 
by the total number of employees. The figures are the numbers of
persons at the end of the reporting period.
S-10 Adequate wages
 
Terveystalo
 
pays adequate wages to all employees in employment relationships
 
based on collective agreements and/or regular market
wage comparisons.
S-13 Training and skills
 
development metrics
The percentage of employees that participated in regular performance
reviews, %
2024
Salaried employees
57%
Men
38%
Women
62%
The average number of training hours per employee
2024
Salaried employees
13.4
Men
7.0
Women
14.9
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
S-13
At Terveystalo,
 
annual development discussions are held with all full-time employees to support goal-driven and motivated
 
work.
Development discussions are also held with many part-time employees, but a formal
 
discussion that is documented in the HR system is not
mandatory for hourly workers, for
 
example. Only a development discussion on which a form is completed in the centralised
 
HR system is
considered a completed development discussion, and the reported figure is therefore
 
likely to be lower than the actual number of
development discussions. Supervisors are responsible for conducting development
 
discussions. In addition, the implementation and
number of discussions can be monitored in real time via the reporting system.
 
In the number of development discussions held, development discussions held with persons whose employment relationship was valid
 
at
the end of the reporting period are taken into account. The proportion
 
of employees is calculated by taking the number of completed
development discussions by gender and dividing it by number of employees (S1
-
6).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
80
The training hours of employees also include part-time employees and hourly employees,
 
for example. For full-time employees, the number
of training hours is significantly higher than the average. The number of
 
training hours only includes training completions recorded in
training systems, and since not all training activities were covered
 
by the training systems in 2024, the actual number of training hours
 
is
also likely to be higher than the reported figure. In the number of completed training hours,
 
only employees whose employment
relationship was valid at the end of the reporting period are taken
 
into account. The average number of training hours is
 
obtained by taking
the number of hours completed, by gender,
 
and dividing it by the previously reported numbers of personnel (S1-6). The average
 
number of
training hours includes Terveystalo’s
 
employees, except Medimar Scandinavia AB and the companies acquired during 2024 in Finland.
S-14 Health and safety
 
metrics
Health and safety indicators
2024
The percentage of own workers who are
 
covered by the undertaking’s
health and safety management system, %
100
The number of fatalities as a result of work-related injuries and work-
related ill health
0
The number of fatalities as a result of work-related injuries and work-
related ill health of other workers working on the undertaking’s
 
sites
0
Number of accidents
299
Accident frequency (per one million working hours)
19.9
The number of cases of recordable work-related ill health
0
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
S-14
The percentage of the undertaking's own workforce who
 
are covered by the undertaking’s health and safety management system
corresponds to all persons working for Terveystalo,
 
as everyone has the right to a safe working environment
 
regardless of the type of
employment relationship.
The number of fatalities due to work-related injuries and work-related
 
ill health includes work-related accidents and commuting accidents
among employees, and occupational diseases that meet the criteria laid down in the Workers'
 
Compensation Act. The decision on whether
the criteria are met is made by the accident insurance company.
 
The number of fatalities is monitored on the basis of statistics
 
reported by
the accident insurance company.
 
The number of fatalities due to work-related injuries and work-related
 
ill health among workers of other undertakings working at
Terveystalo's
 
sites is determined on the basis of information obtained from the employers
 
of the workers in question.
The number of work-related accidents includes work-related and commuting accidents among employees
 
that meet the criteria for work-
related and commuting accidents laid down in the Workers'
 
Compensation Act, regardless of whether or not they result in sickness absence.
The decision on whether the criteria are met is made by the accident insurance company.
 
The number of work-related and commuting
accidents is monitored using statistics provided by the accident insurance
 
company. The final number of
 
work-related accidents for the
reporting year is usually confirmed during the first quarter of the following year.
 
The calculation of the accident frequency includes work-
related and commuting accidents and occupational diseases that have occurred in the work
 
of employees, based on statistics provided by
insurance companies, as well as the actual working hours of the same personnel group in accordance
 
with payroll monitoring.
 
The number of cases of work-related ill health/among the company’s
 
employees, i.e. the number of occupational diseases, includes cases
that meet the criteria for occupational diseases laid down in the Workers'
 
Compensation Act. The decision on whether the criteria are met
is made by the accident insurance company.
 
The number of occupational diseases is monitored on the basis of statistics reported
 
by the
accident insurance company.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
81
Under the transitional provision, Terveystalo
 
has omitted from the table data points on cases of work-related
 
ill health and on number of
days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities and work-related
 
ill health.
The numbers in the table do not include private practitioners.
 
S-15 Work
 
-life balance metrics
The percentage of entitled employees that took family-related
 
leave,
and a breakdown by gender
2024
Female
6%
Male
4%
Total
6%
Entity-specific metric - eNPS,
 
employee Net Promoter Score
In Terveystalo's
 
professional survey,
 
the employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) is used as a key indicator
 
of well-being and coping at work.
The eNPS figure indicates the proportion of the employees and private practitioners
 
who would recommend Terveystalo
 
as a workplace to
others. In the 2024 professional survey,
 
the eNPS was 14. In 2023 and 2024, Terveystalo
 
streamlined its operating model and organisational
structure as part of the profit improvement programme. These changes affected
 
the willingness to recommend the company as a
workplace. Terveystalo’s
 
strengths include well-functioning work communities, effective
 
cooperation and good team leadership.
 
Entity-specific metric - eNPS, employee Net Promoter Score
2024
Finland
15
Sweden
-11
Total
14
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
S-15
The number of entitled employees that took family-related leave
 
takes into account the Group's employees whose employment
relationship was valid at the end of the reporting period and who took family-related
 
leave during the year.
 
The percentages are calculated
by taking the number of these persons by gender and dividing it by the previously reported number of employees at the end of
 
the
reporting period (S1-6).
Entity-specific metric - e
NPS
The employee Net Promoter Score (eNPS) is based on the question “How likely would
 
you be to recommend your workplace (on a scale of
0-10)?”. The respondents can choose
 
an answer between 0 (very unlikely) and 10 (very likely), and the eNPS is reported as a score
 
between
-100 and +100. The higher the number, the more likely
 
the employees are to recommend the workplace to others. The eNPS is calculated
 
by
subtracting the percentage of detractors
 
from the percentage of promoters: eNPS = (% of promoters)
 
– (% of detractors). The professional
survey, which includes the eNPS question, is aimed at all of the Group’s
 
employees and private practitioners (excluding
 
private practitioners
in Rela, Medimar Scandinavia AB and the companies acquired during 2024 in Finland).
82
S4 – Consumers and end-users
SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and
 
opportunities related to consumers
 
and end-users
Terveystalo
 
plays a key role in the renewal of healthcare
 
in Finland, the prevention of illnesses and the promotion of people’s well
 
-being.
The company provides private healthcare services in Finland and occupational health services in Sweden through
 
its subsidiary Feelgood. In
2024, Terveystalo
 
had a total of 1.2 (1.2) million customers, 7.6 (7.6) million customer visits in Finland, and in total more
 
than 1.7 (1.8)
million end-customers of occupational health services in the Nordic countries. Terveystalo’s
 
digital channels have over 2.6 million registered
users in Finland.
The most significant positive sustainability impact of Terveystalo’s
 
operations arises from providing fluent, caring and effective
 
integrated
care to customers, which is also the core of Terveystalo’s
 
business strategy.
 
According to Terveystalo's
 
strategy, integrated
 
care means that
Terveystalo
 
understands customers and their needs, prevents
 
and manages health risks, guides the customer to the right service and
treatment, takes care of the patient throughout
 
the care path, cooperates as teams of experts, and measures
 
and improves the outcomes
of care.
 
According to Terveystalo's
 
strategy,
 
the integrated care model aims for a positive social impact, which can be
 
reflected in the effective
prevention of illnesses, quick access to care, fluent care paths and
 
good outcomes of care, among other things. High-quality occupational
healthcare that is based on integrated care is effective
 
when it promotes the health, work ability and well-being of employees effectively
and with measurable results. Effectiveness is reflected
 
in, for example, reduced sickness absences, improved work
 
ability and productivity,
as well as increased well-being at work, which reduces early retirement and saves
 
costs for client companies. Terveystalo’s
 
digital services
speed up access to care and smooth integrated care paths
 
ensure effective and timely care. Cooperation
 
and partnerships with the public
sector provide solutions for improving access to care.
Patient safety is the foundation of the quality of care.
 
It ensures the safety of care and protects the patient from
 
injury. From the patient’s
perspective, patient safety means that they receive the right
 
treatment at the right time and in the right manner.
 
Compromised patient
safety may cause an adverse event for
 
a customer and, in the case of serious adverse events, make
 
the company liable for damages.
 
Data protection with regard to patient data
 
is an important aspect of patient safety.
 
As digital services in healthcare increase in importance
and reshape the industry, the requirements
 
concerning data protection and information security increase accordingly.
 
Everyone working at
Terveystalo
 
and on behalf of Terveystalo
 
must ensure the protection of privacy and the realisation of data protection
 
in all activities
involving the processing of patient information. Compromised
 
information security or data protection may cause restrictions
 
on operations
imposed by the public authorities, financial sanctions, claims for damages and other financial losses, which would have an adverse impact
on Terveystalo's
 
financial performance.
 
The material impacts, risks and opportunities related to consumers and end-users have
 
been identified in the company’s double materiality
assessment, and they are presented in more detail on pages 45–46. of
 
the sustainability statement. The material impacts, risks and
opportunities related to end-users include all end-users likely to
 
be subject to material impacts caused by Terveystalo’s
 
operations. In the
double materiality assessment, Terveystalo
 
has not separately formed an understanding of
 
how end-users with particular characteristics or
who use particular services may be at greater risk of harm.
 
Based on the impacts, risks and opportunities identified in the double materiality assessment (described on pages 48–50), Terveystalo’s
material sustainability matters related
 
to consumers and end-users are:
 
patient data protection and information security (adverse
 
impact and risk)
access to care, availability,
 
quality and effectiveness of care and the customer experience (positive
 
impact).
 
Terveystalo's
 
customer groups
83
Terveystalo
 
provides services to three customer groups: corporate
 
customers, consumer customers and public sector customers.
Corporate customers
Corporate customers constitute Terveystalo’s
 
largest customer group. Terveystalo
 
provides statutory occupational health services and other
healthcare and well-being services for companies of all sizes. In Finland, Terveystalo
 
provides occupational health services to over 26,000
companies and organisations that have approximately
 
744,000 employees covered by the occupational health services.
In Sweden, Terveystalo
 
offers occupational health, organisational management
 
consulting and addiction prevention and rehabilitation
services to its corporate customers. Terveystalo
 
serves approximately 8,000 corporate
 
customers in Sweden, which have about one million
employees covered by occupational health services.
Consumer customers
Consumer customers are Terveystalo’s
 
third-largest customer group. Consumer customers are
 
private individuals who pay for their services
themselves or through health insurance. Easy and fast access to Terveystalo’s
 
services, a wide range of services, high-quality and effective
care and personalised digital services can improve the health and quality of life of customers.
Public sector customers
Terveystalo’s
 
public sector customer group consists of Finnish public sector organisations,
 
such as the wellbeing services counties that are
responsible for the organisation of publicly funded healthcare and social welfare
 
services, and occupational health customers in the public
sector. Terveystalo
 
offers solutions to the public sector in relation to
 
personnel shortages in healthcare, improved access to care
 
and digital
services. The services offered to public sector customers include full and partial outsourcing, healthcare staffing
 
services, specialised care
services, and occupational health services.
According to the double materiality assessment, the end customers who use Terveystalo’s
 
health services may face adverse impacts related
to the protection of their privacy and personal data if a data protection
 
or information security risk were to materialise. Terveystalo’s
services are not assessed to have any adverse impacts on the freedom of expression or non-discrimination
 
of end-users. In some situations,
end-users of the services may be dependent on accurate and easily available product and
 
service information, such as instructions for
seeking treatment, instructions for follow-up care,
 
or instructions on the use of a medicine. Based on the double materiality assessment,
Terveystalo’s
 
customers are not particularly vulnerable to potential negative
 
impacts on health or privacy, nor to marketing
 
and sales
strategies. Terveystalo’s
 
services also do not naturally increase the risk of chronic diseases for any customer group.
 
Processes for engaging
with end-users about impacts are described on page 39.
Terveystalo’s
 
service offering
In addition to preventive occupational health services, Terveystalo
 
offers a wide range of services in primary healthcare and specialised
care, diagnostics, and day surgery,
 
including general practitioner and specialist services, imaging and laboratory tests. In addition, the
company offers demanding surgery,
 
well-being services, oral health services, public healthcare outsourcing services, healthcare staffing
services, rehabilitation services and child welfare services.
Terveystalo
 
offers appointments with general practitioners
 
and occupational health physicians as well as physicians representing different
specialties, both in person at approximately 360 units across Finland and through digital channels
 
in the form of video or chat
appointments.
Preventive occupational health services include workplace surveys to evaluate workplace
 
conditions and factors that expose employees to
health risks, health check-ups, and action proposals for the improvement
 
of working conditions and the promotion of the work ability of
employees. In addition to statutory services, Terveystalo
 
provides a comprehensive range of primary and specialised healthcare services,
diagnostics and well-being services for corporate customers.
Terveystalo's
 
diagnostics services include laboratory services, X-ray,
 
CT, and MRI services, among others.
Terveystalo's
 
hospital services include, among others, general surgery,
 
orthopaedic surgery, and eye surgery.
 
Terveystalo
 
offers these
84
services through its network of 18 hospital units. Terveystalo's
 
well-being services include physiotherapy,
 
psychologist and psychotherapist
services, nutritional therapy, work ability coaching, massage services and vaccination
 
services.
S4-1 Policies related to consumers
 
and end-users
Terveystalo’s
 
policies concerning consumers and end-users apply to activities that are under the operational control
 
of the company and its
subsidiaries. In activities in which the company operates at the client's premises, using the client's personnel
 
and equipment, the client's
policies apply.
Quality is managed at all levels and implemented in everyone’s
 
work
The goal of Terveystalo's
 
quality efforts is to ensure access to services, patient safety,
 
an excellent and continuously improving customer
experience, the realisation of data protection and information security,
 
compliance with recommendations and clinical practice guidelines,
and developing the effectiveness of treatment. Terveystalo’s
 
quality is monitored and measured at many levels. The results of operations
are reviewed regularly,
 
and development areas are identified and necessary changes made based on them. Terveystalo’s
 
quality efforts are
based on a quality management system that meets the requirements of the international
 
ISO 9001 quality management system standard.
Terveystalo
 
has set goals for its quality efforts that exceed
 
the requirements of the standard. Quality is managed as part of management
structures at all organisational levels, from senior management to
 
the day-to-day work of teams and individuals.
 
Everyone at Terveystalo
 
is responsible for implementing and ensuring patient safety and high-quality care.
 
In addition to the quality
management system, operations are guided by several
 
other requirements and binding obligations, which are documented in Terveystalo’s
integrated management system.
 
The quality management system and the integrated
 
management system are tools used by everyone
 
at
Terveystalo
 
to ensure that their actions comply with the applicable requirements and produce the desired outcomes.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
policies
(self-assessment plan, operating policy,
 
quality policy, internal control
 
and risk management policy, Code of Conduct, data protection
 
and
information security policy and environmental policy) guide operations
 
in addition to common processes, guidelines, operational procedure
rules and standards. Policies and procedures pertaining to the data
 
protection of patient data are documented in the company's
 
Data
Protection Handbook for patient care. The Current Care Guidelines
 
and the legislation and regulatory obligations applicable to the industry
and the operations of private service providers, as well as customer
 
agreements, are also key requirements implemented
 
in operations that
Terveystalo
 
complies with. The company’s policies are in line with, or exceed,
 
the internationally recognised norms related to end-users and
pertaining to business and human rights, such as the UN Guiding Principles.
 
In accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
human rights policy, the company is committed
 
to respecting human rights in accordance with the UN
Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.
 
Terveystalo
 
is also committed to
the international human rights framework (Universal Declaration
 
of Human Rights, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights
and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights) and the ILO
 
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at
Work (freedom of association, the right to collective bargaining,
 
the elimination of all forms of forced or compulsory labour,
 
the abolition of
child labour, the elimination of discrimination in respect of
 
employment and occupation, a safe and healthy working environment).
 
Should
any activities have the potential to affect
 
vulnerable groups, Terveystalo
 
also takes into account other international norms
 
and principles,
such as the Convention on the Rights of the Child.
During the reporting period, Terveystalo
 
was not made aware of any incidents related to end-users
 
of services that involved non-
compliance with the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights, the ILO Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at
Work and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.
The following paragraphs describe the key policies and procedures
 
that guide operations with regard to access to care
 
and the quality and
effectiveness of care, as well as the customer experience, patient
 
data protection and information security.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct and internal control and risk management policy are described in section G1 – Business conduct on
 
pages
97–99 of the sustainability statement.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
85
Self-assessment plan
In Finland, pursuant to the Act on the Supervision of Social Welfare and Health Care (741/2023), the service provider must
 
supervise the
quality and appropriateness of its own operations and those of its subcontractors,
 
as well as customer and patient safety.
 
Service organisers
and service providers that provide services at more than one service unit are required to draw
 
up a self-assessment plan in electronic
format regarding the tasks and services they are responsible for,
 
and publish the self-assessment plan in a public information network or in
another manner that promotes public access to the information in question. A service provider's self-assessment
 
plan covers all of the
service provider's service units. In order to ensure the quality, appropriateness
 
and safety of daily operations and to monitor the adequacy
of the personnel involved in customer and patient work, the service provider must draw
 
up a self-assessment plan covering all the services
provided in the service unit by and on behalf of the service provider.
The self-assessment plan must include a description of the procedure for reporting and learning of incidents. The service provider must
draw up the self-assessment plan electronically and publish it in a public information
 
network or in another manner that promotes public
access to the self-assessment plan and keep the self-assessment plan publicly accessible at the service unit.
 
Pursuant to the Act on the Supervision of Social Welfare and Health Care Services, the implementation
 
of the activities described in the
service unit’s self-assessment plan must be monitored and any deficiencies observed
 
in the course of monitoring must be rectified. A report
must be prepared on the monitoring, and changes implemented as a result of the monitoring activities must be published at fou
 
r-month
intervals in a public information network or in another manner that promotes public access to
 
the information in question, and the
information must be kept publicly accessible at the service unit.
The self-assessment programme and observations made on the basis of the monitoring of the implementation of the self-assessment
programme must be published at four-month intervals in a public information
 
network or in another manner that promotes public access to
the information in question.
Terveystalo
 
adheres to a self-assessment plan drawn up in accordance with the guidelines of the National Supervisory Authority for Welfare
and Health (Valvira). The self-assessment plan is supplemented
 
by operating handbooks and process maps with related procedures
 
and
work instructions. The self-assessment plan defines how Terveystalo
 
looks after clinical quality and patient safety in its operations. Each
 
site
must have defined practices for implementing the measures presented
 
in the self-assessment plan.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
self-assessment plan is drawn up by the persons in charge of each function and approved by the
 
Chief Medical Officer.
 
The
implementation of the self-assessment plan is monitored in internal and external audits, for example.
 
Terveystalo
 
publishes its self-assessment plan and programme on its website. The monitoring of the self-assessment
 
plan is reviewed
quarterly by the Group's Patient Safety Team
 
and any changes are reported every four months when the
 
self-assessment plan is updated.
Operating and quality policy
In all of its activities, Terveystalo
 
is committed to the high quality and continuous development of its operations. Terveystalo’s
 
quality
efforts are guided by Terveystalo’s
 
mission, values and strategy.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
strategic priorities, harmonised processes and measurability
help steer operations toward consistent
 
high quality. Terveystalo’s
 
quality policy is approved by the Quality Steering Group, which is also
responsible for monitoring its implementation.
Terveystalo’s
 
quality policy serves as the foundation for quality targets and the development of processes
 
to ensure quality management,
and it describes Terveystalo’s
 
commitment to high quality standards and the continuous improvement
 
of operations. Quality efforts
support Terveystalo’s
 
mission, values and strategy.
The cornerstones of Terveystalo’s
 
quality management system are patient safety
 
and national legislation. It comprises clinical, operational
and experienced quality. Terveystalo
 
measures, monitors and manages its quality systematically and in a target
 
-driven manner at all levels
of the organisation.
 
Medical quality and effectiveness are measured extensively,
 
and the results are utilised in management and development. Patient safety
 
is
a key part of medical quality. Its realisation is
 
monitored, for example, by the number of procedure-specific and
 
clinic-specific post-surgery
infections, reported hazardous incidents, official
 
requests for clarification, and the decisions of the Patient Insurance Centre.
 
 
86
The management and development of operational quality includes ensuring compliance with operating processes and instructions,
 
risk
management, the implementation of data protection and information
 
security, and the promotion of environmental
 
responsibility. These
targets are achieved through audits and self-assessments.
Feedback from customers and professionals is used extensively
 
in the management of experienced quality and effectiveness.
 
In 2024, quality management was streamlined and enhanced by harmonising management forums and reporting practices and
 
by further
specifying responsibilities.
 
Continuity plan
As a key healthcare provider,
 
Terveystalo
 
plays a significant role in access to care at the national level,
 
also in exceptional circumstances.
The continuity plan defines and describes the organisation’s
 
operating models for ensuring that Terveystalo’s
 
critical services can be
produced in exceptional circumstances and during disruptions. This, in turn, ensures access to
 
medical services and the continuity of
business. The goals of the continuity plan are to ensure the availability of critical services in medical care and customer
 
safety,
 
patient safety
and occupational safety in exceptional circumstances,
 
ensure that the organisation’s
 
core functions operate with minimal disruptions,
maintain the capacity to operate in exceptional circumstances
 
and recover quickly from disturbances, prepare for threats
 
and disruptions
whose management requires close and extensive cooperation between various
 
parties, and establish a clear picture of the key roles,
responsibilities and tasks in continuity management, as well as the operating guidelines and instructions
 
that ensure continuity. Continuity
management is based on risk assessment and is part of Terveystalo’s
 
management and reporting system. The management teams at
Terveystalo’s
 
various organisational levels are responsible for continuity
 
management in accordance with the Group’s
 
guidance.
Data protection and information security policies
 
The data protection policy sets out the principles, obligations, responsibilities, organisation,
 
operating practices and monitoring practices
that Terveystalo
 
observes in the implementation and development of data protection.
 
The data protection policy serves as the basis for
data protection procedures and guidelines, and its purpose is to ensure the realisation of
 
the rights and freedoms of Terveystalo’s
customers, personnel and individual stakeholders
 
with regard to personal data. The data protection
 
policy sets out the principles and
methods for ensuring the appropriate processing of personal data
 
throughout the life-cycle of personal data; these principles and methods
guide all activities at Terveystalo.
 
It also ensures compliance with legislation governing privacy,
 
data protection and other applicable special
laws. The principles underpinning the policy are legal compliance and transparency,
 
purpose limitation, data minimisation, accuracy,
restriction of storage, integrity and confidentiality.
 
All Terveystalo
 
personnel must comply with the data protection policy.
 
The data
protection policy is confirmed by Terveystalo
 
Group’s CEO and maintained by Terveystalo's
 
Legal Affairs department. The policy is updated
as necessary. In Sweden, Feelgood has its own data
 
protection policy, which sets out the principles, obligations,
 
responsibilities,
organisation, operating practices and monitoring practices that
 
Feelgood observes in the implementation and development of data
protection.
 
In addition to the data protection policy,
 
Terveystalo
 
has a comprehensive data protection handbook for patient care.
 
Its purpose is to
provide guidance on the manner and criteria of processing patient data and personal data,
 
the circumstances in which data can be
disclosed, and to which parties data can be disclosed. The data protection handbook for
 
patient care is intended particularly for use by
Terveystalo
 
professionals who work with patients. The handbook contains instructions on, among other things, the processing
 
of patient
data, informing patients and patient consent, the disclosure of patient
 
data, the data subject's right of access, the rectification and erasure
of patient record entries, log data requests, suspected misuse and
 
data protection incidents, and the storage and destruction of
 
patient
records. The data protection handbook for patient care
 
is approved by the Data Protection Officer and confirmed by the Chief
Administrative Physician.
The objectives, responsibilities, and implementation methods of information security at Terveystalo
 
are set out in the information security
policy. The key objectives of the information
 
security policy are the protection of personal data that is in Terveystalo’s
 
possession (e.g.
customer and patient data), as well as material subject to intellectual property
 
rights and copyright, and ensuring their appropriate
processing; compliance with obligations stipulated by laws, decrees, norms, official
 
regulations and contracts; the identification of threats
to Terveystalo’s
 
operations and the appropriate management of information
 
risks, and ensuring the reliability and cost-effectiveness of
87
information processing. The information security policy is developed according to
 
the observations made. The Chief Information Security
Officer is in charge of the development efforts.
S4-2 Processes for engaging
 
with consumers and end-users
 
about impacts
Terveystalo
 
aims to provide an excellent customer experience across
 
all of its service channels. Customer feedback provides valuable
information for the development of operations and services, which aims to strengthen
 
Terveystalo’s
 
positive impacts on end-users.
Terveystalo
 
collects customer feedback systematically and
 
provides several feedback channels, including the Terveystalo
 
app, online forms,
feedback forms at clinics, and oral and written feedback.
 
The customer experience and customer satisfaction are measured
 
by means of a continuous Net Promoter Score (NPS) survey that is based
on random sampling and text messages, as well as customer experience surveys aimed at corporate
 
customers. The customer experience
and customer satisfaction are also measured on a professional
 
-specific basis after each appointment with a physician. The appointment-
specific effectiveness of care is measured by the Patient
 
Enablement Instrument (PEI), which measures the customer’s perceived
 
ability to
cope with their illness or health status after the appointment. The NPS and the PEI index are key
 
performance indicators for which
measurable targets have been set. The targets
 
are described on page 120 along with a more detailed explanation of the NPS and PEI
calculation principles.
 
Terveystalo
 
has a harmonised procedure and monitoring practices for processing customer feedback.
 
Each clinic has a designated quality
and patient safety officer who is in charge of processing feedback
 
and ensures that feedback is carefully processed. Customers
 
are always
provided with a response if they request one. Customer feedback is regularly monitored
 
and reported on, and used in internal and external
quality audits to assess the measures taken and their impacts. Customer feedback is an important
 
tool for developing operations and
increasing customer satisfaction. The Executive Vice Presidents
 
in charge of each business area are responsible for ensuring that customer
feedback is taken into account in the monitoring, implementation
 
and development of overall quality in their respective areas.
Terveystalo
 
does not have a separate customer feedback process
 
with regard to data protection or information
 
security, but the
 
end-user
can provide feedback in the same way as for
 
other services. Incident reports can be made regarding information security and data
protection.
S4-3 Processes to remediate
 
negative impacts and channels
 
for consumers and end-users to
 
raise concerns
 
Terveystalo’s
 
customers have access to several channels to raise
 
concerns and report any deficiencies or adverse incidents related
 
to the
care or service they have received. A brief description of these channels and the processes for handling feedback
 
or reports received
through them is provided below.
 
Incident report
All Terveystalo
 
employees have an obligation to submit an incident report if they observe an issue that jeopardises
 
patient safety,
 
customer
safety or data protection. Incidents are classified as either near misses or hazardous
 
incidents depending on the nature of the incident. In a
near miss, an incident that jeopardises patient safety,
 
customer safety or data protection nearly occurred,
 
but the adverse incident was
avoided either by chance or because the observed hazard was addressed. For example,
 
if a patient was about to be given the wrong dose of
medication but this was prevented by double-checking, the incident would be classified as a near miss.
 
A hazardous incident means that an incident that jeopardises a patient’s safety
 
or data protection actually took place, such as when a
patient is given the wrong dose of medication or a patient's sensitive information is disclosed to
 
third parties. The notification is made by
Terveystalo’s
 
personnel using an electronic form. The patient, customer,
 
relative or a family member,
 
can also submit an incident report
using the dedicated form available on Terveystalo’s
 
website.
In the incident processing procedure, an e-mail alert is sent for each incident report to the clinic’s
 
quality and patient safety officer,
 
the
feedback and incident handlers and the physician in charge of the clinic. The quality and patient
 
safety officer and the feedback and incident
handler are responsible for initiating the processing of the incident and coordinating the processing
 
with the persons in charge of different
functions. The physician in charge of the clinic is responsible for the medical assessment of the incident. The quality and patient
 
safety
 
88
officer and the feedback and incident handler ensure that a root cause analysis is carried out and corrective
 
measures are taken. In 2024,
the proportion of near-miss reports at Terveystalo
 
was 54.1 (54.3) percent of incidents.
Patient ombudsperson
In healthcare and social services, patient ombudspersons and social services ombudspersons are appointed to ensure the rights and legal
protection of patients and the clients of social services (Act on Patient Ombudspersons and Social Services Ombudspersons 739/2023).
 
The
legislation applies to the wellbeing services counties and the City of Helsinki and HUS Group. The wellbeing services counties and the City of
Helsinki are responsible for patient ombudsperson and social services ombudsperson activities also when it comes to private
 
service
providers. If necessary, Terveystalo's
 
customers can contact the patient ombudsperson of their wellbeing services county or the City
 
of
Helsinki for help or advice.
Objections in healthcare
A patient who is not satisfied with the healthcare or medical care or the related treatment
 
received by him/her has the right to file an
objection on the matter to the director responsible for healthcare
 
in the healthcare unit in question (Act on the Status and Rights of
Patients, Patient Act, 1992/785, section 10). If the patient is unable to file an objection themselves
 
due to illness, incapacity or similar
reason, or if they are deceased, the objection may also be filed by their legitimate representative,
 
family member or other related party.
The operational unit must adequately inform its patients of the right to
 
object, and make it as convenient as possible for patients
 
to file an
objection. As a rule, objections should be filed in writing. However,
 
an objection can also be submitted orally if there is a special reason for
it. The operational unit must process the objection appropriately and provide a written
 
response within a reasonable period of time after
the objection has been filed. The response must be justified in the manner required by the nature of the case.
The response to an objection cannot be appealed. Filing an objection does not restrict the patient’s right to file a complaint
 
about their
care, or treatment related to their care,
 
with the supervisory authorities for healthcare.
Complaints in healthcare
Anyone who is dissatisfied with their care, treatment or related
 
procedures may file a complaint in accordance with Chapter 8a of the
Administrative Procedure Act. Filing an objection does not prevent
 
a person from filing a complaint. As a rule, complaints are filed with the
Regional State Administrative Agency (AVI).
 
Complaints can be filed with the National Supervisory Authority for Welfare and Health (Valvira)
only in special circumstances.
Notice of injury
The patient has the right to file a notice of injury with
the Patient Insurance Centre
 
(PIC) if there is a suspicion of patient injury or medical
malpractice. In that case, the issue is investigated and resolved
 
by the PIC. The patient ombudsperson for the wellbeing services county
provides advice on filing a notice of injury.
In 2024, Terveystalo's
 
ratio of compensated patient injuries to the total number of
appointments was 0.0005 (0.0016) percent.
Whistleblowing channel
Consumers and end-users can report ethics-related shortcomings
 
or legal violations via Terveystalo’s
 
whistleblowing channel (WhistleB).
The whistleblowing channel and the processing of whistleblower reports are described in more detail in section G1 – Business conduct
 
on
page 102–103 of the sustainability statement.
Calculation principles
Near misses/hazardous incidents
The purpose of the metric is to improve patient safety.
 
The ratio of near misses to hazardous incidents indicates how
 
well Terveystalo
anticipates potential risks. The factors leading to the near miss are
 
identified through root cause analysis and decisions are made on
89
measures to prevent hazardous incidents. The figure includes all appointments
 
in Terveystalo's
 
Finnish operations, excluding staffing
services, outsourcing, child welfare services and massage services. The figure does not include data protection incidents.
Reimbursed patient claims/all appointments
 
The ratio of reimbursed patient claims to the number of appointments with a physician
 
describes the proportion of appointments that
result in reimbursed patient claims. Notices of injury reported in the indicator are expressed
 
relative to the number of appointments in the
year the report is received. The figure includes all appointments in Terveystalo's
 
Finnish operations, excluding staffing services, outsourcing,
child welfare services and massage services.
 
When interpreting the indicator,
 
it should be noted that the figures change as the Patient
Insurance Centre issues decisions on cases and Terveystalo
 
is informed of the decisions. The Patient Insurance Centre takes
 
eight months on
average to process notices of injury.
S4-4 Taking action on
 
material impacts on consumers
 
and end-users, and approaches
 
to managing
material risks and pursuing
 
material opportunities related to
 
consumers and end-users, and
 
effectiveness
of those actions
The most significant positive sustainability impact of Terveystalo’s
 
operations arises from providing fluent, caring and effective
 
integrated
care to customers, which is also the core of Terveystalo’s
 
business strategy.
 
The goal of Terveystalo’s
 
integrated care model is to seamlessly combine the different
 
stages of care and create positive impacts on
different customer groups. For the consumer customer,
 
value is created by quick access to appropriate care, continuous
 
support
throughout the care path, and the best possible outcomes of care. For companies, value is
 
created by reducing sickness absences and
related costs through effective
 
preventive measures and care paths. For insurance
 
companies, value is created by efficient care
 
paths that
speed up recovery and thus reduce the total costs of the insurance event.
 
For the public sector, value
 
is created by cost-effective and
 
high-
quality partnership models for addressing bottlenecks in the healthcare system.
 
Terveystalo
 
evaluates the success of its care models from
many different perspectives, including the experiences
 
of patients and diagnosis-specific effectiveness indicators.
 
In addition, quick access
to care and an excellent customer experience are key
 
quality criteria. Terveystalo
 
continuously develops its services across the entire care
path, including prevention, assessment of the need for care, appointments, diagnostics,
 
day surgery and rehabilitation.
The medical strategy for healthcare services, which supports the Group’s
 
business strategy and its implementation, sets out the most
important measures and initiatives aimed at improving access to care and the quality and effectiveness
 
of care, as well as the customer
experience. Measures have been defined for all stages of the care
 
path, and their implementation is monitored with the help of targets and
indicators. In the Portfolio Businesses segment, the key
 
focus area is the development of cooperation with Finland’s
 
wellbeing services
counties, which are primarily responsible for organising public healthcare and social welfare
 
services.
The following paragraphs describe the most significant planned measures, as well as the measures
 
initiated or implemented in 2024, to
promote positive impacts on Terveystalo’s
 
customers.
Integrating blood analysis technology into occupational
 
health to improve the prevention of illnesses
 
From the beginning of 2024, Terveystalo’s
 
occupational health customers in Finland gained access to Nightingale Health blood
 
analyses as
part of occupational health check-ups. The technology helps detect the risk of the most common chronic diseases, and Terveystalo's
occupational health services can use it to help prevent diseases. Terveystalo
 
looks after the health of approximately 730,000 Finns of
working age and offers more and more people a view of their personal
 
susceptibility to common chronic diseases and support for lifestyle
changes.
 
Common chronic diseases reduce work ability and require continuous monitoring, but many of them are preventable.
 
By the end of 2024,
approximately 115,000 of Terveystalo's
 
individual occupational healthcare customers had received a risk report based on a blood analysis.
 
In 2025, the aim is to particularly develop various interventions, such as digital lifestyle coaching, in order to
 
reduce the risks of illness
detected among customers. Monitoring will be used to ensure that the interventions
 
actually reduce these risks.
 
90
Treatment model for chronic diseases
 
promotes the health and well-being of occupational health customers
In 2024, Terveystalo
 
introduced a treatment model for chronic diseases for its occupational
 
health customers in Finland. In the treatment
model, the customer’s individual situation regarding the need for
 
treatment of a long-term illness is assessed automatically and the
customer is contacted if, based on
 
the assessment, the treatment of the illness at Terveystalo
 
does not appear to be implemented in
accordance with the national Current Care Guidelines. Medical criteria have been applied to select the diseases covered
 
by the treatment
model. It covers chronic illnesses that are common among people of working age and which, when the balance of care
 
is poor, cause the
most health problems, affect coping and reduce work ability.
 
The medical conditions covered by the model are type 2 diabetes,
hypertension and high cholesterol. The treatment model aims to ensure that monitoring
 
is carried out in the optimal manner and the
progression of the disease and any resulting complications and work ability-related challenges are
 
prevented. The plan for 2025 is to expand
the model to include other chronic diseases and develop the automation of treatment plans.
Symptom Assessment tool facilitates
 
access to care and smoother workflows for healthcare
 
professionals
 
In autumn 2023, Terveystalo’s
 
occupational health customers in Finland were given access to the Symptom
 
Assessment tool, a CE-marked
medical device that makes the use of occupational health services smoother in the event of illness. The tool refers
 
customers to the
appropriate specialist and the right service channel in a timely manner.
 
In 2024, the customer guidance model was further developed based
on customer feedback in order to improve the service so that it meets the needs of customers
 
and professionals even better.
 
When an
occupational health customer uses Terveystalo’s
 
digital service channels, they are requested to describe their symptoms. The Symptom
Assessment tool analyses the customer's responses and determines the urgency of the case. Based
 
on this assessment, the customer is
referred to the appropriate service channel and specialist. The results
 
of the analysis are forwarded to the receiving specialist in advance,
which speeds up the treatment process and makes the service smoother and more streamlined. The
 
Symptom Assessment tool reduces the
need for the customer to make their own assessments of whom to turn to. For
 
example, a customer with musculoskeletal symptoms
 
can be
referred directly to an appointment with a physiotherapist
 
instead of a physician. The system also distinguishes
 
between cases in which
care can be provided remotely and cases that require an in-person
 
appointment.
 
The effectiveness and benefits of the Symptom Assessment tool are assessed by customer
 
feedback, among other things; customers have
given an average score of 4/5 for the ease of use of the tool.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
care paths support self-care and improve the
 
efficiency of healthcare operations
 
Since 2021, Terveystalo
 
has developed care paths based on the Current Care Guidelines and other generally accepted clinical
 
practice
guidelines. The aim of care paths is to ensure the consistency and effectiveness
 
of care, support the work of healthcare professionals,
promote the health of customers and ensure the implementation of diagnostics and monitoring.
 
Care paths serve as a tool for healthcare professionals. The patient
 
information system provides them with alerts on treatment
recommendations and follow-up measures based on the working diagnosis. They include suggested diagnostics, such as laboratory
 
and
imaging tests, and situations in which a specialist consultation or therapies such as brief psychotherapy
 
or physiotherapy are
recommended. The care paths also help the customer by providing clear instructions in the Terveystalo
 
app on preparing for examinations,
self-care and, if necessary, starting therapies.
 
For the customer,
 
the care paths enable clearer and smoother care and a better
understanding of the course of care. For healthcare
 
professionals, they provide tools that make their
 
work easier, reduce the
 
administrative
burden and support decision-making.
 
Approximately 80 care paths were in use at the end of 2024. They included care
 
paths related to the treatment of lower back pain,
depression and anxiety, insomnia and paediatric lower respiratory
 
tract infections, for example. The aim is to further develop
 
the care paths
in 2025 by, for example,
 
automating the monitoring of the effectiveness of care and visualising the care
 
process.
 
Developing patient safety culture as part of high-quality
 
and safe care
 
At Terveystalo,
 
the development of patient safety is a key
 
part of the quality of care and sustainable operations. Patient safety
 
culture
constitutes the foundation of these efforts. Its aim is to create
 
an open and trust-based atmosphere in which employees can raise concerns
and report incidents without fear of sanctions or blame. The systematic processing of
 
concerns and incidents ensures that similar situations
91
can be prevented in the future. The maintenance and development of
 
patient safety culture is supported in various ways,
 
including a
mandatory online course on patient and customer safety.
 
The course is included in orientation training for new employees and completing
the course is mandatory for all employees in care work and personnel whose roles
 
include responsibility for patient safety.
 
The development of patient safety is supported by a regular customer
 
and patient safety culture survey,
 
which provides valuable
information on the current state of operations
 
and areas requiring further development. The most recent survey was carried out in 2023.
 
It
was responded to by 1,293 professionals working with patients, 12 percent of whom
 
were physicians. The results showed that Terveystalo’s
patient safety culture is widely held in high regard. Awareness
 
of incident reporting and notification systems had improved when
 
compared
to the previous years, and patient safety competence
 
was rated as high.
 
The results of the 2023 survey were thoroughly analysed by the
Patient Safety Working Group,
 
on the basis of which development areas were identified as priorities for the next two
 
-year period. The
impacts of the development measures will be assessed in the 2025 customer and patient safety culture
 
survey, the results of which
 
will
again guide Terveystalo's
 
strategic development efforts.
 
Health partnership and digital services support the transformation
 
of wellbeing services counties
The Portfolio Businesses segment strengthens its connections to Finland’s
 
wellbeing services counties through the new Health Partner
organisation. Finland is divided into 21 wellbeing services counties and the City of Helsinki and HUS Group, which is the specialised
healthcare provider in the Uusimaa region. The wellbeing services counties and the City of Helsinki and HUS Group are responsible
 
for
organising public healthcare and social welfare services. The wellbeing services counties started
 
their operations at the beginning of 2023,
but the building of their organisations and financial challenges have limited the opportunities for
 
developing long-term strategic solutions
and cooperation with private service providers. Terveystalo
 
established the Health Partner organisation in autumn 2024 to focus
 
on
identifying and responding to the individual challenges of the wellbeing services counties. Health partnership includes staffing
 
services,
digital solutions for public services, rehabilitation, child welfare services and public partnerships, i.e.
 
outsourcing. Of these, Terveystalo
focuses particularly on three areas: digital services, ensuring the availability of personnel through staffing
 
services and ensuring the
availability of services by offering Terveystalo's
 
service production capacity to the wellbeing services counties. Through more in-depth
knowledge of their respective regions, Terveystalo
 
also aims to develop new services that correspond to the needs of the wellbeing services
counties.
 
The Finnish healthcare and social service system is facing major challenges: the population is ageing, the need for services is growing,
 
and
resources – both human and financial – are limited.
 
The production of services must be even more efficient than before,
 
and digitalisation
is one of the key solutions to these challenges. Terveystalo’s
 
digital platform enables professionals to make
 
more efficient use of their time,
which creates cost savings for the wellbeing services counties. Automation
 
supports the continuity of care, increases efficiency,
 
improves
quality and enhances patient safety.
 
Using a single integrated electronic service platform instead of
 
multiple individual systems makes the
use of services easier and clearer for patients. Terveystalo’s
 
digital platform is already in use in four wellbeing services counties:
 
Southwest
Finland, Satakunta, South Ostrobothnia and Lapland.
 
92
S4-4 Actions and approaches
 
related to the management
 
of material impacts on
 
end-users, and the
effectiveness of those actions
Terveystalo's
 
actions concerning patient data protection and information
 
security, which is an identified material risk relat
 
ed to end-users,
are described below. The process for
 
managing risks related to data protection and information
 
security has also been integrated into the
company's existing general risk management process.
Actions related to patient
 
data protection and information
 
security
Terveystalo’s
 
personnel must comply with the data protection policy and everyone has a duty to process
 
personal data appropriately and to
highlight any observed deficiencies in data protection.
 
The parties responsible for the implementation and management of data protection
 
are Group management, the directors responsible for
specific functions, and unit directors in their respective areas of responsibility.
 
As required by law,
 
Terveystalo
 
Group has a Data Protection
Officer who performs duties in accordance with the General Data Protection
 
Regulation and is responsible for statutory reporting directly
 
to
Group management. Terveystalo
 
has data protection teams that discuss and monitor issues related to
 
data protection and develop related
functions and activities. The Data Protection Officer reports on data protection to
 
the supervisor on a weekly basis and to Terveystalo’s
Data Protection Team
 
on a quarterly basis. Under the General Data Protection Regulation, the data
 
protection requirements in Sweden are
the same as in Finland, but the local legislation governing healthcare and social services in Sweden differs from
 
Finland in certain respects.
For this reason, in Sweden, Feelgood has its own data protection
 
policy, which sets out the principles, obligations, responsibilities,
organisation, operating practices and monitoring practices that
 
Feelgood observes in the implementation and development of data
protection. Feelgood has appointed its own Data Protection Officer
 
to monitor compliance with data protection legislation at Feelgood.
 
Information security is an integral part of securing and developing Terveystalo’s
 
operations as a whole. Everyone working at Terveystalo,
 
or
for Terveystalo,
 
is responsible for ensuring information security at work. In addition to complying with any received
 
instructions, everyone is
also responsible for helping others to use working practices that ensure information
 
security. The unit director is responsible for
 
ensuring
that each employee and private practitioner working at the unit is capable of taking information
 
security into account at work and for
ensuring that any observed deficiencies are rectified. The Chief Financial Officer is in charge of the management and development
 
of
information security. The Chief Information
 
Security Officer appointed by the Chief Financial Officer is in charge of day-to-day
 
information
security management.
 
The duties of the Chief Information Security Officer include the promotion of projects related
 
to information
security, the development of guidelines, advice and training, the specification
 
of technical information security requirements, monitoring
and reporting on the information security situation, and processing information security deviations
 
in cooperation with the Data Protection
Officer, the Group’s
 
general administration and the business areas. The Chief Information
 
Security Officer reports to the Executive Team
member responsible for information security and digital services.
Data protection is closely linked to information
 
security, and the realisation of data protection
 
is contingent on information security
measures. At Terveystalo,
 
patient data is stored in information security certified patient
 
information systems. Terveystalo’s
 
patient
information systems in Finland are category
 
A systems in accordance with the regulations issued by the Finnish Institute for
 
Health and
Welfare, and they have undergone
 
information security certification in accordance with the regulations related
 
to the provision of Kanta
services. Terveystalo
 
currently has category A1 certified products without a Kanta interface.
 
In addition, Terveystalo
 
uses category A3
certified patient information systems from
 
external suppliers that are connected to the Kanta system.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
data protection and
information security is regularly audited in accordance with the ISO 9001:2015 certified quality management system,
 
both internally and by
an external party. In Sweden, Feelgood
 
uses a patient information system that is a national
 
medical information system registered
 
by the
Swedish Medical Products Agency.
 
Feelgood's data protection and information security is regularly
 
audited in accordance with the ISO
27001:2013 certified information security management system, both internally
 
and by an external party.
Terveystalo
 
ensures the realisation of the legal rights of data subjects by informing the data
 
subjects about the processing of personal data
and by specifying operating models and instructions for the situations in which the data subjects wish to exercise
 
the aforementioned
rights. A legally compliant data protection notice and other documentation required
 
by legislation or the authorities are prepared on the
processing of personal data. As a rule, data subjects are informed
 
of the processing of personal data in connection with the collection of
93
personal data. Data subjects can read the data protection
 
notice on the controllers’ websites and operating locations. Other additional
information on the processing of personal data is available on the
 
company’s website or in the service in question.
Terveystalo
 
applies the appropriate physical, technical and administrative
 
protection measures to protect data from
 
misuse. These
measures include, for example, control and filtering of network
 
traffic, use of encryption techniques and secure data centres, appropriate
access control, controlled granting of access rights and supervising their use, issuing instructions to
 
and training personnel participating in
personal data processing, and risk management related to the planning, implementation and maintenance
 
of services. Terveystalo
 
chooses
its subcontractors carefully and uses agreements and other arrangements,
 
such as written instructions, to ensure that they process
 
data in
compliance with the law and good data protection practices.
The Chief Information Security Officer is authorised and obligated to conduct
 
assessments and audits related to information security.
 
The
Chief Information Security Officer is responsible for taking action to
 
eliminate any identified information security threats and deviations,
and reporting them to the authorities if necessary. Corrective actions are assessed on a risk basis and they include both technical
 
and
administrative measures. These measures include, for example,
 
updating information security practices, increasing the organisation’s
information security awareness, strengthening technological
 
solutions and continuous risk management. Everyone working at Terveystalo
has an obligation to report any observed information security deficiencies and problems
 
to the information security organisation.
Terveystalo
 
provides its personnel with training and instructions on the processing of personal data
 
and emphasises the particular
confidentiality and protection of patient data. An updated mandatory
 
data protection course intended for everyone
 
at Terveystalo
 
was
introduced in autumn 2023. In connection with this, the course content was revised
 
and moved to a new online platform to improve the
user experience. In 2024, a new online course was introduced for professionals
 
whose work involves the disclosure of patient data.
 
The
purpose of the course is to provide training to Terveystalo
 
professionals who disclose patient data on the rules and instructions concerning
the disclosure of patient data. In addition to launching the new online course, Terveystalo
 
organised four support workshops related
 
to the
disclosure of patient data during the year.
S4-5 Targets related to
 
promoting material positive impacts
 
on end-users
Terveystalo
 
has defined three key targets that
 
promote Terveystalo’s
 
positive impacts on end-users, namely access to care, the quality of
care, the effectiveness of care and the customer experience.
 
Two of the targets – the NPS for
 
appointments and the referral rate
 
for brief
mental health psychotherapy – are targets
 
that are also incorporated into the sustainability
 
-linked financing framework published in 2023.
 
Customers or their representatives have
 
not been engaged in the process of setting the targets described below.
 
The targets have been set
by the Executive Team
 
as part of the annual strategy process and approved by the company’s
 
Board of Directors. The indicators used
 
are
indirect indicators that include several material
 
sustainability matters. Indirect indicators
 
are used to ensure the broadest possible
coverage. The actual figures that reflect the achievement of
 
the targets have only been verified by the primary provider of third-party
assurance. Terveystalo
 
has not set a target related to the management of
 
data protection and information security risks for
 
publication in
the sustainability statement.
Effective treatment for mental
 
health problems
Mental health problems are among the three most common diagnosis categories at Terveystalo,
 
and they are a significant cause of human
suffering and related sickness absences and early retirement in Finland. The implementation
 
of correct and effective treatment
 
for mental
health problems is one of the focus areas of Terveystalo’s
 
medical strategy.
 
Patients receiving brief psychotherapy
 
treatment have been
found to recover faster than those given only sickness absence and/or
 
medication. Those who receive brief psychotherapy treatment
 
also
have fewer sick days. Terveystalo’s
 
aim is to increase the use of brief psychotherapy in occupational
 
healthcare in the treatment of people
diagnosed with depression or anxiety disorders. When more and more people receive care
 
at an early stage, resources are freed
 
up for
long-term rehabilitative psychotherapy for
 
those who need it due to the severity of their condition. Terveystalo
 
has systematically
developed mental health care paths and increased the proportion of patients referred
 
to brief psychotherapy.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
target is to increase the proportion of people diagnosed with depression or anxiety disorders
 
who receive a referral to
 
brief
psychotherapy in occupational healthcare to 25 percent
 
by 2026. This is an ambitious target, as the number of people suffering from
depression or anxiety increases every year.
 
Reaching the target will require the continued development of
 
processes and the training and
recruitment of professionals, among other measures.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
94
Terveystalo’s
 
Fokus Mieli special unit monitors progress towards the target
 
and supports its achievement by means of training and
communications.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Fokus Mieli special unit provides specialist services in the fields of psychology,
 
neuropsychology, psychiatry,
psychotherapy,
 
substance abuse medicine and sex therapy.
 
The unit assesses, supports and manages mental health by providing services to
occupational health, organisations, communities and private customers
 
regardless of age, also via remote channels.
In 2023, Terveystalo
 
deployed a reporting tool that the physicians in charge of each Terveystalo
 
unit can use to examine the progress
towards the target in their area of responsibility and compare the
 
results with those of similar units.
 
In 2024, the proportion of occupational health patients referred to brief psychotherapy
 
was 14.8 (10.8) percent of all occupational health
patients diagnosed with anxiety or depression. The result for 2024 was in line with the target.
 
Excellent customer experience
Terveystalo
 
strives to stand out by offering fluent and effective
 
healthcare services that convey a feeling of caring to the customer.
 
NPS (Net
Promoter Score) is Terveystalo’s
 
most important indicator of the quality of the customer experience.
 
Terveystalo
 
develops its services by
listening to its customers, streamlining processes from
 
both the customer’s and the professional’s
 
perspective, and by utilising new
technology. The Net Promoter Score
 
(NPS) measures the individual customer’s experience of the service they receive. NPS is closely linked
to customer loyalty: a satisfied customer is less likely to
 
switch to a competitor and is more committed to
 
the company they use and the
services it offers. NPS expresses the willingness to recommend, i.e. how likely
 
the customers are to recommend Terveystalo’s
 
services to
others.
 
NPS is a sensitive indicator – it reacts quickly to patient satisfaction
 
or dissatisfaction. The customer experience can be influenced,
for example, by the availability of appointments, the perceived
 
quality of care, interaction with a professional or other personnel,
 
or the
feeling of being heard.
Terveystalo’s
 
NPS target is 83 for appointments and 95 for hospitals.
 
In 2024, the NPS for appointments was 87.7 (84.8) and the NPS for
hospitals was 96.2 (94.5), which
were
 
in line with the targets.
 
Effective care at every appointment
 
Terveystalo
 
aims to provide its patients with the most effective care.
 
The company measures the appointment-specific effectiveness of
 
care
with the Patient Enablement Instrument (PEI). PEI measures the customer’s perception of
 
coping with their illness or condition after an
appointment, i.e. whether the customer feels that they are able to cope
 
with their symptom or illness much better,
 
better,
 
same as before,
or worse after the appointment (on a scale of 1–4). PEI is commonly used in Finnish primary healthcare. Terveystalo’s
 
target for the PEI
index is at least 71 percent. In 2024, the PEI index was 69 (66) percent. In other words,
 
approximately 69 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
customers
felt that they are able to cope better or much better with
 
their illness after the appointment.
 
Target
Metric (KPI)
Scope
Target
level
Target
 
year
Base year
2024
2023
2022
Increase the share
of occupational
healthcare
patients diagnosed
with anxiety or
depression and
who are referred
to brief
psychotherapy to
25% by 2026
The share of
occupational
healthcare patients
diagnosed with
anxiety or
depression and who
are referred to brief
psychotherapy
Occupational
health
customers in
Finland
25%
2026
2022
14.8%
10.8%
8.5%
Maintain a
customer
satisfaction score
of 83 at a
minimum
NPS (Net Promoter
Score) for
appointments
Terveystalo’s
customer
appointments in
Finland
At least 83
Continuous
2022
87.7
84.8
82.7
For hospitals,
maintain a
customer
satisfaction score
NPS (Net Promoter
Score) for hospitals
Customers who
visited
Terveystalo’s
hospitals in
At least 95
Continuous
2022
96.2
94.5
95.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
95
of 95 at a
minimum
Finland
PEI index of 71
percent at a
minimum
PEI index (Patient
Enablement
Instrument)
Customers who
have had an
appointment
with a physician
in healthcare
services
At least
71%
2026
2024
69%
66%
-
Other indicators of the
 
quality of care
In addition to the aforementioned targets and key
 
performance indicators, Terveystalo
 
monitors its clinical, experience-based and process
results extensively. Terveystalo
 
publishes its continuously updated quality indicators on its website. The achievement
 
of the quality targets
is monitored by Terveystalo’s
 
Quality Steering Group on a quarterly basis. The actual figures for the indicators
 
have been verified only by
the company’s assurance service provider.
Availability of care as measured by T3 (the third available appointment), clinics
Terveystalo
 
aims to continuously improve access to care, for
 
example by developing digital services and making the work of healthcare
professionals more streamlined. The availability of care
 
is measured by the T3 indicator,
 
which is the number of days until the third
available non-urgent appointment at the clinics of the Healthcare Services business area. In 2024 the
 
T3 indicator for appointments with a
physician was 1.2 (1.7). Access to care is improved by the availability
 
of 24/7 digital appointments with a general practitioner,
 
which are
offered in addition to in-person appointments. The waiting time for
 
digital appointments is measured in seconds on average.
 
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
The share of occupational healthcare patients diagnosed
 
with anxiety or depression and who are referred to brief
psychotherapy
The indicator is calculated by dividing the number of occupational healthcare patients with a diagnosis of depression or anxiety
 
and who are
referred to brief psychotherapy
 
by the total number of occupational healthcare patients with a diagnosis of depression or anxiety.
Occupational healthcare patients are in Finland, Sweden is not included in the figure.
 
There was an error in the 2023 figure given for the referral
 
rate for brief mental health psychotherapy
 
(12.6 percent) in the 2023
sustainability report. The figure was restated
 
in the 2023 status report on the sustainability-linked bond. In 2023, the proportion of
occupational healthcare patients referred to brief
 
psychotherapy of all occupational healthcare patients diagnosed with anxiety
 
or
depression was 10.8 percent, not 12.6 percent. Sustainability reporting on the year 2023 was
 
voluntary and not aligned with the ESRS
standards.
96
NPS (Net Promoter Score)
The NPS for appointments measures the individual patient's experience of the service received shortly after the
 
service experience. The
patient is asked to assess how likely (on a scale of 0–10) they are to
 
recommend Terveystalo’s
 
services. The Net Promoter Score is
calculated by subtracting the share of those who gave a score
 
of 0–6 (detractors) from the share of those gave
 
a score of 9–10 (promoters).
The NPS for appointments includes customers who have had an in-person appointment
 
with Healthcare Services in Finland.
 
The NPS is measured by means of a survey sent by text message in cooperation with Confidently.
 
The text messages are sent to customers,
based on random sampling, four hours after the appointment (or the next day if the appointment
 
is in the evening). The condition is that
the same customer must not have been sent the survey within the previous 30 days. The NPS survey
 
for hospital services is sent after each
visit if the customer has not received the survey within the previous 30 days.
 
The NPS for hospitals includes customers who have visited the hospitals of Healthcare
 
Services. The Group's services in Sweden are not
included in these NPS measurements. The reported NPS figures are based on actual results from the 90 days
 
preceding the end of the
reporting period.
PEI index (Patient Enablement
 
Instrument)
The PEI index is used to measure the customer's perceived ability to cope with their symptom
 
or illness after an in-person appointment. The
scale is 1–4. The customer is asked to assess whether they are able to cope
 
with their symptom or illness much better (4), better (3), same
as before (2), or much worse (1) after the appointment. The PEI index
 
is calculated by taking the percentage of patients who felt
 
they are
able to cope with their health condition better or much better and comparing it to the total
 
number of respondents. The PEI index includes
customers who have had an appointment with a physician in Terveystalo's
 
Healthcare Services segment. The customers of the Portfolio
Businesses segment are not included in the PEI measurement. The Group's services in Sweden are also excluded from
 
PEI measurements.
 
 
97
G1 – Business conduct
Operating ethically and responsibly is an integral element of Terveystalo’s
 
values and strategy.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct and Supplier
Code of Conduct provide a framework that helps ensure compliance with Terveystalo’s
 
values, internal guidelines and the applicable
legislation. They support a company culture that takes ethical
 
perspectives into account and combines a high work ethic, professionalism,
solution-oriented cooperation and the pursuit of measurable impact in everything the company does.
 
Responsible business is also
financially profitable and sustainable.
The material impacts, risks and opportunities related to business conduct have been identified in the
 
company’s double materiality
assessment (described on pages 48–50). The sustainability matters identified as material in the
 
double materiality assessment in relation to
business conduct are:
corporate culture (positive impact and risk),
 
responsible supply chain (positive impact and risk),
 
prevention of corruption and bribery (positive impact and risk),
 
respect for human rights (negative impact and risk) and
 
responsible tax payment (positive impact)
.
 
The identified material impacts, risks and opportunities related to business conduct are presented
 
on pages 46–47 of the sustainability
statement.
 
G1–1 Business conduct policies and
 
corporate culture
Business conduct policies
Code of Conduct
 
The Code of Conduct translates Terveystalo’s
 
values into concrete principles that constitute the foundation
 
for Terveystalo’s
 
day-to-day
operations and decision-making. Ethics, responsibility and compliance are essential in Terveystalo’s
 
operations, also due to the sector the
company operates in. Terveystalo’s
 
business is guided by the legislation governing the industry and private healthcare services, as well as
the regulations and requirements established by the authorities. The work of healthcare professionals
 
is also guided by the ethical
standards of their specific professional groups.
 
The Code of Conduct supports Terveystalo's
 
corporate culture and provides a framework that
 
helps ensure compliance with Terveystalo’s
values, internal guidelines and the applicable legislation. The Code of Conduct also reflects Terveystalo’s
 
commitments to its key
stakeholders. Terveystalo
 
is committed to promoting ethical business practices and requires
 
that all of the company’s operations are
conducted in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations. In addition to compliance with legislation and Terveystalo’s
 
Code of
Conduct, Terveystalo
 
aims to observe widely accepted ethical standards, such as the UN Global Compact (UNGC) principles. Terveystalo
 
also
continuously develops its compliance program and the related processes
 
and controls to ensure that they correspond to
 
the changes in the
operating environment.
The Code of Conduct serves as a shared compass for everyone at Terveystalo.
 
The Code of Conduct comprises Terveystalo’s
 
key principles
regarding compliance with legislation and ethical business principles, anti-bribery and anti-corruption,
 
avoidance of conflicts of interest, fair
competition and the prevention of money laundering, environmental compliance, ensuring privacy
 
and patient safety,
 
employee equality,
non-discrimination and the freedom of association, compliance with insider regulations, responsible communications and the reporting of
misconduct, among other things. The Code of Conduct is connected to the following material sustainability matters
 
related to business
conduct as defined by Terveystalo:
 
corporate culture, responsible supply chain, prevention of corruption and bribery,
 
and respect for
human rights.
 
Everyone at Terveystalo
 
is required to observe the Code of Conduct, regardless of their business unit or role. The same Code of Conduct
 
is
also observed at Feelgood in Sweden.
 
98
Terveystalo’s
 
Board of Directors approves the Code of Conduct. Management and supervisors are
 
responsible for the communication and
implementation of the Code of Conduct, and monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct. Terveystalo’s
 
Legal and Compliance
department supports the organisation with issues related to the Code of Conduct and provides training to
 
the personnel on the Code of
Conduct. Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct is published and available to everyone on the company’s external
 
website.
Supplier Code of Conduct
 
Terveystalo
 
Group also expects its suppliers to observe high standards of sustainability with regard
 
to ethical, social and environmental
perspectives, as well as occupational health and safety.
 
Each year,
 
Terveystalo
 
purchases services, materials and supplies for its clinics from
approximately 4,400 suppliers. Of these, the 180 largest
 
suppliers account for about 80 percent of total
 
purchasing expenditure. The largest
procurement categories are ICT purchases, the rental
 
of premises and subcontracted services, such as laboratory services.
Terveystalo
 
Group’s Supplier Code of Conduct sets out the minimum requirements
 
that all suppliers and partners need to satisfy in order to
engage in business with Terveystalo
 
and its subsidiaries. All of Terveystalo’s
 
contract suppliers and suppliers participating in tendering
processes are required to accept Terveystalo’s
 
Supplier Code of Conduct. The topics covered by the Supplier Code of Conduct include health
and safety, environmental
 
protection, human rights, labour rights, ethics and integrity in business, responsible tax
 
payment and systems for
managing the sustainability of operations. Sustainable operating practices are
 
developed in cooperation with Terveystalo’s
 
contractual
partners. The Supplier Code of Conduct is connected to all material sustainability matters
 
related to business conduct as defined by
Terveystalo:
 
corporate culture, responsible supply chain, prevention of corruption and bribery, respect for human rights and
responsible tax payment
.
Terveystalo’s
 
Supplier Code of Conduct was last updated in late 2023 and is available on Terveystalo’s
 
external website. Terveystalo
 
Plc’s
Board of Directors approves the Supplier Code of Conduct. Other policies and documents that support Terveystalo’s
 
sustainable
procurement and supplier cooperation include Terveystalo’s
 
procurement policy, the related
 
procurement guidelines, the supplier
management handbook, and audit plans.
Processing instructions for the reporting channel
The principles and practices according to which all parties operating within Terveystalo’s
 
organisation or as Terveystalo
 
Group’s partners
can report suspected crimes, violations, misconduct or other deviations confidentially are set out in the processing
 
instructions for
Terveystalo’s
 
reporting channel, which are available to everyone in Finnish on Terveystalo's
 
external website. The processing instructions
for the reporting channel include the principles and practices related to the submission of reports, the processing and investigation
 
of
reports, sensitive data and data storage,
 
processing time limits, disqualification of the processor,
 
protection of the person who submitted
the report, and the functions and persons that process reports, among other things. The processing instructions do not supersede the rules
or obligations arising from national legislation or EU law.
 
The processing instructions for the reporting channel apply to Terveystalo’s
 
employees, private practitioners, shareholders,
 
management,
trainees and other persons who have observed violations in the course of their work, and who have
 
submitted a report through
Terveystalo’s
 
reporting channel or to a Terveystalo
 
representative (supervisor,
 
management), unless otherwise stated in the processing
instructions.
 
The processing instructions and the related processes were updated in
 
early 2023 following the entry into force of the Act on the Protection
of Persons Reporting Infringements of European Union and National Law
 
(1171/2022, as amended). The processing instructions are
updated as necessary. Terveystalo’s
 
Legal and Compliance department is responsible for maintaining and updating the processing
instructions. Also, the violations of the processing instructions must be reported to Terveystalo’s
 
Legal and Compliance department.
In Sweden, Feelgood Svenska AB and its subsidiaries have their own reporting channel for
 
internal use and processing instructions for the
channel. Feelgood's processing instructions include the principles and practices related to whistleblower
 
protection, internal reporting
channels and the submission of reports, the investigation of received reports, the persons
 
processing reports, processing time limits and the
processing of personal data, among other things.
99
The processing instructions for the reporting channel are connected to all material sustainability
 
matters related to business conduct
 
as
defined by Terveystalo:
corporate culture, responsible supply chain, prevention of
 
corruption and bribery, respect for human rights and
responsible tax payment.
Competition law guidelines
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct includes a commitment to fair,
 
honest and legally compliant competition. All Terveystalo
 
employees are
required to comply with laws, regulations and internal guidelines pertaining to
 
competition, including Terveystalo
 
Group’s competition law
guidelines. The Group's competition law guidelines include instructions on compliance with competition rules in relation to competitors,
suppliers, independent private practitioners and customers,
 
as well as instructions pertaining to memberships in industry associations,
among other things. The competition law guidelines are connected to following material sustainability
 
matters related to business conduct
as defined by Terveystalo:
 
corporate culture, responsible supply chain, prevention of
 
corruption and bribery, and responsible tax
 
payment.
The Executive Team
 
member in charge of legal affairs is responsible for
 
the competition law guidelines. Each member of the Executive Team
is responsible for compliance with the guidelines in their respective areas of responsibility.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Legal and Compliance department
is responsible for maintaining and updating the competition law guidelines.
 
Internal control and risk management policy
Terveystalo’s
 
internal control and risk management policy sets out the purpose, objectives and responsibilities of internal control
 
and risk
management, and describes the risk classification and risk management structures and the risk assessment process. The internal
 
control
and risk management policy is connected to all material sustainability matters
 
related to business conduct as defined by Terveystalo:
corporate culture, responsible supply chain, prevention of corruption and bribery, respect for human rights and responsible
 
tax
payment
.
 
The purpose of internal control is to ensure that Terveystalo’s
 
operations are efficient and effective,
 
the information used by the senior
management in decision-making is reliable, policies are observed, and Terveystalo
 
operates in compliance with laws and regulations.
Internal control supports the supervisory work of the Board of Directors and comprises any
 
measures and procedures aiming to ensure the
achievement of said goals. Internal control covers
 
the organisation’s internal
 
operating environment, goal-setting, risk management,
 
control
measures, information flow,
 
communications, and monitoring. Internal control is integrated
 
into Terveystalo’s
 
management and reporting
system. Internal control is carried out by Terveystalo
 
Plc’s Board of Directors,
 
the Audit Committee, Group management, operational
management and employees, and the Group’s internal
 
audit and quality assurance function. The Group has an outsourced internal audit
function.
The purpose of risk management is to support the achievement of business goals by supporting decision-making. It helps to ensure the
fulfillment of the customer promise, patient safety and occupational safety,
 
high-quality services, financial performance, business
continuity, a good public image for
 
the company, and corporate
 
social responsibility. Risk management also involves
 
conscious risk-taking to
seize opportunities. The objectives of risk management include ensuring Terveystalo’s
 
clinical quality and patient safety,
 
the fulfillment of
customer promises, business continuity and the achievement of strategic
 
and operational targets, as well as ensuring personnel
competence and occupational safety,
 
information security and data protection. Terveystalo
 
Plc’s Board of Directors
 
is responsible for the
adequacy of risk management. The CEO is in charge of the organisation of risk management and guides and monitors
 
risk management at
the executive level. The other members of the Executive Team
 
support the CEO in implementing risk management, monitoring operational
risks, assessing risks, and implementing measures related to risks.
The internal control and risk management policy is approved by Terveystalo
 
Plc's Board of Directors. Terveystalo’s
 
internal control, risk
management and internal auditing are described in more detail in Terveystalo’s
 
Corporate Governance Statement.
 
100
Policies related to respect for human rights
Terveystalo
 
is committed to respecting the fundamental rights and freedoms of all individuals in accordance
 
with international human
rights standards. Terveystalo’s
 
first human rights policy, approved
 
in January 2025, emphasises the company’s commitment and approach
to respecting human rights. Terveystalo’s
 
mission to “fight for a healthier life” is the foundation of the human rights policy.
 
The human
rights policy is connected to following material sustainability matters
 
related to business conduct as defined by Terveystalo
 
:
 
corporate
culture, responsible supply chain, and respect for human rights.
In accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
human rights policy, the company is committed
 
to respecting human rights in accordance with the UN
Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights and the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises. Terveystalo
 
is also committed to
the international human rights framework (Universal Declaration
 
of Human Rights, the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights
and the International Covenant on Economic, Social and Cultural Rights) and the ILO
 
Declaration on Fundamental Principles and Rights at
Work (freedom of association, the right to collective bargaining,
 
the elimination of all forms of forced or compulsory labour,
 
the abolition of
child labour, the elimination of discrimination in respect of
 
employment and occupation, a safe and healthy working environment).
 
Should
any activities have the potential to affect
 
vulnerable groups, Terveystalo
 
also takes into account other international norms
 
and principles,
such as the Convention on the Rights of the Child.
 
The human rights policy describes the company’s most significant human rights risks
 
and impacts, the processes for managing, mitigating
and eliminating the most significant risks, and whistleblowing mechanisms. The human rights impact assessment carried out in late 2024
constitutes the basis for the policy,
 
and will be taken into account as part of the update of the double materiality assessment
 
in 2025. The
process for managing, mitigating and eliminating the most significant risks will be further developed in 2025, particularly with
 
regard to the
supply chain. Terveystalo’s
 
human rights policy is approved by Terveystalo's
 
Board of Directors. Terveystalo’s
 
Executive Team
 
is responsible
for ensuring that the principles set out in the policy are taken into account
 
in the Group’s strategy
 
and day-to-day operations.
Policies related to the payment of taxes
Terveystalo’s
 
tax position is guided by Terveystalo's
 
tax policy, which covers
 
the group-level guideline, and is a publicly available document.
Terveystalo's
 
tax policy is revised regularly.
 
The responsibility for keeping the tax policy adequate and updated
 
lies with Terveystalo's
 
tax
team within the finance unit. Changes to Terveystalo's
 
tax policy are approved by Terveystalo's
 
CEO. The tax policy is based on Terveystalo's
strategy and values, according to which the company
 
aims to be the leader and policy maker in its industry.
 
Further, Terveystalo’s
 
intention
is to positively impact society. Matters
 
related to taxation always
 
have business reasons at Terveystalo
 
– taxation does not drive the
conduct of business abroad.
In accordance with Terveystalo’s
 
policies related to the payment of taxes,
 
the company pays, collects, remits and reports its indirect and
direct taxes in full at the right time and place, i.e. where the economic activity,
 
value-added and work generating the profit actually take
place. This means that Terveystalo,
 
as a Group, pays the majority of its taxes to Finland, which is where most of its operations
 
take place. In
addition, taxes were paid in 2024 to Sweden for the Feelgood
 
business and to Estonia for the operations of Terveystalo
 
Estonia Oü.
Terveystalo’s
 
responsible tax policy ensures that the company’s financial profit
 
is divided fairly between its key stakeholders,
 
namely
customers, shareholders, municipalities, and the state. Tax
 
revenue, in turn, is used to finance public services and investments that support
the state’s capabilities, sustainability,
 
and responsiveness.
 
Terveystalo
 
publishes its tax footprint annually.
 
The tax footprint describes the total sum and distribution of taxes
 
and tax-like charges paid
to society. Terveystalo’s
 
direct taxes include corporate income tax,
 
transfer tax and real estate
 
tax, and the company’s indirect taxes
 
include
value added tax, for example. Terveystalo’s
 
income taxes are reported on a cash basis, which is why
 
the amount of corporate income tax
varies between financial periods. The amount of corporate income tax
 
depends on the taxable profit of the separate companies, and the
taxable profit is affected by the Group
 
companies’ business operations and changes during the financial period. In accordance with the Tax
Accounting Act, a share of the corporate income tax Terveystalo
 
pays is distributed to the municipalities where Terveystalo’s
 
employees
have worked, based on the number of employees. This means that all of Terveystalo’s
 
clinics and outsourcing operations accrue tax revenue
for the municipality they operate in.
 
101
As a basic rule, private healthcare companies are not eligible to deduct value added tax
 
on purchases, which means that VAT
 
is a substantial
factor for companies. Indeed, the proportion of value added tax that
 
is not deducted increases Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint. The healthcare
services sold by a private service provider are tax-free for
 
customers. As in previous years, Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint reporting describes
the share of VAT
 
that is recognised as an expense for Terveystalo
 
Group. However,
 
some services – such as cosmetic surgery – may not be
exempted from VAT
 
for the customer,
 
which means Terveystalo
 
collects and remits VAT.
 
Starting from the financial period 2022,
Terveystalo
 
has added its net remitted VAT
 
to its tax footprint. This consists of the VAT
 
remitted to the Finnish Tax
 
Administration for
Terveystalo’s
 
services subject to VAT.
 
The amount of net remitted VAT
 
depends on the extent of business operations subject to VAT,
 
which
varies from one financial period to the next. Period-specific fluctuations in volume are reflected
 
in period-specific differences in the amount
of net remitted VAT.
Terveystalo's
 
corporate culture
Terveystalo’s
 
mission is to fight for a healthier life by focusing on the meaningful matters.
 
Terveystalo
 
aims to always offer fluent, caring
and effective integrated care
 
to its customers. The cornerstones of Terveystalo’s
 
strategy are:
Understanding customers and their needs.
Preventing and managing health risks.
Referring people to the right service and treatment.
Caring for the patient throughout the care pathway.
Cooperating in multidisciplinary teams.
Measuring and improving the effectiveness of care.
With the integrated care model, Terveystalo
 
aims to achieve both a positive social impact and high profitability. Terveystalo’s
 
values
constitute the foundation for all of Terveystalo’s
 
operations:
Human being at the centre: We take responsibility for
 
the health and well-being of our fellow human beings, for the opportunity
to live a good life. We work together to
 
help our customers, and our customer guides us in our renewal. We
 
help each other and
value all of our experts.
Steered by medical science: Everything we do is based on medical science and research. All of our decisions are steered
 
by the
effectiveness of care and the well-being of our customers.
Reforming healthcare: We foster
 
continuous development. We challenge ourselves to
 
build more functional healthcare for
everyone and reform the industry with open-minded use of technology.
A value-based and ethical corporate culture is a prerequisite
 
for Terveystalo’s
 
operations and existence. It supports Terveystalo’s
attractiveness as a workplace for highly competent professionals
 
and increases the commitment of the personnel and the sense of
meaningfulness experienced by the members of the work community.
 
An ethical corporate culture also supports Terveystalo’s
attractiveness as a reliable service provider for customers
 
and as a partner for other stakeholders. The objectives of Terveystalo’s
 
corporate
culture are a high work ethic, professionalism, solution-oriented cooperation
 
and measurable impact in everything the company does.
Highly competent and committed personnel are the most important
 
resource in Terveystalo's
 
operations, and Terveystalo’s
 
attractiveness
as an employer and the well-being at work and job satisfaction of Terveystalo’s
 
employees and practitioners constitute the foundation
 
of
everything the company does. Terveystalo’s
 
goal is to be the best and most attractive employer in its industry for
 
all professionals.
Terveystalo
 
invests in the competence and well-being of its personnel and the corporate
 
culture. Equality,
 
fairness and non-discrimination
are its key policies.
The principle of doing what is right is part of all operations at Terveystalo,
 
both as a company and as individuals. Terveystalo’s
 
employees
and practitioners must do what is right regardless of
 
where they are, who they are with, or what the circumstances are. A workplace
 
culture
that does not compromise on doing what is right creates a foundation for
 
long-term success. Responsible business is also financially
profitable and sustainable. An ethical corporate
 
culture supports Terveystalo’s
 
attractiveness as a reliable service provider for customers
and as a partner for other stakeholders. Making sustainable
 
choices and doing what is right strengthens customers’ trust in Terveystalo,
builds long-term cooperation and creates value for Terveystalo’s
 
shareholders. At the same time, it ensures that Terveystalo
 
remains an
attractive workplace for people who share its values. Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct includes a commitment to always complying with the
laws and regulations governing Terveystalo’s
 
operations.
 
102
The responsibilities of Terveystalo
 
Plc's Board of Directors include reviewing and approving the strategic
 
objectives and strategic plans of
the company and its various business functions as well as monitoring their implementation. The CEO
 
is responsible for the day-to-day
management of the company and for executing the company’s
 
strategy in accordance with the instructions and orders issued by
 
the Board
of Directors. The CEO undertakes the execution
 
of measures approved by the Board of Directors and oversees
 
preparations for strategically
important measures. The Executive Team
 
assists the CEO with tasks such as the preparation and execution
 
of the company’s strategy,
business plans, matters of principle, and any other important matters.
 
At Terveystalo,
 
the management approach is evaluated on the basis
of audit observations, feedback, identified development areas and the achievement of Terveystalo’s
 
targets. The management approach is
adjusted as necessary.
 
In addition to the company’s mission, values and strategy,
 
Terveystalo’s
 
operations are guided by Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct and
Supplier Code of Conduct. Terveystalo’s
 
management and supervisors are responsible for the communication and implementation of
 
the
Code of Conduct, and monitoring compliance with the Code of Conduct. Terveystalo
 
has online training on the Code of Conduct for all
Terveystalo
 
personnel. Its aim is to improve awareness of key
 
themes related to compliance and to promote the continued development
 
of
an ethical and compliance-driven culture. Terveystalo
 
Group also expects its suppliers to observe high standards of sustainability with
regard to ethical, social and environmental perspectives,
 
as well as occupational health and safety.
 
Terveystalo
 
is a signatory to the UN Global Compact (UNGC) initiative. Terveystalo
 
is committed to the UN Guiding Principles on Business
and Human Rights, the conventions of the International Labour Organization
 
(ILO) and the Ten Principles of the UN Global Compact.
Terveystalo
 
is continuing to integrate the Global Compact principles concerning the environment,
 
human rights, labour and anti-corruption
into Terveystalo’s
 
operations, culture and value chain.
Terveystalo’s
 
strategy and business model are described in more detail in the section Strategy,
 
business model and value chain (SBM-1) on
pages 37–38.
Mechanisms for identifying, reporting and investigating
 
concerns
 
One important aspect of Terveystalo’s
 
culture of doing the right thing is that everyone who acts on behalf of or with Terveystalo
 
Group, and
every customer, partner and supplier,
 
can freely report any suspicions of misconduct and trust that Terveystalo
 
will take appropriate
measures to investigate the matter.
 
Terveystalo
 
Group encourages all of its employees and private
 
practitioners to report any potential
misconduct without delay. Terveystalo
 
has online training on the Code of Conduct aimed at everyone in the organisation. The training
includes instructions on highlighting and reporting misconduct. The training is described in more detail below in the section on targets
related to business conduct on pages
 
106–107 and in the section on actions related to business conduct on page 109.
Terveystalo
 
Group's Code of Conduct emphasises that actual or suspected violations of the Code of Conduct must be reported to the
supervisor, the supervisor’s supervisor or Terveystalo’s
 
Legal and Compliance department. As regards patient safety,
 
everyone at
Terveystalo
 
is under the obligation to submit an incident report if they observe, or are made aware
 
of, an issue that jeopardises patient
safety, customer
 
safety or data protection. Anyone
 
can submit an incident report via Terveystalo’s
 
website if they observe that patient
safety or data protection has been compromised. In HR-related
 
matters, the primary contact channel is Terveystalo’s
 
HR unit.
 
Suspected misconduct can also be reported via Terveystalo’s
 
reporting channel, which is open to everyone. The reporting channel can be
used, for example, if the suspicion concerns serious misconduct or if,
 
due to the sensitivity of the matter,
 
it is necessary to report it
anonymously. The reporting channel enables anonymous reporting
 
of observed or suspected misconduct at
https://www.report.whistleb.com/en/terveystalo
 
. The reporting channel has been in place since 2017, and it has become established as
one possible avenue for reporting suspected misconduct or violations. In Sweden, Feelgood Svenska
 
AB and its subsidiaries have their own
reporting channel, which is intended for internal use within Feelgood. Terveystalo
 
and Feelgood use technical reporting channel platforms
developed by external service providers, but process and investigate
 
the received reports themselves as described below.
 
All reports and
suspicions of misconduct are investigated without delay,
 
independently and impartially regardless of the channel used to report the
suspected misconduct, or whether the suspicion of misconduct arises in connection with normal operating activities.
103
The reporting channel can be used to submit reports concerning actual or suspected misconduct related to the following
 
topics, for
example: consumer protection, the prevention of money
 
laundering and terrorist financing, violations of financial market rules and
regulations, violations of procurement legislation or unfair competition, environmental
 
protection, violations of data protection legislation
and regulations governing the security of network and information systems,
 
taxation, product safety and compliance, as well as
 
actual or
suspected violations of the applicable industry-specific regulations, including the Radiation Act and the Medicines Act.
 
The identity of whistleblowers and the subjects of whistleblower reports, as well as other matters
 
related to the reports, are kept
confidential in accordance with the law,
 
and whistleblowers are protected in compliance with the national legislation enacted
 
in Finland
and Sweden to implement the European Union’s Whistleblower
 
Protection Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/1937). If a suspected violation
proves to be unwarranted, there
 
are no negative consequences to the reporter provided that
 
the reporter has acted in good faith. No
retaliation of any kind is allowed. This includes threats, punishments or discrimination against
 
persons who submit reports or persons
participating in investigations of reports. Actions to prevent
 
reporting, or to influence the content of a report, are also prohibited.
Reports received via Terveystalo's
 
reporting channel are processed only by persons designated to process reports
 
in the HR or Legal and
Compliance function and, where necessary, specialists and Terveystalo’s
 
external advisors appointed on an investigation
 
-specific basis. The
designated persons are updated as necessary.
 
The persons who process reports are clearly indicated on the pages of each language version
of the reporting channel. If any of the persons who process reports are potentially disqualified from
 
processing a report, the reporter is
encouraged to point this out when submitting their report so that the persons who process reports
 
can take the necessary measures to
ensure the impartial processing of the report. Disqualified persons will not participate in the processing of the report. Terveystalo’s
 
Senior
Vice President, Human Resources and the HR Director process reports concerning HR matters,
 
the Chief Administrative Physician and Chief
Medical Officer of the Healthcare Services process reports concerning medical matters, and
 
the Data Protection Officer processes reports
concerning data protection. Reports concerning other matters
 
are processed by Terveystalo’s
 
Legal and Compliance department. During the
course of an investigation, other specialists can also be appointed
 
to the investigation team if necessary.
 
Where necessary, in investigations
of reports concerning a particular employment relationship, the supervisor of the reporter’s supervisor is also engaged in the
 
investigation
at an early stage, unless the supervisor’s supervisor is the subject of the report or if engaging them in the investigation
 
is otherwise not
appropriate. The subject of the report is heard during the investigation
 
if possible. Where necessary, assistance can be sought
 
from external
advisors who are specialists in the subject matter of the report. The persons handling reports are
 
trained on current themes related to
whistleblower protection as necessary. Reports
 
received through Feelgood’s
 
internal reporting channel are processed by Feelgood’s
 
Legal
Department and/or Quality Manager.
 
If necessary, other specialists can also be appointed internally
 
to the investigation team, and the
assistance of external advisors can be requested as necessary.
Any identified incidents of material misconduct are reported to Terveystalo’s
 
senior management and the Audit Committee of the Board of
Directors, which monitors the procedures for handling complaints
 
and concerns raised anonymously or otherwise regarding financial
reporting, internal control or auditing, potential violations of the rules governing the financial markets,
 
other breaches of legislation or the
company’s Code of Conduct, or other violations. In Sweden, any identified incidents of
 
misconduct are reported to Feelgood’s
 
CEO, who is
also a member of the Terveystalo
 
Group's Executive Team.
 
If the CEO is disqualified, the misconduct is reported to the Board of Directors
 
of
Feelgood Svenska AB or Terveystalo’s
 
General Counsel. The potential findings arising from reported incidents and completed investigations
are taken into consideration in the development
 
of Terveystalo
 
Group’s processes.
 
G1-2 Management of relationships
 
with suppliers
The success of Terveystalo’s
 
business and maintaining its competitiveness require efficient and sustainable
 
supplier cooperation.
Terveystalo
 
has a Supplier Relationship Management (SRM) model in place for supplier management.
 
The goals of the SRM model are as follows:
 
1. Ensuring the availability of supply and services:
 
responsible cooperation ensures business continuity even in disruptions.
2. Improving the predictability of prices and cost control:
 
close cooperation helps to manage the total costs of procurement.
 
3. Ensuring sustainability:
 
suppliers commit to Terveystalo’s
 
sustainability requirements, which cover financial, tax-related,
 
social and
environmental impacts.
 
4. Maintaining and improving quality: cooperation ensures high and consistent
 
quality and a good customer experience while ensuring
sustainability.
 
104
5. Taking advantage
 
of innovation:
 
close supplier cooperation provides information on products, services and operating
 
models and
produces new sustainable innovations.
The implementation of the SRM model at Terveystalo
 
is the responsibility of a specialist designated for each supplier relationship. They
maintain adherence to the SRM model in supplier cooperation. The specialist is responsible for
 
the designated procurement area and
coordinates supplier cooperation with the supplier in question for all of Terveystalo’s
 
functions. The SRM model covers supplier relationship
life-cycle management. The procurement function is responsible for
 
analysing supplier volume and the classification of suppliers and, if
necessary, participates in supplier cooperation
 
or supports specialists in the implementation of the SRM model.
Supplier relationship management provides better visibility into the supply chain, improving
 
delivery reliability, quality management
 
and
risk management, and increasing visibility into total costs and the flexibility of the supply chain.
Management of the procurement process
Terveystalo’s
 
procurement principles are focused on supporting strategic
 
business objectives, sustainability, cost
 
efficiency and quality
assurance. Procurement is systematic
 
and requirements driven.
 
In accordance with the procurement process, Terveystalo’s
 
sourcing is subject to competitive tendering, and decisions are made on the
basis of tenders and negotiations. Terveystalo
 
ensures that the sourcing process is transparent, appropriate
 
and cost-efficient. Depending
on the business significance, and its scope and contract value, the relevant stakeholders
 
are engaged in the procurement process. Changes
in markets, service quality, the legal framework
 
and price are taken into account in Terveystalo's
 
procurement activities. The selection
criteria include professional competence, reliability,
 
financial stability, sustainability,
 
resources, life-cycle costs, quality and competitive
pricing. As a rule, Terveystalo’s
 
general terms of agreement apply to all procurements and agreements,
 
subject to case-by-case assessment.
 
Purchase invoice process
Terveystalo
 
ensures that purchase invoices are paid in a timely manner.
 
The majority, approximately
 
95 percent, of purchase invoices are
received as e-invoices or by e-mail, which makes the invoice management
 
process more efficient and ensures that invoices are
 
received.
The use of artificial intelligence in invoice processing means that most invoices are
 
automatically circulated without any delays.
 
Invoices
requiring manual processing are forwarded to the relevant
 
party on the day they are received. The system sends daily reminders
 
to end-
users about incomplete tasks, and separate reminders
 
are sent to inspectors and approvers regarding
 
overdue invoices. Terveystalo’s
internal processes and division of responsibilities support the smooth circulation of invoices and the transition to
 
the payment stage. During
holidays, invoice inspectors and approvers are
 
reminded of the importance of out-of-office
 
settings. Approval authorisations can be
transferred to a substitute in accordance
 
with the approval matrix, which ensures that invoices are
 
processed on schedule even during
absences. For procurement agreements, the payment terms stipulated
 
by the agreement are observed. The invoicing address information
recommends a payment term of at least 30 days, but the aim is to
 
circulate and pay invoices faster than that,
 
especially with respect to
smaller companies and suppliers.
Penalty interest and related costs
 
of late payment are monitored as performance indicators
 
of the accounts payable team, and the
processes are continuously developed using based on related analyses. The responsible and smooth processing of
 
purchase invoices
supports not only Terveystalo’s
 
operations but also the financial stability of its partners.
105
G1–3 Prevention and detection
 
of corruption and bribery
 
In the area of anti-corruption and anti-bribery, Terveystalo
 
complies with the law and other applicable regulations and guidelines.
Terveystalo
 
is also committed to the UN Global Compact (UNGC) initiative and its anti-corruption principles. Terveystalo’s
 
operations are
also guided by the Code of Conduct, which lays down the main principles for the prevention of corruption and bribery including, for
example, giving and accepting gifts and hospitality,
 
the avoidance of conflicts of interest, and fair competition. Terveystal
 
o
 
has an anti-
corruption and anti-bribery compliance programme that includes policies, process instructions and other supplementary instructions
 
on the
subject. The guidelines cover, among other things, gifts and hospitality,
 
disqualification, fair competition and a sustainable supply chain and
value chain.
 
The prevention of corruption and bribery is included in Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct, which addresses the giving and accepting of gifts and
hospitality, sponsorships, accepting and making donations,
 
understanding and avoiding conflicts of interest,
 
and fair competition. All of
Terveystalo’s
 
contract suppliers and suppliers participating in tendering processes are required
 
to accept Terveystalo’s
 
Supplier Code of
Conduct, which includes guidelines and requirements concerning the prevention of corruption and bribery,
 
conflicts of interest, and fair
competition, amongst other things. The Code of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct and other key policies and guidelines related to the
prevention of corruption and bribery are described above in the section on policies related to business conduct,
 
on pages 97–100.
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct emphasises that Terveystalo
 
does not give or accept gifts or other benefits that could affect business
decisions or have considerable personal or financial value. Any gifts given and hospitality
 
offered must support a clear business objective, be
of reasonable value and be appropriate with regard to the nature
 
of the business relationship. In accordance with the Code of Conduct, all
decisions and transactions made at Terveystalo
 
must be in Terveystalo’s
 
best interest and not based on anyone’s
 
personal interests. Friends
and relatives must be treated like any
 
other partners, and personal relationships with partners must not influence decision-making.
Everyone at Terveystalo
 
must recognise and avoid conflicts of interest and refrain
 
from making decisions that involve, or may involve,
 
a
conflict of interest. Any circumstances that may
 
be considered a conflict of interest must be reported
 
to the supervisor immediately, and
the matter must be resolved in accordance with Terveystalo's
 
interests.
 
In addition to customers, personnel, private practitioners,
 
shareholders and suppliers, Terveystalo’s
 
key stakeholders include
 
the public
authorities and societal decision-makers that influence the legislation governing Terveystalo’s
 
industry and the drafting of such legislation.
The development and renewal of healthcare is a shared goal for
 
Terveystalo,
 
the authorities and decision-makers. Terveystalo
 
engages in
open dialogue on issues related to the healthcare sector with the authorities and societal decision-makers.
 
The channels of interaction
include open dialogue, meetings and staying in touch through participation in various working groups and
 
events, among other things.
Terveystalo
 
also has representatives in several organisations.
 
The most significant of these are the Confederation of Finnish
 
Industries, the
Finland Chamber of Commerce, the Helsinki Region Chamber of Commerce, the Finnish Association of Private Care Providers
 
HALI, the
Association of Finnish Private Healthcare Providers, the Finnish Association of
 
Purchasing and Logistics LOGY,
 
and FIBS ry. Terveystalo
conducts open dialogue with industry organisations on topics related to the industry and engages
 
in diverse cooperation with organisations
such as the Finnish Association of Private Care Providers HALI and the Association of Finnish Private
 
Healthcare Providers. The cooperation
channels include working groups and various events.
 
According to the Code of Conduct, Terveystalo
 
does not support political activities. Terveystalo
 
does not sponsor political parties or
organisations, directly or indirectly,
 
nor does Terveystalo
 
fund the election campaigns of individual candidates.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct includes a commitment to fair competition. Terveystalo
 
competes fairly,
 
with integrity, and in compliance
with the applicable legislation. All Terveystalo
 
employees are required to comply with laws, regulations and internal
 
guidelines pertaining to
competition, including Terveystalo
 
Group’s competition law guidelines.
 
Terveystalo
 
has mandatory online training on the Code of Conduct and compliance for all employees. The aim of the training is to
 
provide
an improved understanding of key
 
compliance-related themes, such as the avoidance of conflicts of interest,
 
the prevention of bribery,
 
and
fair competition. The content concerning the prevention of corruption
 
and bribery was compiled into a separate course section in the
revised online course on compliance in 2023. Among Terveystalo’s
 
internal functions, public services, B2B sales and procurement are the
most susceptible to corruption and bribery. The aforementioned
 
online training on the Code of Conduct, which also includes content on the
 
 
106
prevention of corruption and bribery, is mandatory
 
for all Terveystalo
 
employees and therefore also for all employees working in
 
the
functions identified as having an elevated risk.
The Code of Conduct, Supplier Code of Conduct and the competition law guidelines are discussed in more detail above in the section on
policies related to business conduct, on pages 97–100.
 
Mechanisms for identifying, reporting and investigating concerns and suspected
misconduct are discussed in more detail above on pages 102–103 and supplier audits below in section on actions concerning sustainable
supply chain on page 108. The training of personnel on compliance with the Code of Conduct and other requirements is discussed in more
detail below in the section on targets related to business conduct on pages 106–107 and in the section on actions related
 
to business
conduct on page 109.
Targets
Terveystalo
 
has selected two key targets for
 
managing its impacts related to ethical business conduct. The selected targets
 
promote the
realisation of ethical and sustainable business at Terveystalo
 
and in its value and supply chains. Both targets are connected to following
material sustainability matters related
 
to business conduct as defined by Terveystalo
 
:
 
corporate culture, responsible supply chain,
prevention of corruption and bribery, and respect
 
for human rights. Terveystalo
 
has not set a measurable target related to responsible
 
tax
payment. Terveystalo
 
reports its tax footprint annually (see pages 109–111) and monitors the efficiency
 
of its policies and actions related to
tax payment.
Target
Metric (KPI)
Scope
Target
 
level
Target
 
year
Base
year
2024
2023
All employees have
completed training
on the Code of
Conduct and correct
action
Percentage of
employees in
permanent, full-
time employment
relationships
 
who
have completed
the training
relative to
all employees in
permanent, full-
time employment
relationships
1)
Terveystalo’s
Finnish operations
100%
Continuous
2023
91%
1)
72%
1)
Key suppliers
accounting for over
80% of total
procurement have
approved the
Supplier Code of
Conduct
 
Percentage of
suppliers who
have approved
the Supplier Code
of Conduct
2)
 
Terveystalo's
Finnish operations
100%
Continuous
2023
97%
81%
1)
The new compliance course was introduced and moved
 
to a new online platform in spring 2023. Going forward,
 
the course must be completed once every two years, and the
 
course
completion period 5/2023
–12/
2025 was under way during the period 5/2023
–12/2024.
 
For this reason, the reported figure for 2023 includes completions
 
for the period 5/2023-12/2023
(i.e. completions that took place after the course was revised
 
and were accomplished by 31 December 2023). The reported figure
 
for 2024, on the other hand, includes completions for the
period 5/2023
–12/
2024 (i.e. completions that took place after the course
 
was revised and were accomplished by 31 December 2024). The reported
 
figures do not include Medimar
Scandinavia Ab or the companies acquired in Finland during 2024 (SRK Group Oy,
 
Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy,
 
iRad Oy, Kajaanin Radiologieskus
 
Oy, and Cityläkarna Mariehamn
 
Ab), whose
personnel are not in Terveystalo's
 
centralized personnel system and do not have
 
access to Terveystalo's
 
learning platform.
107
2)
Terveystalo measures the share
 
of suppliers who have approved the Supplier Code of Conduct among Terveystalo’s
 
key suppliers representing approximately 80% of the total
 
procurement
expenditure of Terveystalo’s
 
operations in Finland. The procurement expenditure does not include expenses
 
related to fees paid to private practitioners,
 
purchases for operations in Sweden,
one-off purchases or purchases of low significance.
Training the personnel on compliance with the
 
Code of Conduct and correct action
Terveystalo
 
is committed to promoting ethical business practices and provides training
 
to its personnel on compliance with the Code of
Conduct and correct action. Terveystalo
 
has online training aimed at everyone in the organisation on compliance with the Code of
 
Conduct.
Separate customised online training that takes
 
differences in operating environments
 
into consideration is in place for administrative
personnel and those engaged in clinical work. Completing the course is mandatory for
 
all employees.
 
The purpose of the courses is to build an understanding of why compliance and ethical and sustainable
 
business is important and how it is
related to the day-to-day actions and decisions by everyone at Terveystalo.
 
A further goal of the training is to create a better understanding
of key themes related to compliance, including the prevention and
 
detection of corruption and bribery, fair competition,
 
the avoidance of
conflicts of interest, and reporting misconduct, and to further develop Terveystalo’s
 
culture of compliance.
 
A new compliance course was introduced in spring 2023. In connection with this, the course was revised,
 
the content of the training was
customised on a targeted basis to account for
 
the differences between the operating environments
 
of administrative personnel and those
engaged in clinical work, and the training was made more interactive.
 
The course was moved to a new online platform to
 
improve the user
experience. The development of the online compliance course continued throughout 2024.
Everyone at Terveystalo
 
is required to observe the Code of Conduct, regardless of their business unit or position, which is why the target
 
is
for all Terveystalo
 
employees to have completed the training on the Code of Conduct and correct
 
action. Going forward, the course will
need to be taken once every two years. During the completion review
 
period 5/2023–12/2024, 91 percent of Terveystalo's
 
employees in
permanent, full-time employment relationships
 
completed the training. The figures include Terveystalo’s
 
operations in Finland. A revised
online course on compliance will be deployed in Sweden in 2025.
In 2024, measures were taken to improve the reach
 
of the online compliance course. Communication concerning the course was increased
and clarified, the course completion and monitoring process was clarified, the monitoring of course completions was
 
made more efficient,
and the other language versions of the course were updated to correspond
 
to the Finnish-language course revised in 2023. The measures
taken during 2024 were reflected in a clear increase in completion
 
activity during the year. Completion
 
activity is monitored regularly. The
development of the online course completion and monitoring process will continue in 2025, in addition to which the content
 
of the course
will be reviewed to ensure that it responds to changes in the operating environment.
Suppliers that have approved the Supplier Code of Conduct
Terveystalo
 
also strives to ensure ethical and sustainable business conduct in its value and supply chains. Contractual
 
suppliers and
suppliers participating in tendering processes are required to approve
 
Terveystalo’s
 
Supplier Code of Conduct, which includes guidelines
and requirements pertaining to supply chain management, product safety
 
and compliance, and business ethics, including the prevention of
corruption and bribery, competition law,
 
conflicts of interest and data protection, as well as human rights, fundamental
 
rights at work,
occupational health and safety, taxation
 
and environmental responsibility.
 
The target is for 100 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
key suppliers to have approved
 
the Supplier Code of Conduct. At the end of 2024, 97 (81)
percent of key suppliers, representing approximately
 
80 percent of Terveystalo’s
 
total procurement for operations
 
in Finland, had approved
the Supplier Code of Conduct. The figures include Terveystalo’s
 
operations in Finland.
 
108
Actions
Sustainable supply chain
To ensure compliance with the Supplier Code of Conduct and other contractual
 
terms, Terveystalo
 
conducts supplier self-assessments and
regular audits. Supplier audits are carried out on a targeted basis. A total of
 
four supplier audits were conducted in 2024. The audited
entities are suppliers that are critical to Terveystalo.
 
They are selected based on their business significance or risk factors related to
 
the
supplier.
 
Supplier audits are carried out by Terveystalo's
 
own personnel. The audit participants include the procurement function, the designated
specialist responsible for the supplier relationship, and other specialists involved in supplier cooperation.
 
The audit comprises a preliminary
information form completed by the supplier,
 
a supplier interview, a
 
site visit and feedback sessions. The objective of supplier audits is to
develop supplier cooperation and ensure that the audited supplier’s operations
 
satisfy the contractual requirements pertaining to
 
the
content of the service, sustainability,
 
quality and information security. The outcomes
 
of audits can include identified strengths, observations
on development areas, slight or significant deviations, or potential breaches of agreement.
 
Terveystalo
 
provides the audited supplier with a
written summary of the audit results and potential deviations. For any identified deviations,
 
a corrective action plan is required to rectify
the deviations and ensure compliance with the contractual requirements. Four
 
supplier audits were conducted in 2024. The audited entities
included a supplier of healthcare supplies, a supplier of pharmaceutical products, a supplier of healthcare equipment, and a service provider
used for textile care.
Prevention of corruption and bribery
Policy and process development concerning the prevention of corruption and
 
bribery continued throughout 2024. The content concerning
the prevention of corruption and bribery was compiled into a separate course
 
section in the revised online compliance course in 2023. The
aim was to identify situations that may involve a risk of corruption or bribery,
 
and to train the personnel to act ethically and in accordance
with the requirements in the situations in question. Sections concerning the responsible supply chain and value chain have also
 
been
integrated into the revised course
 
content, complete with detailed examples. Course
 
content on conflicts of interest and gifts and
hospitality has also previously been integrated into the revised
 
online compliance course.
 
The development of the online compliance course
continued throughout 2024. Terveystalo
 
also continuously develops its compliance program and the related processes and
 
controls to
ensure that they correspond to the changes in the operating environment.
One important aspect of Terveystalo’s
 
culture of doing the right thing is that everyone who acts on behalf of or with Terveystalo
 
Group, and
every customer, partner and supplier,
 
can freely report any suspicions of misconduct and trust that Terveystalo
 
will take appropriate
measures to investigate any actions that are
 
or are suspected of being in violation of the Code of Conduct. Terveystalo
 
encourages all of its
employees and private practitioners to report any
 
potential misconduct without delay. Observed or
 
suspected misconduct related to the
Code of Conduct, can be reported anonymously at
. One of the focus areas of the Compliance
function has been to increase awareness of the reporting channel to make
 
the threshold for reporting as low as possible. Terveystalo
estimates that this effort has been successful. All suspected misconduct and violations are
 
investigated appropriately and confidentially
regardless of the channel used to report the suspected misconduct, or whether the suspected misconduct arises in connection with
 
normal
operating activities. Potential incidents related to corruption or
 
bribery are reported to Terveystalo’s
 
senior management and the Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors. The processing of reports received
 
through the reporting channel is described in more detail above in
the section on mechanisms for identifying, reporting and investigating concerns on pages 102–103
 
and in the processing instructions for
Terveystalo’s
 
reporting channel, which are publicly available in Finnish on Terveystalo's
 
external website.
 
Respect for human rights
Terveystalo
 
does not tolerate any form of discrimination, harassment,
 
bullying, racism or inappropriate treatment, nor does Terveystalo
condone the use of child labour, any form
 
of forced labour, or
 
other human rights violations in its own operations or its value chain or
supply chain. Terveystalo
 
respects the human rights set out in the UN Declaration of Human Rights as well as the workers’
 
rights defined by
the International Labour Organization (ILO)
 
and related international conventions. The company is
 
committed to the UN Global Compact
109
(UNGC) initiative and its principles pertaining to human rights and labour rights. Terveystalo’s
 
service providers, suppliers and other
partners are also expected to observe the same principles and respect internationally recognised
 
human rights. Principles related to human
rights are included in Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct and Supplier Code of Conduct.
 
In late 2024, Terveystalo
 
carried out a human rights impact assessment concerning the entire value chain. Terveystalo’s
 
human rights
policy, which was formed on the basis of the impact assessment, entered
 
into effect in January 2025. The identified potential adverse
impacts will be taken into account in the update of the double materiality assessment in 2025 and the development
 
of due diligence
processes during 2025.
Improving the reach of the online course on compliance and
 
the Code of Conduct that was revised in 2023
The revised version of the online course package on compliance and Terveystalo’s
 
Code of Conduct was introduced in spring 2023. In
connection with this, the course was revised, the content of the training was
 
customised on a targeted basis to account for
 
the differences
between the operating environments of administrative
 
personnel and those engaged in clinical work, and the training was made more
interactive. One of the focus areas of the update was also to
 
identify grey area situations in which a given course of action is not illegal
 
but
nevertheless ethically problematic in some cases. The course was also moved to
 
a new online platform to improve the user experience.
 
In 2024, measures were taken to improve the reach
 
of the revised online course. Communications about the course were increased
 
and
clarified, the course completion and monitoring process was clarified, course completion monitoring
 
was enhanced and the other language
versions of the course package were updated to
 
correspond to the Finnish-language content revised in 2023. The measures taken
 
during
2024 were reflected in a clear increase in completion activity during the year.
 
Completion activity is monitored regularly.
 
During the year,
the deployment of the revised online course also began in the Group's Swedish operations.
 
The aim is for the revised online course on
compliance to be rolled out in Sweden during 2025.
The goal of the course package is to create a better
 
understanding of key themes related to
 
compliance, including the prevention and
detection of corruption and bribery, fair competition,
 
the avoidance of conflicts of interest and the reporting of misconduct,
 
and to further
develop Terveystalo’s
 
culture of compliance. The course and the related actions are connected to
 
following material sustainability matters
related to business conduct as defined by Terveystalo:
 
corporate culture, responsible supply chain, prevention of corruption and
bribery, and respect for human rights.
Terveystalo
 
pays its taxes according to
 
the value-added chain
The parent company of the Terveystalo
 
Group and the financing and procurement companies operate in Finland and pay their taxes
 
to
Finland. Terveystalo
 
has companies providing health services and other services in Finland, Sweden and Estonia. All of the Group companies
engage in economic activities in the countries they are domiciled in and pay taxes for
 
their operations in accordance with the local
regulations. Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint reporting covers all of the Group’s
 
Finnish companies. For Sweden and Feelgood, the tax footprint
includes all of the companies under the Swedish subgroup. As the share of revenue represented by
 
the subsidiary operating in Estonia is still
low compared to the Group as a whole, its share of the tax footprint is presented
 
in combination with the figures for Sweden.
 
In 2024, Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint totalled EUR 218.7 (212.1) million. The tax
 
footprint is an indicator of the total tax revenue generated
for society by Terveystalo’s
 
business activities. In addition, Terveystalo
 
paid a total of EUR 399.4 (380.1) million in fees to private
practitioners, who pay their individual taxes separately.
 
The taxes paid by private practitioners
 
are not included in Terveystalo’s
 
tax
footprint.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
110
Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint
 
EUR million
2024
2023
Performance-based statutory payments related
 
to personnel
72.9
79.7
TyEL employee insurance premiums (employer’s
 
share)
53.2
55.1
Unemployment insurance contributions (employer’s share)
3.2
6.3
Accident insurance premiums and group life insurance
premiums + other social security costs
0.7
0.8
Employer’s health insurance contributions
14.5
16.3
Social security costs outside Finland
1.2
1.1
Taxes withheld from
 
pay
1)
90.2
91.5
Taxes paid
55.7
40.9
Non-deducted VAT
2)
35.1
31.2
VAT
 
remitted
6.2
0.4
Real estate tax
0.5
0.5
Income tax (cash-based)
12.4
6.6
Asset transfer tax
0.1
0.0
Taxes
 
on dividend payments
1.3
2.1
Total tax footprint
218.7
212.1
Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint by country
 
EUR million
2024
2023
Finland
196.3
188.8
Sweden and Estonia
22.4
23.3
1) In addition, a total of EUR 399.4 (380.1) million in fees
 
was paid to private practitioners who are responsible for
 
paying taxes at their own initiative.
2) Value-added tax is a significant factor
 
for companies in the healthcare sector,
 
as private healthcare companies are not, as a basic rule, eligible to
 
deduct value-added tax.
Basis of preparation of
 
the indicators
To ensure comparability,
 
the basis of preparation of the tax footprint indicators
 
have remained the same from one financial period to the
next. The tax footprint is an indicator of the total
 
tax revenue generated for society by the company's
 
business activities.
Statutory payments related to personnel are
 
calculated on a performance basis, and they include the employer’s share of TyEL
 
employee
insurance premiums and unemployment insurance contributions, accident insurance premiums and
 
group life insurance premiums, the
employer’s health insurance contributions and social security costs outside Finland. Social security costs illustrate
 
the social impact of the
company's employer obligations.
Taxes
 
withheld from salaries are related to payments made to Terveystalo
 
employees. The purpose of this calculation principle is to
describe the positive societal impact made through Terveystalo’s
 
employees. This is supplemented by the fees paid to private
 
practitioners,
for which each private practitioner pays their own taxes.
Taxes
 
paid consist of the total of taxes and tax-like
 
payments that are relevant to Terveystalo
 
Group. Non-deducted VAT
 
consists of the total
amount of value added taxes per financial period which Terveystalo
 
Group cannot deduct in its value-added taxation due to the VAT-
exempt nature of the business. Starting from the financial period 2022, Terveystalo
 
has added its net remitted VAT
 
to its tax footprint
calculation principles. This consists of the VAT
 
remitted to the Finnish Tax
 
Administration for Terveystalo’s
 
services subject to VAT.
 
The
amount of net remitted VAT
 
depends on the extent of business operations subject to VAT,
 
which varies from one financial period to the
next. Period-specific fluctuations in volume are reflected in period-specific differences
 
in the amount of net remitted VAT.
 
111
The basis of preparation of the tax footprint also includes describing Terveystalo’s
 
direct taxes as part of the Group's social impact.
Terveystalo
 
Group’s direct taxes
 
include corporate income tax, asset transfer
 
tax and real estate tax. Terveystalo’s
 
income taxes are
calculated on a cash basis, which is why the amount of corporate income
 
tax varies between financial periods. The amount of corporate
income tax depends on the taxable profit of the separate
 
companies, and the taxable profit is affected
 
by the Group companies’ business
operations and changes during the financial period. In accordance with the Tax
 
Accounting Act, a share of the corporate income tax
Terveystalo
 
pays is distributed to the municipalities where Terveystalo’s
 
employees have worked, based on the number of employees.
 
This
means that all of Terveystalo’s
 
clinics and outsourcing operations accrue tax revenue for the municipality they operate
 
in. Real estate tax is
paid on properties owned by the company,
 
such as buildings and structures, and the amount of real estate tax depends on the value
 
and
purpose of the property. The Group’s
 
asset transfer taxes consist
 
of transactions subject to asset transfer tax during the financial period.
The basis of preparation of the tax footprint also includes the collection of
 
taxes on dividends paid, which is reported on a cash basis and
disaggregated by financial period. The country-specific disaggregation of
 
Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint illustrates the aforementioned
 
taxes
and tax-like payments from a geographical
 
perspective. The disaggregation is based on a geographical division between Finland and other
countries with business operations (Sweden and Estonia).
 
All of the Group companies engage in economic activities in the countries they are domiciled in and pay taxes
 
for their operations in
accordance with the local regulations. In terms of the basis of preparation, this means that Terveystalo’s
 
tax footprint reporting for Finland
covers all of the Group's Finnish companies. In addition, for Sweden and Feelgood,
 
the tax footprint includes all of the companies under the
Swedish subgroup. As the share of revenue represented
 
by the subsidiary operating in Estonia is still low compared to the Group as
 
a
whole, its share of the tax footprint is presented in combination with the figures
 
for Sweden.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
112
Consolidated financial statements, IFRS
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
EUR mill.
Note
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Revenue
4, 5
1,340.0
1,286.4
Other operating income
6
3.7
4.2
Materials and services
7
-549.8
-536.2
Employee benefit expenses
8
-427.8
-447.0
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
9
-106.4
-193.8
Other operating expenses
10
-143.7
-128.2
Operating result
116.1
-14.7
Financial income
11
2.1
1.2
Financial expenses
11
-28.6
-25.4
Net finance expenses
-26.5
-24.2
Share of results in associated companies
-
0.0
Result before taxes
89.6
-38.9
Income tax expense
12
-18.0
-3.3
Net income
71.7
-42.2
Profit attributable to
Owners of the parent company
71.7
-42.2
Other comprehensive adjustments
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
 
Translation differences from foreign operations
-2.0
0.1
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
 
Remeasurements of post-employment benefit
 
obligations
28
-0.1
-0.1
Other comprehensive income for the period, net
 
of tax
-2.1
0.0
Total comprehensive income
69.6
-42.2
Total comprehensive income attributable to:
Owners of the parent company
69.6
-42.2
Earnings per share for profit attributable to the
 
shareholders of the parent
company, in euro
Basic earnings per share
13
0.57
-0.33
Diluted earnings per share
13
0.57
-0.33
The notes are an integral part of the Consolidated
 
financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
113
Consolidated statement of financial position
EUR mill.
Note
31 Dec
2024
31 Dec
2023
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
14
87.7
84.2
Right-of-use assets
14
182.7
212.1
Goodwill
15, 16
829.4
823.5
Intangible assets
15
82.0
100.0
Investment properties
17
0.3
0.3
Investments in associates
18
0.0
0.0
Loan receivables
20
0.3
0.0
Deferred tax assets
12
7.1
6.0
Other non-current assets
20
0.7
0.8
Total non-current assets
1,190.2
1,226.8
Current assets
Inventories
7.2
7.1
Trade and other receivables
22
135.0
143.1
Current tax receivables
0.9
4.8
Cash and cash equivalents
23
65.2
37.7
Total current assets
208.2
192.6
TOTAL ASSETS
1,398.4
1,419.5
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity attributable to equity holders of the Company
Share capital
0.1
0.1
Invested non-restricted equity reserve
492.8
492.8
Treasury shares
-15.2
-15.7
Translation differences
-7.3
-5.2
Retained earnings
77.9
43.5
Equity attributable to equity holders of the
 
Company total
548.2
515.4
TOTAL EQUITY
548.2
515.4
Non-current liabilities
Non-current financial liabilities
20, 21, 25
348.5
394.4
Non-current lease liabilities
14, 21, 25
144.5
172.6
Deferred tax liabilities
12
18.7
20.2
Provisions
27
3.3
2.8
Other liabilities
15.5
13.7
Total non-current liabilities
530.5
603.7
Current liabilities
Current financial liabilities
20, 21, 25
29.7
22.3
Current lease liabilities
14, 21, 25
47.3
46.5
Current tax liabilities
9.5
3.6
Provisions
27
2.9
3.3
Trade and other payables
26
230.3
224.7
Total current liabilities
319.7
300.3
TOTAL LIABILITIES
850.2
904.1
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
1,398.4
1,419.5
The notes are an integral part of the consolidated
 
financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
114
Consolidated statement of cash flows
EUR mill.
Note
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before income taxes
89.6
-38.9
Adjustments for
Non-cash transactions
 
 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
 
losses
9
106.4
193.8
 
Change in provisions
27
0.1
-2.1
 
Other non-cash transactions
-1.5
-6.7
Gains and Losses on sale of property, plant, equipment and other changes
-0.3
-0.2
Net finance expenses
11
26.5
24.2
Changes in working capital
 
Trade and other receivables
4.9
-8.7
 
Inventories
-0.1
-0.5
 
Trade and other payables
9.6
2.5
Interests received
1.0
1.0
Income taxes paid
-12.4
-6.6
Net cash from operating activities
223.7
157.8
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment
-27.3
-24.6
Acquisition of intangible assets
-12.3
-16.4
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
0.6
0.8
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired
3
-8.4
-4.0
Proceeds from the disposal of subsidiaries, net of
 
cash disposed of
0.3
-
Acquisition of business operations, net of cash acquired
3
-0.3
-0.3
Sale of business operation, net of cash disposed
 
of
-
0.3
Dividends received
0.0
0.0
Net cash from investing activities
-47.4
-44.2
Cash flows from financing activities
Acquisition of non-controlling interests
3
-
-0.1
Proceeds from non-current borrowings
25
200.0
224.6
Repayment of non-current borrowings
25
-145.1
-210.0
Proceeds from current borrowings
25
9.9
26.8
Repayment of current borrowings
25
-100.1
-47.1
Payment of lease liabilities
25
-48.4
-50.9
Payment of hire purchase liabilities
25
-3.8
-4.3
Interests and other financial expenses paid
-23.7
-19.9
Interests and other financial income received
0.3
0.2
Dividends paid
-38.0
-35.4
Net cash from financing activities
-148.8
-116.0
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
27.5
-2.4
Cash and cash equivalents at 1 January
37.7
40.2
Exchange rate differences
-0.1
-0.1
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December
65.2
37.7
The notes are an integral part of these Consolidated
 
financial statements.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
115
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
 
company
EUR mill.
Share
capital
Invested
non-
restricted
equity
reserve
Treasury
shares
Retained
earnings
Translation
differences
Total equity
Equity 1 Jan 2024
0.1
492.8
-15.7
43.5
-5.2
515.4
Comprehensive income
Net income
-
-
-
71.7
-
71.7
Other comprehensive income
-
-
-
-0.1
-2.0
-2.1
Transactions with owners
 
Share-based payments
-
-
0.4
0.8
-
1.2
 
Dividends
-
-
-
-38.0
-
-38.0
Equity 31 Dec 2024
0.1
492.8
-15.2
77.9
-7.3
548.2
 
Equity attributable to owners of the parent
 
company
EUR mill.
Share
capital
Invested
non-
restricted
equity
reserve
Treasury
shares
Retained
earnings
Translation
differences
Total
Non-
controlling
interests
Total
equity
Equity 1 Jan 2023
0.1
492.8
-15.8
120.2
-5.3
592.0
0.0
592.0
Comprehensive income
Net income
-
-
-
-42.2
-
-42.2
-
-42.2
Other comprehensive income
-
-
-
-0.1
0.1
0.0
-
0.0
Transactions with owners
Share-based payments
-
-
0.1
1.3
-
1.4
-
1.4
Dividends
-
-
-
-35.4
-
-35.4
-
-35.4
Transactions with non-controlling
interests
Transactions with non-controlling
interest
-
-
-
-
-
-
-0,0
-0,0
Other
Other corrections*
-
-
-
-0.4
-
-0.4
-
-0.4
Equity 31 Dec 2023
0.1
492.8
-15.7
43.5
-5.2
515.4
-
515.4
* Correction to figures of previous financial years.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
116
COMPANY INFORMATION
Name of reporting entity or other means of identification
Terveystalo Oyj
Country of incorporation
Finland
Legal form of entity
Plc
Domicile of entity
Finland
Address of entity's registered office
Jaakonkatu 3 A 00100 Helsinki
Principal place of business
Finland and Sweden
Description of nature of entitys operations and
 
principal
 
activities
Terveystalo offers comprehensive wellbeing services, primary
healthcare and specialized medical care services for corporate and
private customers as well as the public sector.
Name of parent entity
Terveystalo Oyj
 
1. Corporate information
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
is
 
a
 
Finnish
 
public
 
limited
 
liability
 
company
 
organised
 
under
 
the
 
laws
 
of
 
Finland
 
and
 
domiciled
 
in
Helsinki, Finland.
 
The parent
 
company,
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc, is
 
listed on
 
the Nasdaq
 
Helsinki. Terveystalo
 
Group (“the
Group”,
 
“Terveystalo”)
 
consists
 
of
 
the
 
parent
 
company
 
and
 
24
 
subsidiaries.
 
More
 
information
 
on
 
subsidiaries
 
is
presented
 
in
 
note
 
31.
 
A
 
copy
 
of
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
is
 
available
 
at
 
the
 
Group’s
 
website
www.terveystalo.com
, from Terveystalo
 
Oyj / Corporate Communications,
 
Jaakonkatu 3, 00100 Helsinki,
 
Finland, or
via e-mail at investors@terveystalo.com.
 
 
 
Terveystalo
 
is a
 
leading private
 
healthcare
 
service
 
provider
 
in Finland
 
and
 
leading occupational
 
health
 
provider in
the Nordic
 
region. The
 
company offers
 
general practice
 
and specialist
 
medical care,
 
diagnostic services,
 
outpatient
surgery, dental services
 
and other adjacent services to corporate, private and public
 
sector customers.
 
In
 
its
 
meeting
 
on
 
13
 
March
 
2025,
 
the
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
approved
 
the
 
publishing
 
of
 
these
consolidated financial statements.
According
 
to
 
the
 
Finnish
 
Limited
 
Liability
 
Companies
 
Act,
 
shareholders
 
have
 
the
 
right
 
to
 
approve
 
or
 
reject
 
the
financial
 
statements
 
in
 
the
 
Annual
 
General
 
Meeting
 
held
 
after
 
the
 
publication
 
of
 
the
 
financial
 
statements.
 
The
Annual General Meeting also has the right to make a
 
decision to amend the financial statements.
2. Accounting policies for the consolidated financial
 
statements
 
2.1 Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements of
 
Terveystalo
 
have been prepared in accordance with
 
International Financial
Reporting Standards
 
(IFRS) as
 
adopted by
 
the European
 
Union. The
 
consolidated financial
 
statements have
 
been
prepared in compliance with the IAS and IFRS standards
 
as well as the SIC and IFRIC interpretations in force
 
on 31
December 2024.
 
The consolidated
 
financial statements
 
also comply
 
with the
 
regulations of
 
Finnish accounting
 
and
company legislation complementing the IFRSs.
 
The consolidated financial statements are
 
presented in millions of euro and
 
have been prepared under the historical
cost
 
basis,
 
unless
 
otherwise
 
stated
 
in
 
the
 
accounting
 
principles.
 
All
 
figures
 
presented
 
have
 
been
 
rounded,
 
and
consequently the sum of individual figures may deviate from the
 
presented aggregate figure.
2.2 Application of new and amended IFRSs and new
 
IFRIC agenda decisions
117
New and amended standards applied in the financial year
 
2024
The
 
Group
 
has
 
applied
 
as
 
from
 
1 January
 
2024
 
the
 
following
 
new
 
and
 
amended
 
standards
 
that
 
have
 
come
 
into
effect:
 
Amendments
 
to
 
IFRS
 
16
 
Lease
 
Liability
 
in
 
a
 
Sale
 
and
 
Leaseback:
The
 
amendments
 
introduce
 
a
 
new
accounting
 
model for
 
variable
 
payments
 
and will
 
require
 
seller-lessees
 
to reassess
 
and potentially
 
restate
sale-and-leaseback transactions entered into since the implementation
 
of IFRS 16 in 2019.
 
Amendments
 
to
 
IAS
 
1
 
Classification
 
of
 
Liabilities
 
as
 
Current
 
or
 
Non-current
 
Date;
 
Classification
 
of
Liabilities
 
as
 
Current
 
or
 
Non-current
 
 
Deferral
 
of
 
Effective
 
Date;
 
Non-current
 
Liabilities
 
with
 
Covenants
:
The amendments are to
 
promote consistency in
 
application and clarify
 
the requirements for
 
determining if a
liability
 
is
 
current
 
or
 
non-current.
 
The
 
amendments
 
specify
 
that
 
covenants
 
to
 
be
 
complied
 
with
 
after
 
the
reporting
 
date
 
do
 
not
 
affect
 
the
 
classification
 
of
 
debt
 
as
 
current
 
or
 
non-current
 
at
 
the
 
reporting
 
date.
 
The
amendments require to
 
disclose information about
 
these covenants in the
 
notes to the financial
 
statements.
The amendments also clarify
 
transfer of a company’s
 
own equity instruments is regarded
 
as settlement of a
liability.
 
Amendments
 
to
 
IAS
 
7
 
and
 
IFRS
 
7
 
Supplier
 
Finance
 
Arrangements
:
 
The
 
amendments
 
enhance
 
the
transparency of
 
supplier finance
 
arrangements
 
and their
 
effects
 
on a
 
company’s
 
liabilities, cash
 
flows and
exposure
 
to
 
liquidity
 
risk.
 
Amendments
 
require
 
to
 
disclose
 
quantitative
 
and
 
qualitative
 
information
 
about
supplier finance programs.
The above-mentioned amendments have no impact on Terveystalo’s
 
consolidated financial statements.
Adoption of new and amended standards and interpretations
 
applicable in future financial years
At
 
the
 
publication
 
day
 
of
 
this
 
Group
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements,
 
Terveystalo
 
has
 
not
 
applied
 
following
 
new
and amended standards and interpretations that are effective
 
in future periods:
 
IFRS 18
 
Presentation and
 
Disclosure in
 
Financial Statements*
(effective for
 
financial years
 
beginning on
 
or
after 1 January 2027, early application is permitted)
IFRS 18 will replace
IAS 1
Presentation of Financial Statements
. The key new requirements are as follows:
 
Income
 
and
 
expenses
 
in
 
the
 
income
 
statement
 
to
 
be
 
classified
 
into
 
three
 
new
 
defined
 
categories—
operating,
 
investing
 
and
 
financing—and
 
two
 
new
 
subtotals—“Operating
 
profit
 
or
 
loss”
 
and
 
“Profit
 
or
 
loss
before financing and income tax”.
 
Disclosures about
 
management-defined performance
 
measures (MPMs)
 
in the financial
 
statements. MPMs
are subtotals of
 
income and expenses
 
used in public
 
communications to communicate
 
management’s view
of the company’s financial performance.
 
Disclosure of
 
information based
 
on enhanced
 
general requirements
 
on aggregation
 
and disaggregation.
 
In
addition, specific requirements to disaggregate
 
certain expenses in the notes
 
will be required for companies
that present operating expenses by function in the income statement.
Terveystalo
 
has started a preliminary
 
assessment of the
 
impacts on its consolidated
 
financial statements. The
 
most
significant
 
impact
 
identified
 
is
 
that
 
Terveystalo
 
will
 
classify
 
income
 
and
 
expenses
 
into
 
new
 
categories
 
in
 
income
statement. In addition, management-defined performance
 
measures will be disclosed in the notes.
New and
 
amended standards
 
and interpretations
 
applicable in
 
future financial
 
years that
 
are not
 
expected to
 
have
significant impact on Terveystalo’s
 
consolidated financial statements:
 
Amendments to
 
IFRS 9
 
and IFRS
 
7 –
Classification and
 
Measurement of
 
Financial Instruments
* (effective
for financial years beginning on or after 1 January 2026,
 
early application is permitted)
Annual Improvements
 
to IFRS
 
Accounting
 
Standards—Volume
 
11*
 
(effective
 
for financial
 
years
 
beginning
on or after 1 January 2026, early application is permitted)
118
 
Amendments to IFRS 10 and IAS 28 –
Sale or Contribution of Assets between an Investor
 
and its Associate
or Joint Venture
* (available for optional adoption, effective date
 
deferred indefinitely)
New and
 
amended standards
 
and interpretations
 
applicable in
 
future financial
 
years that
 
are not
 
expected to
 
have
impact on Terveystalo’s
 
consolidated financial statements:
 
Amendments
 
to
 
IAS
 
21
 
Lack
 
of
 
Exchangeability
 
(effective
 
for
 
financial
 
years
 
beginning
 
on
 
or
 
after
 
1
January 2025, early application is permitted)
IFRS 19
 
Subsidiaries without
 
Public Accountability:
 
Disclosures*
(effective for
 
financial years
 
beginning on
or after 1 January 2027, early application is permitted)
* not yet endorsed for use by the European Union as
 
of 31 December 2024.
2.3 Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation
 
of the
 
financial statements
 
requires management
 
to make
 
certain estimates
 
and assumptions
 
that
are based
 
on management's
 
best view
 
of the
 
circumstances prevailing
 
on the
 
reporting date,
 
prior experience
 
and
assumptions
 
about
 
future
 
events
 
related,
 
among
 
other
 
things,
 
to
 
the
 
expected
 
development
 
of
 
the
 
Group's
economic
 
environment
 
in
 
terms
 
of
 
sales
 
and
 
cost
 
level.
 
However,
 
it
 
is
 
possible
 
that
 
the
 
realised
 
outcomes
 
differ
from the
 
estimates and
 
assumptions used
 
in the
 
financial statements.
 
In addition,
 
the application
 
of the
 
accounting
policies requires judgement,
 
especially when the current
 
IFRS standards have alternative
 
accounting, valuation and
presentation methods.
 
The Group
 
monitors
 
the realisation
 
of the
 
estimates
 
and
 
assumptions
 
and changes
 
in the
 
underlying
 
factors
 
on a
regular basis
 
together with
 
the operating
 
units by
 
using several
 
internal and external
 
information sources.
 
Changes
in
 
estimates
 
or assumptions
 
are recogni
 
sed
 
in
 
the
 
period
 
when
 
the
 
estimate
 
or
 
assumption
 
is revised,
 
and
 
in
 
the
future periods if the change affects the subsequent
 
periods.
The most important issues requiring management’s judgement
 
are presented below:
Lease contracts
Terveystalo’s
 
lease contracts
 
include both
 
termination and
 
extension options.
 
Group uses
 
the options
 
in managing
lease contracts
 
to ensure
 
the flexible
 
use of
 
premises in
 
the Group’s
 
businesses.
 
Management uses
 
judgement to
determine the use
 
of termination and
 
extension options
 
and assesses
 
the lease termination
 
dates and lease
 
terms.
Based on management’s
 
judgement, the
 
termination options
 
which relate
 
to perpetual
 
lease contracts
 
for premises
that are significant will not be used and such lease contracts
 
are recognised as long-term lease contracts.
The critical accounting estimates are presented below:
Provisions
The
 
most
 
significant
 
provisions
 
in
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
 
position
 
relate
 
mainly
 
to
 
loss-making
 
contracts.
Management makes estimates mainly concerning the
 
total loss of the loss-making contracts.
 
Intangible assets in connection with business combinations
IFRS 3
 
requires
 
the
 
acquirer
 
to
 
recognise
 
intangible
 
assets
 
separately
 
from
 
goodwill,
 
if
 
certain
 
criteria
 
are
 
met.
Recognising
 
intangible
 
assets
 
separately
 
at fair
 
value
 
requires management
 
to
 
estimate the
 
expected
 
future
 
cash
119
flows.
 
Management
 
has
 
used
 
available
 
market
 
information
 
when
 
possible
 
in
 
determining
 
the
 
fair
 
values.
 
If
 
no
market
 
information
 
of
 
the
 
asset
 
has
 
been
 
available,
 
the
 
measurement
 
of
 
the
 
intangible
 
asset
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
the
historical yield
 
of the
 
asset and
 
the planned
 
use in
 
operations. The
 
valuations are
 
based on
 
discounted cash
 
flows
and
 
estimated
 
disposal
 
or
 
replacement
 
prices,
 
and
 
the
 
valuation
 
requires
 
management
 
to
 
make
 
estimates
 
of
 
the
future use of the asset and impact on the company’s
 
financial position.
 
Management believes
 
that the
 
used estimates
 
and assumptions
 
are reasonable
 
for measurement
 
of fair
 
values. In
addition, the Group’s
 
property,
 
plant and equipment
 
and intangible assets
 
are assessed to determine
 
whether there
is any indication of impairment at least at each reporting
 
date.
The valuation of contingent considerations
Management
 
makes
 
discretionary
 
decisions
 
and
 
estimates
 
when
 
determining
 
the
 
valuation
 
of deferred
 
contingent
considerations in business
 
combinations. Judgement
 
is applied especially
 
when estimating the
 
expected amount
 
of
payments
 
and
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
potential
 
scenarios
 
for
 
future
 
returns,
 
amounts
 
paid
 
under
 
different
 
scenarios
 
and
 
the
probability of each scenario.
Impairment testing
Impairment
 
testing
 
for cash
 
-generating
 
units
 
to which
 
goodwill has
 
been allocated
 
is carried
 
out
 
at
 
least annually.
The
 
recoverable
 
amounts
 
of
 
cash
 
generating
 
units
 
are
 
estimated
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
calculations
 
of
 
their
 
value
 
in
 
use.
Preparation
 
of
 
these
 
calculations
 
requires
 
use
 
of
 
estimates.
 
Even
 
though
 
management
 
believes
 
that
 
the
 
used
estimates and assumptions are appropriate, the estimated recoverable
 
amounts may differ from the actual results.
 
2.4 Principles of consolidation
Subsidiaries
The
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
include
 
the
 
parent
 
company
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
and
 
all
 
its
 
subsidiaries
 
where
over 50 percent of
 
the voting rights
 
are controlled by
 
the parent company
 
or the parent company
 
otherwise controls
the
 
company.
 
The
 
Group
 
controls
 
an
 
entity
 
when
 
it
 
is
 
exposed
 
to,
 
or
 
has
 
rights
 
to
 
variable
 
returns
 
from
 
its
involvement with the entity,
 
and has the ability to affect those returns through
 
its power over the entity.
The
 
subsidiaries
 
are
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
starting
 
from
 
the
 
date
 
on
 
which
 
control
commences until the date on which control ceases.
All subsidiaries
 
are consolidated
 
by using
 
the acquisition
 
method. The
 
consideration transferred
 
for the
 
acquisition
of
 
a
 
subsidiary
 
comprise
 
assets
 
transferred,
 
liabilities
 
incurred,
 
and
 
the
 
equity
 
interests
 
issued
 
by
 
the
 
Group
measured
 
at fair
 
value. Identifiable
 
assets
 
acquired
 
and
 
liabilities
 
and contingent
 
liabilities assumed
 
in a
 
business
combination are
 
measured initially
 
at fair
 
value at
 
the acquisition
 
date. On
 
an acquisition-by-acquisition
 
basis, non-
controlling interest in the acquiree
 
is measured either at fair
 
value or at value which
 
equals the proportional share
 
of
the non-controlling interest in the identifiable net assets
 
acquired.
All
 
acquisition
 
costs,
 
except
 
costs
 
related
 
to
 
issue
 
of
 
debt
 
or
 
equity
 
securities,
 
are
 
recognised
 
as
 
an
 
expense
 
as
incurred. Transactions treated separately
 
from the acquisition are recognised
 
through the income statement and are
not
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
consideration
 
transferred.
 
Any
 
contingent
 
consideration
 
is
 
measured
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
and
 
it
 
is
classified either
 
as a
 
liability or
 
equity.
 
Contingent consideration
 
classified as
 
a liability
 
is measured
 
at fair
 
value at
the
 
end
 
of
 
reporting
 
period
 
and
 
the
 
resulting
 
profit
 
or
 
loss
 
is
 
recognised
 
in
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
income.
 
Contingent
consideration classified as equity is not remeasured.
If the Group gains control
 
in stages in the
 
acquiree, the existing interest
 
will be measured at
 
fair value through profit
or loss.
Goodwill arising
 
from an
 
acquisition is
 
recognised as
 
the excess
 
of the
 
aggregate of
 
the consideration
 
transferred,
the amount
 
of non-controlling
 
interests in
 
the acquiree
 
and previously
 
held equity
 
interest in
 
the acquiree
 
over the
120
fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable
 
net assets acquired. If the consideration transferred
 
is less than the
fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired, the resulting
 
gain is recognised in profit or loss.
Intra-group transactions,
 
receivables, liabilities
 
and unrealised
 
gains, as
 
well as
 
the distribution
 
of profits
 
within the
Group are eliminated in
 
the preparation of the
 
consolidated financial statements.
 
Accounting policies of subsidiaries
have been aligned where necessary to correspond to the Group’s
 
principles.
Transactions with
 
non-controlling interests
 
that do not
 
result in the
 
loss of control
 
are treated as
 
equity transactions
 
in
 
other
 
words,
 
as
 
transactions
 
with
 
owners
 
when
 
they
 
are
 
acting
 
as
 
owners.
 
The
 
difference
 
between
 
the
 
fair
value of the consideration
 
paid or received and
 
the book value
 
of the portion of
 
the net assets acquired
 
or disposed
is recognised in equity.
 
When the
 
Group
 
ceases
 
to
 
have control
 
or significant
 
influence,
 
any retained
 
interest
 
in the
 
entity
 
is measured
 
at
fair value through profit or loss.
 
Associates
Associates
 
are entities
 
over
 
which the
 
Group
 
has significant
 
influence.
 
Significant influence
 
generally arises
 
when
the Group
 
holds over
 
20 percent
 
of the
 
voting rights,
 
or otherwise
 
has significant
 
influence, but
 
no control
 
over the
entity.
Associates
 
are
 
consolidated
 
using
 
the
 
equity
 
method.
 
They
 
are
 
initially
 
recognised
 
at
 
cost,
 
which
 
includes
transaction
 
cost.
 
If
 
the
 
Group’s
 
share
 
of
 
the
 
associated
 
company’s
 
losses
 
exceeds
 
the
 
carrying
 
amount
 
of
 
the
investment,
 
the
 
investment
 
is
 
recognised
 
at
 
zero
 
value
 
in
 
the
 
consolidated
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
 
position.
Recognition of further losses
 
exceeding the carrying amount
 
is discontinued, unless the
 
Group has incurred legal
 
or
constructive obligations on behalf of the associate.
Unrealised gains resulting
 
from the transactions
 
between the Group
 
and associates are
 
eliminated according
 
to the
Group’s share
 
of ownership.
 
Goodwill relating
 
to an
 
associate is
 
included in
 
the carrying
 
amount of
 
the investment.
The
 
Group’s
 
share
 
of
 
the
 
associated
 
company’s
 
profit
 
or
 
loss
 
for
 
the
 
period
 
is
 
separately
 
disclosed
 
below
 
net
finance expenses.
 
Adjustments have
 
been made
 
when necessary
 
to the
 
associate’s accounting
 
policies to
 
align to
those of the Group.
At
 
each
 
reporting
 
date,
 
the
 
Group
 
reviews
 
the
 
carrying
 
amounts
 
of
 
the
 
investments
 
in
 
associates
 
to
 
determine
whether
 
there
 
is
 
any
 
objective
 
indication
 
of
 
impairment.
 
If
 
any
 
such
 
evidence
 
of
 
impairment
 
exists,
 
then
 
the
impairment loss
 
is determined.
 
An impairment
 
loss is
 
the amount by
 
which the carrying
 
amount of
 
an investment in
associate exceeds its recoverable amount. An impairment
 
loss is recognised in the statement of income.
If the
 
Group’s
 
ownership
 
interest
 
in
 
an
 
associate
 
is reduced,
 
but significant
 
influence
 
is retained,
 
only
 
the
 
relative
portion
 
of
 
previously
 
recognised
 
amounts
 
in
 
other
 
comprehensive
 
income
 
and
 
the
 
value
 
of
 
the
 
investment
 
in
 
the
consolidated financial statements are recognised in the
 
statement of income as part of the gain or loss.
 
2.5 Foreign currency transactions
The consolidated
 
financial
 
statements are
 
presented in
 
euros which
 
is the
 
functional
 
and presentation
 
currency
 
of
the
 
parent
 
company.
 
Transactions
 
in
 
foreign
 
currencies
 
are
 
translated
 
into
 
respective
 
functional
 
currency
 
at
 
the
exchange rate prevailing on the transaction
 
date. Gains and losses arising from transactions
 
denominated in foreign
currency and from translation of monetary items are recogni
 
sed in profit or loss as financial income or expenses.
 
The
 
functional
 
currency
 
of
 
the
 
Feelgood
 
subgroup
 
is
 
Swedish
 
krona
 
which
 
differs
 
from
 
Group’s
 
presentation
currency,
 
and thus
 
its statement
 
of income,
 
statement
 
of cash
 
flows and
 
statement
 
of financial
 
position have
 
been
translated into presentation currency as follows:
-
 
Statement of income and statement of cashflows are translated
 
at average exchange rates.
-
 
Statement of financial position is translated at the closing
 
exchange rate at the reporting date.
121
-
 
All resulting exchange differences are recognised
 
in other comprehensive income.
2.6 Property, plant
 
and equipment
Items of property,
 
plant and equipment are
 
measured at cost less accumulated
 
depreciation and impairment losses.
Depreciation
 
is
 
recognised
 
on
 
a
 
straight-line
 
basis
 
over
 
the
 
estimated
 
useful
 
lives
 
of
 
items
 
of
 
property,
 
plant
 
and
equipment. Land is not depreciated.
The estimated useful lives are as follows:
 
Magnetic resonance imaging equipment
10 years
Buildings
10–40 years
Machinery and equipment
2–7 years
Improvements to office premises
3–10 years
Premises used
 
in operations
 
are depreciated
 
on a
 
straight-line basis
 
over a
 
40-year depreciation
 
period. Property,
plant and equipment also includes artwork which is not
 
depreciated.
Gains
 
and
 
losses
 
on
 
the
 
sale
 
and
 
disposal
 
of
 
property,
 
plant
 
and
 
equipment
 
are
 
presented
 
in
 
other
 
operating
income or other operating expenses.
Maintenance expenditure
 
are not included
 
in the carrying
 
amounts of property,
 
plant and equipment.
 
When parts of
the
 
magnetic
 
resonance
 
imaging
 
equipment
 
are
 
replaced,
 
the
 
Group
 
capitalises
 
the
 
replacement
 
costs
 
as
 
a
separate item.
 
The residual values and useful lives of property,
 
plant and equipment are reviewed at each reporting date.
2.7 Investment properties
Investment property
 
refers to properties
 
held by the
 
Group in
 
order to earn
 
rental income
 
or for capital
 
appreciation
or both. Apartments, which
 
are not used in
 
business operations, are
 
mainly accounted for as
 
investment properties.
Investment
 
properties
 
are
 
measured
 
at
 
acquisition
 
cost
 
and
 
depreciated
 
on
 
a
 
straight-line
 
basis
 
over
 
a
 
40-year
depreciation period.
2.8 Goodwill and other intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill
 
arising
 
in
 
a
 
business
 
combination
 
is
 
recognised
 
as
 
the
 
excess
 
of
 
the
 
aggregate
 
of
 
the
 
consideration
transferred,
 
the
 
amount
 
of
 
non-controlling
 
interests
 
in
 
the
 
acquiree
 
and
 
previously
 
held equity
 
interest
 
in
 
acquiree
over the fair value of the Group’s share of the
 
identifiable net assets acquired.
Goodwill
 
is
 
not
 
amortised
 
but
 
tested
 
for
 
impairment
 
annually.
 
For
 
impairment
 
testing,
 
goodwill
 
is
 
allocated
 
to
cash-generating
 
units
 
or
 
groups
 
of
 
cash-generating
 
units.
 
Goodwill
 
is
 
measured
 
at
 
cost
 
less
 
accumulated
impairment losses. An impairment loss in respect of goodwill
 
is not reversed.
Gain or loss on disposed unit includes also the carrying
 
amount of goodwill.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets include software
 
and licenses, as well as
 
acquired companies’ customer relationships,
 
trademarks
and
 
other
 
intangible
 
assets.
 
Intangible
 
assets
 
are
 
recognised
 
initially
 
at
 
cost
 
if
 
the
 
cost
 
of
 
the
 
asset
 
can
 
be
measured
 
reliably
 
and
 
if
 
it
 
is
 
probable
 
that
 
the
 
future
 
economic
 
benefits
 
attributable
 
to
 
the
 
asset
 
will
 
flow
 
to
 
the
Group.
122
Cloud computing arrangements which meet the
 
definition of an intangible asset are
 
recognised as intangible assets.
Configuration and customisation
 
costs which do
 
not meet the definition
 
of an intangible
 
asset and which
 
are distinct
from the cloud computing arrangement,
 
are recognised as an expense
 
as the service is received.
 
Configuration and
customisation
 
costs
 
which
 
are
 
not
 
distinct
 
from
 
the
 
cloud
 
computing
 
arrangement,
 
are
 
recognised
 
as
 
prepaid
expenses
 
in
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
 
position
 
and
 
expensed
 
over
 
the
 
expected
 
duration
 
of
 
the
 
cloud
 
computing
arrangement.
Intangible assets
 
acquired in a
 
business combination
 
are recognised
 
at fair value
 
at the acquisition
 
date separately
from goodwill if the assets meet the definition of an asset,
 
are identifiable or rise from contractual or legal rights.
Intangible assets
 
are measured
 
at cost
 
and amortised
 
on a
 
straight-line
 
basis over
 
the known
 
or estimated
 
useful
lives.
Amortisation periods used for intangible assets are as follows:
Immaterial rights
3–7 years
Software
3–5 years
Customer agreements and related customer relationships
3–12 years
Trademarks
20 years or shorter useful life
Other intangible assets
3–5 years
Research and development
Research
 
expenditure
 
are
 
recognised
 
as
 
an
 
expense
 
as
 
incurred
 
in
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
income.
 
Development
expenditure
 
are
 
capitalised
 
as
 
intangible
 
assets
 
when
 
certain
 
capitalisation
 
criteria
 
are
 
met.
 
Development
expenditure
 
that
 
do
 
not
 
qualify
 
for
 
the
 
capitalisation
 
are
 
recognised
 
as
 
an
 
expense.
 
The
 
estimated
 
useful
 
lives
 
of
capitalised development expenditure are 3–5 years.
2.9 Impairment
Tangible and intangible
 
assets
At
 
the
 
end
 
of
 
each
 
reporting
 
period,
 
the
 
Group
 
assesses
 
whether
 
there
 
are
 
any
 
indications
 
of
 
impairment.
 
If
 
any
indications of
 
an impairment
 
exist, the
 
recoverable amount
 
of the
 
asset is
 
determined.
 
For goodwill
 
and intangible
assets not yet available for use, the
 
recoverable amount is determined annually,
 
irrespective of whether there is
 
any
evidence of
 
impairment. Evidence
 
of impairment
 
is assessed
 
at the
 
level of
 
the Group’s
 
cash-generating
 
units, i.e.
at the
 
lowest unit
 
level, which
 
is largely
 
independent of
 
the other
 
units and
 
whose cash
 
flows can
 
be distinguished
from the cash flows of equivalent units.
The recoverable amount of
 
an asset is the higher
 
of its fair value less
 
costs to sell or value-in-use.
 
The value-in-use
is the
 
amount of
 
estimated future
 
cash flows
 
of an
 
asset or
 
cash generating
 
unit discounted
 
to present
 
value. The
discount
 
rate
 
used
 
is
 
the
 
pre-tax
 
discount
 
rate,
 
which
 
reflects
 
the
 
market
 
view
 
on
 
the
 
time
 
value
 
of
 
money
 
and
specific risks related to the asset.
An
 
impairment
 
loss
 
is
 
recognised
 
when
 
the
 
carrying
 
amount
 
of
 
an
 
asset
 
exceeds
 
its
 
recoverable
 
amount.
 
The
impairment loss is recognised in
 
the statement of income. If
 
impairment loss is related to a
 
cash generating unit, the
impairment loss is allocated first to reduce the carrying
 
amount of any goodwill allocated to the cash
 
generating unit,
and then to reduce the carrying amounts
 
of the other assets on a pro
 
rata basis. The useful life of an
 
asset, which is
subject to
 
depreciation or
 
amortisation, is
 
reassessed when
 
an impairment
 
loss is
 
recognised. The
 
impairment loss
recognised for other assets than
 
goodwill is reversed if
 
there has been a change
 
in estimates used to determine
 
the
recoverable
 
amount.
 
The
 
reversal
 
of
 
the
 
impairment
 
loss
 
cannot
 
exceed
 
the
 
carrying
 
amount
 
of
 
the
 
asset
 
if
impairment loss had not been recognised. Impairment
 
loss recognised for goodwill is not reversed.
123
Financial assets
At
 
the
 
end
 
of
 
each
 
reporting
 
period,
 
the
 
Group
 
evaluates
 
indicators
 
of
 
potential
 
impairment
 
of
 
a
 
single
 
financial
asset or a group of financial assets.
The
 
Group
 
recognises
 
an
 
expected
 
credit
 
loss
 
for
 
trade
 
receivables
 
and
 
contract
 
assets
 
based
 
on
 
a
 
simplified
approach. Expected
 
credit loss
 
rates have
 
been calculated
 
using historical
 
information of
 
actual impairment
 
losses,
and
 
the
 
current
 
conditions
 
and
 
the
 
Group’s
 
view
 
of
 
the
 
economic
 
conditions
 
over
 
the
 
expected
 
lives
 
of
 
the
receivables have been taken into account.
2.10 Leases
Group as a lessee
The
 
Group
 
assesses
 
whether
 
a
 
contract
 
is
 
or
 
contains
 
a
 
lease
 
at
 
the
 
inception
 
of
 
a
 
contract.
 
A
 
contract
 
is
 
or
contains a lease if the contract conveys the right
 
to control the use of an identified asset for
 
a period in exchange for
consideration. A
 
lessee recognises
 
a right-of-use asset
 
and a lease
 
liability on statement
 
of financial position
 
at the
lease commencement date.
A lease term is determined as the
 
non-cancellable period of a lease. The
 
lease term includes periods covered
 
by an
option to extend
 
or terminate the
 
lease, if the
 
Group is reasonably
 
certain to exercise
 
the extension option
 
or not to
exercise the termination
 
option. Perpetual
 
lease contracts related
 
to significant premises
 
are accounted for
 
as long-
term lease contracts,
 
as, according to
 
management judgment,
 
the termination
 
options for
 
such contracts
 
will not be
used. The lease term for such contracts is determined
 
based on the Group’s strategy and network plan.
The Group does not recognise short-term
 
leases (a lease that has a lease
 
term of 12 months or less) and
 
leases for
which
 
the
 
underlying
 
asset
 
is
 
of
 
low
 
value.
 
The
 
lease
 
payments
 
associated
 
with
 
such
 
leases
 
are
 
expensed
 
on
 
a
straight-line basis.
Initially a right-of-use asset is measured at cost,
 
which comprises the amount of the initial measurement
 
of the lease
liability, any
 
lease payments made at
 
or before the commencement
 
date, less any lease
 
incentives, any initial direct
costs incurred
 
by the
 
Group, and
 
an estimate
 
of restoration
 
costs to
 
be incurred
 
by the
 
Group. If
 
a lease
 
contains
several lease components, they are accounted for separately.
Subsequently
 
right-of-use
 
assets
 
are
 
measured
 
at
 
cost
 
less
 
any
 
accumulated
 
depreciation
 
and
 
any
 
accumulated
impairment
 
losses,
 
and adjusted
 
for any
 
remeasurements
 
of the
 
lease
 
liability.
 
A right-of-use
 
asset
 
is depreciated
from the
 
commencement
 
date to
 
the
 
earlier of
 
the end
 
of the
 
useful
 
life of
 
the right-of-use
 
asset or
 
the end
 
of the
lease term. If
 
the Group
 
is reasonably certain
 
to exercise
 
the purchase
 
option, the right-of-use
 
asset is
 
depreciated
over its useful life. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use
 
assets are 1-13 years.
The book
 
value
 
and useful
 
life of
 
a right-of-use
 
asset
 
are reviewed
 
where
 
necessary
 
but at
 
least annually
 
and
 
an
impairment loss is recognised if there is a change in
 
expectations of the future economic benefits.
A
 
lease
 
liability
 
is
 
initially
 
measured
 
at
 
the
 
present
 
value
 
of
 
the
 
lease
 
payments
 
that
 
are
 
not
 
paid
 
at
 
the
commencement date.
 
The Group uses
 
an incremental
 
borrowing rate as
 
the discount
 
rate. A
 
lease liability includes
fixed payments, including
 
in-substance fixed
 
payments; variable lease
 
payments that depend
 
on an index
 
or a rate,
initially measured
 
using the
 
index or
 
rate as
 
at the
 
commencement date;
 
amounts expected
 
to be
 
payable under
 
a
residual value
 
guarantee, and
 
the exercise
 
price under
 
a purchase
 
option that
 
Terveystalo
 
is reasonably
 
certain to
exercise.
124
Subsequently
 
a
 
lease
 
liability
 
is
 
measured
 
at
 
amortised
 
cost
 
using
 
the
 
effective
 
interest
 
method.
 
It
 
is remeasured
when there
 
is a
 
change in
 
future lease
 
payments arising
 
from a
 
change in
 
an index
 
or rate,
 
if there
 
is a
 
change in
the Terveystalo’s
 
estimate of
 
the amount
 
expected to
 
be payable
 
under a
 
residual value
 
guarantee or
 
if the
 
Group
changes
 
its
 
assessment
 
of
 
whether
 
it
 
will
 
exercise
 
a
 
purchase,
 
extension
 
or
 
termination
 
option.
 
When
 
a
 
lease
liability
 
is remeasured
 
in
 
this
 
way,
 
a corresponding
 
adjustment
 
is
 
made
 
to the
 
carrying
 
amount
 
of
 
the
 
right-to-use
asset or is recorded
 
in the statement of
 
income if the carrying
 
amount of the right-of-use
 
asset has been reduced
 
to
zero.
2.11 Financial assets and
 
liabilities
Financial assets
The
 
Group’s
 
financial
 
assets
 
are
 
classified
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
through
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
income
 
or,
 
at
 
amortised
 
cost.
Classification is based on the purpose of the acquisition
 
of the item and is made upon initial recognition.
Financial
 
assets
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
through
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
income
 
comprise
 
of
 
derivate
 
assets,
 
non-quoted
 
equity
instruments and
 
loan receivables.
 
Realised
 
or unreali
 
sed gains
 
and losses
 
arising from
 
changes in
 
fair values
 
are
recognised in the statement of income in the period in
 
which they are incurred.
 
Financial
 
assets
 
at
 
amortised
 
cost
 
consist
 
of
 
trade
 
receivables
 
and
 
other
 
receivables.
 
They
 
are
 
measured
 
at
amortised cost and they are
 
included in non-current assets
 
unless the Group has an intention
 
to hold the instrument
for less than 12 months from the reporting date, in which
 
case they are included in current assets.
The Group
 
has not
 
had financial
 
assets at
 
fair value
 
through other
 
comprehensive income
 
during the
 
periods 2023
or 2024.
The
 
financial
 
asset
 
is
 
derecognised
 
when
 
the
 
contractual
 
rights
 
to
 
the
 
cash
 
flows
 
expire,
 
or
 
the
 
financial
 
asset
 
is
transferred to another
 
party and
 
the Group
 
substantially transfers
 
all the risks
 
and rewards
 
of ownership
 
to another
party.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and
 
cash equivalents
 
include cash
 
in hand,
 
bank deposits
 
available on
 
demand, and
 
other short-term
 
highly
liquid
 
investments.
 
Items
 
included
 
in
 
cash
 
and
 
cash
 
equivalents
 
have
 
original
 
maturities
 
of
 
three
 
months
 
or
 
less
from the acquisition date.
Financial liabilities
The Group’s financial liabilities are measured at
 
fair value through the statement of income or at amortised
 
cost.
Financial
 
liabilities
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
through
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
income
 
comprise
 
derivative
 
liabilities
 
and
 
contingent
considerations.
 
Realised
 
or
 
unrealised
 
gains
 
and
 
losses
 
arising
 
from
 
changes
 
in
 
fair
 
values
 
are
 
recognised
 
the
statement of income in the period in which they are incurred.
 
Financial liabilities
 
at amorti
 
sed cost
 
include loans
 
from financial
 
institutions, bonds,
 
lease liabilities,
 
hire purchase
liabilities
 
and
 
trade
 
and
 
other
 
payables.
 
They
 
are
 
initially
 
recognised
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
which
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
the
consideration
 
received.
 
Transaction
 
costs
 
are
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
initial
 
amount
 
recognised
 
and
 
subsequently
 
the
financial liability is measured at amortised cost using
 
the effective interest method.
Financial liabilities
 
are included
 
in non-current
 
and current
 
liabilities and
 
they can
 
be either
 
interest-bearing or
 
non-
interest-bearing. Financial
 
liabilities are
 
classified as
 
current liabilities,
 
unless the
 
Group has
 
an unconditional
 
right
to postpone the payment of the liability to at least 12 months
 
from the reporting date.
The
 
Group
 
has
 
not
 
had
 
financial
 
liabilities
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
through
 
other
 
comprehensive
 
income
 
during
 
the
 
periods
2023 or 2024.
125
Financial liability
 
is derecognised when
 
the Group either
 
settles the
 
liability or has
 
been legally discharged
 
from the
obligation related to the liability either through a legal process
 
or by the borrower.
2.12 Inventories
Inventories
 
are
 
measured
 
at
 
the
 
lower
 
of
 
cost
 
and
 
net
 
realisable
 
value.
 
The
 
cost
 
of
 
inventories
 
is
 
determined
 
by
using FIFO (first in, first out) method. Net realisable value
 
is the cost of inventory less obsolescence allowance.
2.13 Employee benefits
Pension benefits
Pension
 
plans
 
are
 
classified
 
as
 
either
 
defined
 
contribution
 
plans
 
or
 
defined
 
benefit
 
plans.
 
In
 
defined
 
contribution
plans, the Group makes
 
fixed contributions into
 
the plan. The
 
Group has no legal
 
or constructive obligation
 
to make
additional
 
payments
 
if the
 
pension insurance
 
company
 
is unable
 
to pay
 
pension
 
benefits earned
 
by employees
 
in
the
 
reporting
 
period
 
or
 
in
 
previous
 
periods.
 
Contributions
 
made
 
into
 
defined
 
contribution
 
plans
 
are
 
recognised
through profit or loss in the reporting period to which they
 
relate.
A defined
 
benefit plan
 
is a
 
pension plan
 
under which
 
the Group
 
itself has
 
the obligation
 
to pay
 
retirement benefits
and
 
bears
 
the
 
risk
 
of change
 
in
 
the
 
value
 
of
 
plan
 
liability
 
and
 
assets.
 
The
 
liability
 
recognised
 
on
 
the
 
statement
 
of
financial position in
 
respect of defined
 
benefit pension
 
plans is the
 
present value
 
of the defined
 
benefit obligation
 
at
the end
 
of the
 
reporting period
 
less fair
 
value of
 
plan assets.
 
The pension
 
liability is
 
presented in
 
other non-current
liabilities
 
in
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
 
position.
 
The
 
defined
 
benefit
 
obligation
 
is
 
calculated
 
annually
 
by
 
an
independent
 
actuary
 
using
 
the projected
 
unit credit
 
method.
 
The
 
present value
 
of
 
the defined
 
benefit
 
obligation
 
is
determined
 
by
 
discounting
 
the
 
estimated
 
future
 
cash
 
outflows
 
using
 
interest
 
rates
 
of
 
high-quality
 
corporate
 
or
government
 
bonds
 
with
 
approximating
 
terms
 
to
 
maturity
 
and
 
that
 
are
 
denominated
 
in
 
the
 
currency
 
in
 
which
 
the
benefits are expected to be paid.
Actuarial gains
 
and losses
 
related to
 
remeasurements of
 
a defined
 
benefit plan
 
are recognised
 
directly in
 
the other
comprehensive income.
 
Interest and
 
other expenses
 
related to
 
defined benefit
 
plans are
 
recognised directly
 
in the
statement of income.
 
If a plan
 
is amended or
 
curtailed, the portion
 
of the changed
 
benefit related to
 
past service by
the employees,
 
or the
 
gain or
 
loss on
 
curtailment, is
 
recognised directly
 
in the
 
statement of
 
income when
 
the plan
amendment or curtailment occurs.
Share-based payment transactions
The
 
benefits
 
granted
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
incentive
 
plan
 
are
 
measured
 
at
 
fair
 
value
 
at
 
the
 
grant
 
date
 
and
 
are
expensed
 
on
 
a
 
straight-line
 
basis
 
over
 
the
 
vesting
 
period.
 
The
 
share-based
 
payments
 
settled
 
with
 
equity
instruments
 
are
 
not
 
revalued
 
subsequently,
 
and
 
cost
 
from
 
these
 
arrangements
 
is
 
recognised
 
as
 
an
 
increase
 
in
equity.
 
The cash-settled
 
share-based incentives
 
are valued
 
at fair
 
value at
 
each reporting
 
date until
 
the settlement
date and recognised as a liability.
The
 
expensed
 
amount
 
of
 
the
 
benefits
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
Group’s
 
estimate
 
of
 
the
 
amount
 
of
 
benefits
 
to
 
be
 
paid
 
in
accordance with the fulfilment of service
 
and performance-based vesting conditions
 
at the end of the vesting period.
Market conditions
 
are considered
 
in
 
determining
 
the fair
 
value
 
of the
 
benefit.
 
Instead,
 
the
 
non-market
 
criteria,
 
like
profitability, are
 
not considered in measuring
 
the fair value of
 
the benefit but are
 
taken into account when
 
estimating
the final amount
 
of benefits. The
 
estimate is updated
 
at each reporting
 
date and changes
 
in estimates are
 
recorded
through the statement of income
2.14 Provisions and contingent liabilities
A provision is
 
recognised when the
 
Group has a
 
present legal or
 
constructive obligation
 
as a result
 
of a past
 
event,
and
 
it
 
is
 
probable
 
that
 
an
 
outflow
 
of
 
economic
 
benefits
 
will
 
be
 
required
 
to
 
settle
 
the
 
obligation,
 
and
 
a
 
reliable
estimate
 
can
 
be
 
made
 
of
 
the
 
amount
 
of
 
the
 
obligation.
 
Provisions
 
are
 
recognised
 
at
 
the
 
present
 
value
 
of
 
the
expenditure
 
required
 
to
 
fulfil
 
the
 
obligation.
 
If
 
the
 
obligation
 
can
 
be
 
partially
 
compensated
 
by
 
a
 
third
 
party,
 
the
compensation
 
is
 
treated
 
as
 
a
 
separate
 
asset,
 
but
 
only
 
when
 
it
 
is
 
virtually
 
certain
 
that
 
the
 
compensation
 
will
 
be
received.
126
A
 
provision
 
is
 
recognised
 
for
 
contracts
 
when
 
the
 
unavoidable
 
costs
 
of
 
meeting
 
the
 
obligations
 
under
 
the
 
contract
exceed the economic benefits expected to be received
 
under it.
 
A
 
contingent
 
liability
 
is
 
a
 
possible
 
obligation
 
arising
 
as
 
a
 
result
 
of
 
past
 
events,
 
and
 
whose
 
existence
 
will
 
be
confirmed
 
only
 
when
 
an uncertain
 
future
 
event
 
takes
 
place, not
 
wholly within
 
control
 
of the
 
entity.
 
Also, a
 
present
obligation which
 
probably does
 
not require
 
a cash
 
settlement or
 
on which
 
the value
 
cannot be
 
reliably estimated
 
is
considered as a contingent liability.
 
Contingent liabilities are disclosed in the notes.
2.15 Revenue recognition
The
 
Group’s
 
revenue
 
consists
 
mainly
 
of
 
occupational
 
healthcare
 
services,
 
general
 
practice
 
and
 
clinic
 
hospital
operations,
 
dental
 
services
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
diagnostic
 
services.
 
The
 
Group
 
also
 
provides
 
diverse
 
primary
 
healthcare,
special
 
healthcare,
 
child welfare
 
and
 
digital healthcare
 
services
 
for public
 
sector
 
as well
 
as
 
amongst
 
other
 
things,
massage
 
and
 
rehabilitation
 
services.
 
Terveystalo
 
offers
 
services
 
to
 
three
 
customer
 
groups:
 
corporate
 
customers,
private customers, and
 
public customers.
 
The Group does
 
not have customers
 
whose revenue exceeds
 
10 percent
of the Group's total revenue.
The
 
Group’s
 
customer
 
contracts
 
include
 
primarily
 
one
 
performance
 
obligation,
 
which
 
is
 
typically
 
a
 
single
appointment,
 
and
 
the
 
transaction
 
prices
 
are
 
mainly
 
fixed.
 
The
 
Group
 
also
 
has
 
customer
 
contracts
 
that
 
include
multiple performance
 
obligations. In
 
some cases,
 
the transaction
 
price includes
 
a variable
 
consideration such
 
as a
discount or
 
penalty.
 
Possible variable
 
considerations are
 
assessed at
 
each reporting
 
date and
 
are allocated
 
to one
or
 
more
 
performance
 
obligations.
 
The
 
terms
 
of
 
payment
 
and
 
payment
 
periods
 
in
 
customer
 
contracts
 
vary,
 
but
payment time
 
is nonetheless
 
clearly below one
 
year.
 
Consequently,
 
customer contracts
 
do not include
 
a significant
financing component.
 
Revenue is
 
recognised to
 
the extent
 
that the
 
Group expects
 
to be
 
entitled to
 
in exchange
 
for
the
 
goods
 
and
 
services
 
taking
 
into
 
account
 
the
 
terms
 
and
 
conditions
 
of
 
the
 
customer
 
contracts
 
and
 
business
practices.
Revenue from individual appointments
 
is recognised at a point
 
in time as the service has
 
been completed. For long-
term contracts
 
for predetermined
 
services or
 
a bundle
 
of services,
 
revenue is
 
recognised
 
as Terveystalo
 
fulfils the
performance
 
obligation
 
by
 
performing
 
the
 
promised
 
service.
 
The
 
Group’s
 
long-term
 
contracts
 
are
 
assessed
 
to
include
 
a
 
single
 
performance
 
obligation
 
where
 
the
 
services
 
provided
 
by
 
the
 
Group
 
are
 
integrated
 
into
 
a
 
single
bundle
 
of
 
services.
 
The
 
group
 
also
 
has
 
long-term
 
customer
 
contracts
 
where
 
the
 
delivery
 
of
 
a
 
series
 
of
 
distinct
services
 
to
 
the
 
customer
 
has
 
the
 
same
 
pattern
 
of
 
transfer.
 
In
 
long-term
 
customer
 
contracts,
 
the
 
customer
simultaneously receives
 
and consumes
 
the benefits
 
from the service
 
and, consequently,
 
the criteria
 
for recognising
revenue
 
over
 
time
 
is
 
met.
 
For
 
long-term
 
contracts,
 
Terveystalo
 
measures
 
the
 
progress
 
towards
 
complete
satisfaction of
 
the performance
 
obligation by
 
applying the
 
input method,
 
in which
 
the revenue
 
is recognised
 
based
on
 
time
 
elapsed.
 
The
 
Group
 
views
 
that
 
the
 
used
 
method
 
best
 
describes
 
the
 
transfer
 
of
 
control
 
for
 
the
 
services
provided. Estimated
 
costs and
 
revenues will
 
be re-assessed
 
regularly during
 
performing the
 
services. Revisions
 
in
profit estimates
 
as well
 
as projected
 
potential losses
 
on contracts
 
are charged
 
through the
 
statement of
 
income
 
in
the period
 
in which
 
they become
 
known. The
 
Group has
 
not incurred
 
any substantial
 
costs for
 
obtaining customer
contracts.
Regarding
 
private
 
practitioners,
 
Terveystalo
 
acts
 
as
 
the
 
principal
 
and
 
recognises
 
revenue
 
on
 
a
 
gross
 
basis.
 
Fees
related to purchasing these services are recognised in materials
 
and services expenses.
2.16 Segment information
The
 
reporting
 
structure
 
reflects
 
Terveystalo's
 
operating
 
model
 
and
 
is
 
aligned
 
with
 
the
 
way
 
the
 
company’s
 
chief
operating decision
 
maker follows
 
the operational
 
performance of
 
Terveystalo's
 
businesses. The
 
reporting structure
was
 
changed
 
in
 
the
 
financial
 
year
 
2023
 
due
 
to
 
the
 
change
 
in
 
Terveystalo's
 
operating
 
model.
 
Terveystalo
 
Group
comprises
 
of
 
three
 
operating
 
segments
 
that
 
are
 
reportable
 
segments:
 
Healthcare
 
Services,
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses,
and Sweden.
 
Monitoring of
 
profitability is
 
primarily based
 
on operating
 
segments. In
 
addition, Terveystalo
 
provides
disclosure
 
on
 
revenue
 
for
 
Healthcare
 
Services
 
on
 
customer
 
and
 
service
 
level,
 
and
 
for
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses
 
on
service level.
 
127
Terveystalo’s
 
chief
 
operating
 
decision
 
maker
 
is
 
the
 
CEO
 
who
 
is
 
monitoring
 
the
 
operating
 
results
 
of
 
operating
segments for
 
the purpose
 
of assessing
 
performance and
 
making decisions
 
about resource
 
allocation. Key
 
financial
performance measures of the segments
 
comprise primarily revenue and
 
segment adjusted earnings before
 
interest,
taxes, amortisation and
 
impairment (EBITA)
 
.
 
The evaluation of
 
segment performance
 
and allocation of
 
resources is
primarily based
 
on segment
 
adjusted EBITA,
 
which the
 
management estimates
 
the most
 
relevant measure
 
for this
purpose.
Healthcare Services offers
 
customers in Finland
 
integrated care paths
 
from preventive occupational
 
health services
to
 
primary
 
care
 
services
 
and
 
to
 
different
 
fields
 
of
 
specialised
 
care,
 
diagnostic,
 
and
 
day
 
surgery.
 
In
 
Healthcare
Services, Terveystalo
 
aims for industry-leading profitability and the best care
 
outcomes.
The
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses
 
segment
 
consists
 
of
 
business
 
areas
 
that
 
aim
 
for
 
independent
 
value
 
creation
 
utilising
Terveystalo’s
 
capabilities according
 
to their
 
needs. Portfolio
 
Businesses segment
 
include publicly
 
funded services,
such
 
as
 
outsourcing
 
and
 
staffing
 
services,
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
services
 
aimed
 
at
 
consumers,
 
including
 
dental
 
care
 
and
massage.
The Sweden segment
 
consists of Feelgood
 
subsidiaries’ operations
 
in Sweden, which
 
are focused on
 
occupational
health and consultation for
 
organisational management and
 
harmful use. In Sweden,
 
Terveystalo
 
aims for profitable
growth in the medium and long term.
In addition to operating
 
segments, Terveystalo
 
provides information for
 
Other section. Other
 
reported figures mainly
consist of parent company expenses as well as unallocated
 
Group level adjustments and provisions.
 
2.17 Government grants
Government grants
 
are presented in
 
other operating income
 
as far as
 
they do not
 
relate to acquired
 
assets. Grants
are recognised when
 
there is reasonable
 
assurance that grants
 
will be received, and
 
the Group will comply
 
with the
conditions associated with the grants.
2.18 Operating profit
IAS 1
 
standard does
 
not define
 
operating profit.
 
The Group
 
has defined
 
it as
 
follows: Operating
 
profit is
 
calculated
by
 
adding
 
other
 
operating
 
income
 
to
 
revenue,
 
deducting
 
costs
 
related
 
to
 
materials
 
and
 
services,
 
deducting
 
costs
related to employee benefits, depreciation, amortisation
 
and impairments as well as other operating expenses.
 
2.19
Earnings per share
Basic
 
earnings
 
per
 
share
 
is
 
calculated
 
by
 
dividing
 
profit
 
or
 
loss
 
attributable
 
to
 
the
 
shareholders
 
of
 
the
 
parent
company
 
by
 
the
 
weighted
 
average
 
number
 
of
 
shares
 
outstanding
 
during
 
the
 
financial
 
period.
 
The
 
Group’s
 
share-
based incentive plan has a dilution effect related to
 
the earnings per share.
2.20 Income taxes
Income
 
taxes
 
primarily
 
include
 
current
 
and
 
deferred
 
taxes.
 
Tax
 
related
 
to
 
items
 
recognised
 
directly
 
in equity
 
or in
other comprehensive income is also
 
recognised in equity or
 
in other comprehensive income.
 
Current tax assets and
liabilities are
 
measured at
 
the amount
 
expected to
 
be received
 
from or
 
paid to
 
taxation authorities,
 
using the
 
rates
and
 
laws
 
that
 
have
 
been
 
enacted
 
by
 
the
 
date
 
of
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
 
position.
 
Income
 
taxes
 
include
 
any
adjustment to tax in respect of previous years.
Deferred
 
tax
 
is
 
recognised
 
in
 
respect
 
of
 
all
 
temporary
 
differences
 
between
 
the
 
carrying
 
amounts
 
of
 
assets
 
and
liabilities
 
for
 
financial
 
reporting
 
purposes
 
and
 
the
 
amounts
 
in
 
taxation.
 
Deferred
 
tax
 
is
 
not
 
recognised
 
in
 
the
 
initial
recognition
 
of
 
assets
 
or
 
liabilities
 
in
 
a
 
transaction
 
that
 
is
 
not
 
a
 
business
 
combination
 
and
 
that
 
affects
 
neither
accounting
 
nor
 
taxable
 
profit
 
nor
 
loss
 
at
 
the
 
date
 
of
 
the
 
transaction.
 
Deferred
 
tax
 
is
 
not
 
recognised
 
for
 
non-tax-
deductible
 
goodwill
 
or
 
for
 
subsidiaries’
 
retained
 
earnings
 
to
 
the
 
extent
 
that
 
it
 
is
 
probable
 
that
 
the
 
temporary
difference
 
will
 
not
 
reverse
 
in
 
the
 
foreseeable
 
future.
 
Deferred
 
taxes
 
relate
 
primarily
 
to
 
the
 
difference
 
between
 
the
book value and tax base of
 
capitalised customer relationships
 
and trademarks, and to provisions
 
related primarily to
loss making contracts.
128
A deferred tax asset
 
is recognised to the
 
extent that it is
 
probable that future taxable
 
profits will be available
 
against
which they can be used and using the losses is considered
 
probable.
Deferred taxes are calculated using tax rates enacted
 
by the reporting date.
129
3. Business combinations
Business combinations 2024
During the year 2024, the Group has made three corporate
 
acquisition and one business acquisition.
On 31
 
March
 
2024 Terveystalo
 
Healthcare
 
Oy
 
acquired
 
100 percent
 
of the
 
imaging services
 
provider SRK
 
Group
Oy
 
and an
 
indirect
 
100 percent
 
ownership
 
in its
 
subsidiaries
 
Suomen
 
Radiologikeskus
 
Oy,
 
iRad Oy
 
and Kajaanin
Radiologikeskus Oy.
On 1 July
 
2024 Feelgood Företagshälsovård
 
AB acquired
 
100 percent
 
of the Swedish
 
occupational health
 
provider
Clarahälsan AB.
On 6 September 2024 Suomen Terveystalo
 
Oy acquired 100 percent of the general
 
and specialist medical services,
psychology services and physiotherapy services provider Cityläkarna
 
Mariehamn Ab.
On 30 November
 
2024 Rela-hierojat
 
Oy acquired
 
massage business
 
operations previously
 
operated as
 
franchising
business.
The
 
following
 
table
 
summarises
 
the
 
acquisition
 
date
 
fair
 
values
 
of
 
the
 
consideration
 
transferred
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
the
recognised
 
amounts
 
of
 
assets
 
acquired
 
and
 
liabilities
 
assumed
 
at
 
the
 
acquisition
 
date.
 
The
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
position
 
of
 
acquired
 
companies
 
has
 
been
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
IFRS
 
and
 
Terveystalo’s
 
accounting
principles
 
in
 
all
 
material
 
respect.
 
The
 
following
 
table
 
is
 
preliminary,
 
and
 
the
 
information
 
has
 
been
 
consolidated,
because the acquisitions are not material individually.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consideration transferred
EUR mill.
Purchase price, payable in cash
8.1
Contingent consideration
0.8
Total consideration transferred
8.9
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
EUR mill.
Cash and cash equivalents
0.8
Intangible assets
0.2
Property, plant and equipment
0.5
Right-of-use assets
1.2
Trade and other receivables
1.5
Financial liabilities
-0.1
Lease liabilities
-1.2
Trade and other payables
-2.2
Total identifiable net assets acquired
0.6
Goodwill
8.3
As a
 
result of
 
these
 
business
 
combinations,
 
a preliminary
 
goodwill
 
amounting
 
to
 
EUR
 
8.3
 
million was
 
recognised.
The goodwill is
 
attributable to skills
 
of the workforce
 
and synergies expected
 
to be achieved.
 
EUR 0.0 million
 
of the
recognised goodwill
 
is deductible
 
in taxation.
 
Cashflow impact
 
of the
 
acquisitions made
 
during 2023
 
was EUR
 
-7.1
million.
130
The
 
fair
 
value
 
of
 
the
 
acquired
 
trade
 
and
 
other
 
receivables
 
amounted
 
to
 
EUR
 
1.5
 
million,
 
for
 
which
 
the
 
risk
 
of
impairment has been deemed as non-significant.
The Group has incurred acquisition-related
 
expenses of EUR 0.3 million related
 
to transfer tax, consulting, valuation
or equivalent services. The expenses have been included in
 
other operating expenses.
The contributed revenue
 
recognised from
 
the acquisitions
 
during the
 
year 2024 was
 
EUR 6.8 million
 
and profit was
EUR 0.1 million.
 
If the acquisition had occurred
 
on 1 January 2024, management
 
estimates that the Group’s
 
consolidated revenue in
2024 would
 
have been
 
EUR 1,345.0
 
million and
 
the consolidated
 
result for
 
the period
 
would have
 
been EUR
 
72.0
million.
131
Business combinations 2023
During the year 2023, the Group has made one corporate
 
acquisition and one business acquisition.
On 15 August 2023 Feelgood Företagshälsovård
 
AB acquired 100 percent of the occupational health
 
provider Växjö
Hälsoforum AB.
On 2
October 2023 Feelgood Sjukvård AB acquired the
 
occupational healthcare business of Quality Care AB.
The
 
following
 
table
 
summarises
 
the
 
acquisition
 
date
 
fair
 
values
 
of
 
the
 
consideration
 
transferred
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
the
recognised
 
amounts
 
of
 
assets
 
acquired
 
and
 
liabilities
 
assumed
 
at
 
the
 
acquisition
 
date.
 
The
 
statement
 
of
 
financial
position
 
of
 
acquired
 
companies
 
has
 
been
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
IFRS
 
and
 
Terveystalo’s
 
accounting
principles in
 
all material
 
respect. The
 
information has
 
been consolidated,
 
because the
 
acquisitions are
 
not material
individually.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Consideration transferred
EUR mill.
Purchase price, payable in cash
0.6
Contingent consideration
0.5
Total consideration transferred
1.0
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
EUR mill.
Cash and cash equivalents
0.2
Intangible assets
0.1
Property, plant and equipment
0.0
Right-of-use assets
0.3
Trade and other receivables
0.1
Lease liabilities
-0.3
Trade and other payables
-0.3
Deferred tax liabilities
0.0
Total identifiable net assets acquired
0.0
Goodwill
1.0
As a result
 
of these
 
business combinations,
 
a goodwill amounting
 
to EUR
 
1.0 million was
 
recognised. The
 
goodwill
is attributable
 
to skills
 
of the
 
workforce and
 
synergies
 
expected to
 
be achieved.
 
EUR 0.7
 
million of
 
the recognised
goodwill was deductible
 
in taxation. Cashflow
 
impact of the
 
acquisitions made during
 
2023 was EUR
 
-0.3 million. In
2024, cashflow
 
impact
 
arising
 
from business
 
combinations
 
made in
 
previous
 
financial
 
years
 
was
 
EUR
 
-1.6
 
million
due to additional purchase prices paid.
In
 
these
 
business
 
combinations,
 
the
 
Group
 
has
 
acquired
 
customer
 
relationships.
 
The
 
fair
 
value
 
of
 
customer
contracts and
 
related customer
 
relationships included
 
in intangible
 
assets has
 
been determined
 
on the
 
basis of
 
the
estimated duration of customer relationships and the discounted
 
net cash flows from existing customer contracts.
 
The
 
fair
 
value
 
of
 
the
 
acquired
 
trade
 
and
 
other
 
receivables
 
amounted
 
to
 
EUR
 
0.1
 
million,
 
for
 
which
 
the
 
risk
 
of
impairment has been deemed as non-significant.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
132
The
 
Group
 
has
 
incurred
 
acquisition-related
 
expenses
 
of
 
EUR
 
0.1
 
million
 
related
 
to
 
consulting,
 
valuation
 
or
equivalent services. The expenses have been included
 
in other operating expenses.
The contributed
 
revenue recognised
 
from the
 
acquisitions during
 
the year
 
2023 was
 
EUR 0.4
 
million and
 
loss was
EUR 0.0 million.
 
If the acquisition had occurred
 
on 1 January 2023, management
 
estimates that the Group’s
 
consolidated revenue in
2023 would
 
have been
 
EUR 1,286.9
 
million and
 
the consolidated
 
result for
 
the period
 
would have
 
been EUR
 
-42.2
million.
4. Segment information
Terveystalo
 
Group’s
 
operating
 
segments
 
are
 
Healthcare
 
Services,
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
and
 
Sweden.
 
These
 
are
also reportable segments and operating segments are
 
not aggregated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Segment information
1.1.-31.12.2024
Healthcare
services
Portfolio
Businesse
s
Sweden
Segments
total
Other
Internal
eliminatio
ns
Total
EUR mill.
Revenue
Revenues from external customers
1,026.8
231.6
81.6
1,340.0
-
-
1,340.0
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments
of the same entity
16.0
6.9
0.2
23.1
-
-23.1
-
Total revenue
1,042.8
238.5
81.8
1,363.1
-
-23.1
1,340.0
Adjusted EBITA
162.0
10.3
-2.0
170.3
0.7
-
171.0
Adjustments
7.6
0.3
6.3
14.2
9.2
-
23.5
Depreciations
6.8
1.1
7.0
14.8
60.1
-
74.9
 
1.1.-31.12.2023
Healthcare
services
Portfolio
Businesse
s
Sweden
Segments
total
Other
Internal
eliminatio
ns
Total
EUR mill.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue
Revenues from external customers
933.5
260.7
92.3
1,286.4
-
-
1,286.4
Revenues from transactions with other operating segments
of the same entity
15.1
6.5
0.2
21.8
-
-21.8
-
Total revenue
948.6
267.2
92.5
1,308.2
-
-21.8
1,286.4
Adjusted EBITA
109.0
8.7
3.7
121.4
4.2
-
125.6
Adjustments
1.9
0.4
1.6
3.9
17.3
-
21.2
Depreciations
5.9
1.0
6.9
13.8
60.9
-
74.6
133
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Adjustments (EBITA)*, EUR mill.
2024
2023
Acquisition-related expenses 1)
-0.7
-0.8
Restructuring-related expenses 2)
1.9
3.2
Gains and losses on sale of assets, net 3)
0.6
-
Strategic projects and other items affecting to comparability
21.6
18.8
Adjustments
23.5
21.2
* Adjustments are material items outside the ordinary
 
course of business and these relate to acquisition-related
 
expenses, restructuring-related
expenses, gains and losses on sale of assets (net),
 
and other items affecting comparability. Adjustments in Other section are mainly related
 
to the
profit improvement program. Healthcare services segment
 
adjustments in the financial year 2024
 
includes a one-off item of EUR 5.6 million related to
renovation and maintenance liabilities in a single
 
location over a period of more than ten
 
years.
1) Including transaction costs and expenses from integration
 
of acquired businesses.
 
2) Including restructuring of network and business
 
operations.
3) Including sales of business operations.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of the total of the reportable segment's adjusted EBITA to the Group's profit before
taxes
31 Dec
2024
31 Dec
2023
EUR mill.
Profit before taxes
89.6
-38.9
Net finance expenses
26.5
24.2
Amortisation and impairment losses
31.5
119.1
Adjustments
23.5
21.2
Other
-0.7
-4.2
Adjusted EBITA
170.3
121.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-current assets by geographical areas
Non-current assets include property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, goodwill, other intangible
assets, investment properties and investments in associates.
EUR mill.
31 Dec
2024
31 Dec
2023
Finland
1,112.6
1,144.7
Sweden
69.5
75.3
Total
1,182.1
1,220.0
5. Revenue
 
The
 
Group's
 
distribution
 
of
 
revenue
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
three
 
segments:
 
Healthcare
 
Services,
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
and
Sweden.
 
For
 
more
 
information
 
on
 
segments,
 
refer
 
to
 
note
 
4,
 
Segment
 
information.
 
The
 
revenue
 
of
 
Healthcare
Services
 
is divided
 
by services
 
and customer
 
groups.
 
The revenue
 
of Portfolio
 
Businesses
 
is divided
 
by services.
Terveystalo
 
offers
 
its
 
primary
 
and
 
outpatient
 
secondary
 
health
 
care
 
services
 
to
 
three
 
distinct
 
customer
 
groups:
corporate
 
customers,
 
private
 
customers,
 
and
 
public
 
customers.
 
The
 
Group
 
does
 
not
 
have
 
customers
 
whose
revenue exceeds 10 percent of the Group's total revenue.
134
Corporate customers constitute
 
Terveystalo’s
 
largest customer group.
 
Terveystalo’s
 
corporate customers
 
consist of
the
 
company’s
 
occupational
 
health
 
care
 
customers,
 
excluding
 
municipal
 
occupational
 
health
 
care
 
customers.
 
The
company provides
 
statutory occupational
 
health services
 
and other
 
occupational health
 
and well-being
 
services for
corporate customers of all sizes.
 
 
Private
 
customers
 
include
 
private
 
individuals
 
and
 
families.
 
The
 
company’s
 
strong
 
brand,
 
easy
 
access
 
to
 
services
without
 
long
 
waiting
 
times,
 
leading
 
service
 
portfolio
 
for
 
private
 
customers,
 
families,
 
and
 
senior
 
citizens,
 
and
personalised
 
digital services
 
give Terveystalo
 
a competitive
 
edge over
 
public
 
health care
 
services
 
and
 
encourage
customers
 
to
 
invest
 
in
 
their
 
own
 
health.
 
Services
 
for
 
private
 
customers
 
are
 
paid
 
for
 
either
 
by
 
the
 
customers
themselves or by their insurance companies.
Terveystalo’s
 
public
 
customer
 
group
 
is
 
made
 
up
 
of
 
Finnish
 
public
 
sector
 
organisations,
 
such
 
as
 
municipalities,
municipal federations,
 
and hospital districts,
 
as well as
 
municipal occupational
 
health care customers.
 
The services
offered
 
to
 
public
 
sector
 
customers
 
include
 
full
 
and
 
partial
 
outsourcings,
 
health
 
care
 
staffing
 
services,
 
specialised
care services,
 
other health
 
care services,
 
as well
 
as occupational
 
health care
 
services for
 
municipalities, municipal
federations, and hospital districts.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dissagregation of revenue
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Healthcare services
1,042.8
948.6
Portfolio Businesses
238.5
267.2
Sweden
81.8
92.5
Segments total
1,363.1
1,308.2
Other
-23.1
-21.8
Other
1,340.0
1,286.4
Healthcare services, revenue
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
By customer
Corporate
638.9
564.0
Consumer
313.4
296.1
Public sector
90.5
88.5
Total
1,042.8
948.6
By service
Appointments
686.1
618.3
Diagnostics
254.2
229.6
Other
102.5
100.7
Total
1,042.8
948.6
Portfolio Businesses, revenue
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Outsourcing services
82.8
91.1
Staffing services
73.1
84.7
Dental care
50.3
54.5
Other
32.4
36.9
Total
238.5
267.2
 
Timing of satisfying performance obligations
135
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
At a point in time
1,255.3
1,192.9
Over time
84.7
93.5
Total
1,340.0
1,286.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balances in the statement of financial position
EUR mill.
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Contract assets
7.9
10.2
Contract liabilities
7.0
8.8
The Group will satisfy performance obligations related
 
to the contract liabilities within one year.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6. Other operating income
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Rental income
0.9
0.9
Gains on sale of property, plant and equipment
0.3
0.2
Other items
2.5
3.1
Total
3.7
4.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
7. Materials and services
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Purchases of materials
-41.4
-40.8
Change in inventories
0.1
0.5
External services
-508.5
-495.9
Total
-549.8
-536.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
8. Employee benefit expenses
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Wages and salaries
-349.5
-363.0
Share-based payments
-1.6
-1.4
Pension expenses — defined contribution plans
-56.9
-58.7
Other social security costs
-19.8
-23.9
Total
-427.8
-447.0
Number of personnel at the end of the reporting
 
period*
9,153
9,824
* Does not include the companies acquired during 2024
 
in Finland (SRK Group Oy, Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy, iRad Oy and Kajaanin
Radiologikeskus Oy and Cityläkarna Mariehamn Ab).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
9. Depreciation, amortisation and impairment
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Depreciation and amortisation by asset type
136
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets
 
Trademarks
-4.7
-4.7
 
Customer relationships
-2.2
-9.4
 
Other intangible assets
-20.4
-18.2
Total
-27.2
-32.2
Property, plant and equipment
 
Buildings
-0.1
-0,0
 
Machinery and equipment
-16.4
-14.9
 
Improvement to premises
-7.3
-6.4
Total
-23.7
-21.3
Right-of-use assets
-51.2
-53.4
Investment property
-0,0
-0,0
Depreciation and amortisation total
-102.1
-107.0
Impairment losses by asset groups
 
Goodwill
-
-57.3
 
Customer relationships
-
-29.3
 
Other intangible assets
-2.5
-0,0
 
Land and water
-0,0
-
 
Buildings and structures
-0.2
-
 
Other property, plant and equipment
-0.1
-
 
Machinery and equipment
-0,0
-0,0
 
Improvement to premises
-0.3
-0,0
 
Right-of-use assets
-1.1
-
 
Investment property
-
-0.2
 
Stocks and shares
-0.1
-
Impairment total
-4.2
-86.9
Total depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
-106.4
-193.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Other operating expenses
Specification of other operating
expenses
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
External services
-18.6
-22.7
Operating and maintenance expenses for premises
 
and equipment
-26.9
-25.1
ICT expenses
-43.8
-40.4
Non-statutory personnel expenses
-8.4
-7.4
Leases and charges
-6.0
-4.9
Travel expenses
-7.1
-6.9
Marketing and communication
-11.1
-8.7
Acquisition-related expenses
-0.3
-0.1
Other costs
-21.6
-12.0
Total
-143.7
-128.2
 
 
Auditor's fees
137
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In thousands of euro
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Audit and auditor's statements based on laws
 
and regulations
 
Audit, KPMG
-436.5
-481.1
 
Auditor's statements based on laws and regulations,
 
KPMG*
-123.6
-11.0
Total
-560.1
-492.1
Non audit services
 
Tax services, KPMG
-9.8
-4.3
 
Other services, KPMG
-30.1
-
Total
-39.9
-4.3
Auditor's fees total
-600.0
-496.4
Auditor's fees have been presented excluding value-added
 
tax. Non-audit services paid for the parent company’s auditor, KPMG Oy Ab,
were 40 (4) thousand euros in total.
*Including limited assurance of sustainability statement.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
11. Financial income and
 
expenses
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Interest income on loans and other receivables
2.1
1.2
Dividend income
 
0.0
0.0
Total financial income
2.1
1.2
Interest expense on loans from financial institutions
-13.9
-14.3
Interest expense on bonds
-5.3
-3.2
Interest expenses on lease liabilities
-6.5
-5.2
Change in fair value of interest rate derivatives, no
 
hedge accounting
-1.6
-1.9
Other financial expenses
-1.3
-0.9
Total financial expenses
-28.6
-25.4
Net financial expenses
-26.5
-24.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12. Taxes
 
12.1 Income taxes
Income taxes in the statement of income
 
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Current tax for the reporting year
-20.7
-10.8
Income taxes for previous periods
-0.1
-0.1
Change in deferred taxes
2.8
7.6
Total income taxes
-18.0
-3.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of the Group's tax rate to the Finnish
 
tax rate
EUR mill.
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Profit or loss before taxes
89.6
-38.9
Tax using the parent company's tax rate
-17.9
7.8
Tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
0.1
-0,0
138
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tax exempt income
0.5
0.6
Non-deductible expenses
-0.5
-11.7
Share of profit in associated companies
-
0.0
Recognition of previously unrecognised tax losses
0.0
0.2
Tax losses for which no deferred taxes are recognised
-0,0
-0.2
Taxes from previous periods
-0.1
-0.1
Other
0.1
0.1
Total income taxes in the statement of income
-18.0
-3.3
 
Global minimum top-up tax (Pillar 2)
Terveystalo
 
Group has prepared calculation on the impacts of Global
 
minimum top-up tax (Pillar 2) regulation on the
taxation of its Group companies. Besides Finland, the Group has
 
operations in Sweden and to a minor extent in
Estonia. In Finland and in Sweden, effective tax rate
 
is above global minimum top-up tax rate of 15%.
 
Therefore, the
Group is not expecting to pay top tax due to Pillar 2 minimum
 
top-up tax regulation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
12.2 Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Deferred tax assets 2024
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2024
Business
combinations
Recognised
in the
statement
of income
Translatio
n
difference
s
31 Dec 2024
Provisions
1.2
-
-0.2
-
1.0
Tax losses carried forward
1.5
-
1.1
-
2.6
Leases
1.5
0.0
0.4
0.0
1.9
Interest rate derivatives
0.0
-
0.0
-
0.1
Other temporary differences
1.8
-
-0.2
-
1.6
Total
6.0
0.0
1.2
0.0
7.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities 2024
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2024
Business
combinations
Recognised
in the
statement
of income
Translatio
n
difference
s
31 Dec 2024
Reversal of goodwill amortisation
3.2
-
0.2
-
3.4
Business combinations
11.9
-
-1.6
-0.1
10.2
Depreciation difference
3.3
-
0.4
-
3.7
Loan withdrawal expense
0.2
-
-0.1
-
0.2
Interest rate derivatives
0.9
-
-0.3
-
0.7
Other temporary differences
0.8
-
-0.1
-
0.7
Total
20.2
-
-1.5
-0.1
18.7
The Group has no material deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses or unused tax credits for
which no deferred tax asset has been recognised.
 
 
 
 
139
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxes from lease agreements 2024
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2024
Business
combinations
Additions
Disposals
Recognised
in the
statement of
income
31 Dec
2024
Deferred tax asset
 
44.8
0.2
10.5
-1.2
-15.8
38.5
Deferred tax liability
-43.3
-0.2
-10.5
1.2
16.2
-36.6
Total
1.5
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.4
1.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax assets 2023
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2023
Business
combinations
Recognise
d in the
statement
of income
Translation
difference
31 Dec 2023
Provisions
1.6
-
-0.4
-
1.2
Tax losses carried forward
1.8
-
-0.3
-
1.5
Leases
1.4
0.0
0.1
0.0
1.5
Interest rate derivatives
0.7
-
-0.7
-
0.0
Other temporary differences
2.1
-
-0.4
-
1.8
Total
7.7
0.0
-1.7
0.0
6.0
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred tax liabilities 2023
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2023
Business
combinations
Recognise
d in the
statement
of income
Translation
difference
31 Dec 2023
Reversal of goodwill amortisation
3.0
-
0.2
-
3.2
Business combinations
21.1
0.0
-9.3
-0,0
11.9
Depreciation difference
2.5
-
0.8
-
3.3
Loan withdrawal expense
0.1
-
0.1
-
0.2
Interest rate derivatives
2.0
-
-1.0
-
0.9
Other temporary differences
0.8
-
-0,0
-
0.8
Total
29.5
0.0
-9.2
-0,0
20.2
The Group has no material deductible temporary differences,
 
unused tax losses or unused tax
credits for which no deferred tax asset has been recognised.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred taxes from lease agreements 2023
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2023
Business
combinations
Additions
Disposals
Recognised
in the
statement of
income
31 Dec
2023
Deferred tax asset
 
36.2
0.1
22.8
-3.5
-10.7
44.8
Deferred tax liability
-34.8
-0.1
-22.8
3.5
10.8
-43.3
Total
1.4
0.0
0.0
-0,0
0.1
1.5
140
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
13. Earnings per share
1.1-31.12.2024
1.1-31.12.2023
Result attributable to the equity holders of the
 
company, EUR mill.
71.7
-42.2
Weighted average number of outstanding shares, in thousands
126,597
126,555
Diluted average number of outstanding shares, in
 
thousands
126,727
127,037
Basic earnings per share for result attributable
 
to the equity holders of the company, EUR
0.57
-0.33
Diluted earnings per share for result attributable
 
to the equity holders of the company,
EUR
0.57
-0.33
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
141
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14. Tangible assets
14.1 Property, plant
 
and
equipment
2024
Land and
water,
buildings and
constructions
Machinery
and
equipment
Improvement to
premises
Other tangible
assets and
advances paid
Total
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2024
2.3
179.7
76.6
1.1
259.7
Business combination
-
0.5
0.0
-
0.5
Additions
-
16.6
1.0
10.1
27.6
Disposals
-
-0.3
-
-
-0.3
Translation differences
-0,0
-0.1
-0,0
-0,0
-0.1
Transfers between items
-
0.4
3.1
-3.5
-
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2024
2.3
196.6
80.8
7.7
287.4
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 1 Jan 2024
-1.2
-132.1
-42.2
-
-175.5
Depreciation
-0.1
-16.4
-7.3
-
-23.7
Impairment losses
-0.2
-0,0
-0.3
-0.1
-0.5
Translation differences
0.0
0.1
0.0
-
0.1
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 31 Dec 2024
-1.5
-148.4
-49.7
-0.1
-199.7
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2024
1.2
47.5
34.5
1.1
84.2
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2024
0.8
48.2
31.1
7.5
87.7
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023
Land and
water,
buildings and
constructions
Machinery
and
equipment
Improvement to
premises
Other tangible
assets and
advances paid
Total
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2023
2.3
165.1
64.4
4.2
236.0
Business combination
-
0.0
-
-
0.0
Additions
-
13.8
1.7
8.8
24.3
Disposals
-
-0.5
-0.1
-
-0.6
Translation differences
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
Transfers between items
-
1.2
10.6
-11.8
-
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2023
2.3
179.7
76.6
1.1
259.7
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 1 Jan 2023
-1.2
-117.1
-35.8
-
-154.0
Depreciation
-0,0
-14.9
-6.4
-
-21.3
Impairment losses
-
-0,0
-0,0
-
-0,0
Translation differences
-0,0
-0,0
-0,0
-
-0,0
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 31 Dec 2023
-1.2
-132.1
-42.2
-
-175.5
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2023
1.2
47.9
28.7
4.2
82.0
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2023
1.2
47.5
34.5
1.1
84.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
142
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.2 Right of-use-assets
2024
Premises
Other right-of-
use assets
Total
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2024
424.0
40.9
464.9
Business combination
1.2
-
1.2
Additions
28.4
0.2
28.7
Disposals
-6.5
-0.1
-6.5
Translation differences
-0.9
-0,0
-0.9
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2024
446.3
41.1
487.4
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 1 Jan 2024
-217.9
-34.9
-252.8
Depreciation
-48.8
-2.4
-51.2
Impairment losses
-0.6
-0.4
-1.1
Translation differences
0.4
0.0
0.4
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 31 Dec 2024
-266.9
-37.7
-304.7
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2024
206.1
6.0
212.1
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2024
179.4
3.3
182.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023
Premises
Other right-of-
use assets
Total
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2023
331.7
41.5
373.1
Business combination
0.3
-
0.3
Additions
108.2
0.6
108.9
Disposals
-16.5
-1.2
-17.7
Translation differences
0.2
0.0
0.3
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2023
424.0
40.9
464.9
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 1 Jan 2023
-167.5
-31.8
-199.3
Depreciation
-50.2
-3.1
-53.3
Translation differences
-0.2
-0,0
-0.2
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
losses 31 Dec 2023
-217.9
-34.9
252.8
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2023
164.2
9.7
173.9
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2023
206.1
6.0
212.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14.3 Lease liabilities
2024
Premises
Other lease
liabilities
Total
EUR mill.
Non-current lease liabilities
141.0
3.6
144.5
Current lease liabilities
45.1
2.2
47.3
Total lease liabilities
186.1
5.8
191.8
2023
Premises
Other lease
liabilities
Total
EUR mill.
Non-current lease liabilities
166.8
5.8
172.6
Current lease liabilities
44.0
2.5
46.5
Total lease liabilities
210.8
8.3
219.1
 
 
 
 
143
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
15. Intangible assets
2024
Goodwill
Customer
relationships
Trademarks
Other intangible
assets and
advances paid
Total
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2024
948.8
167.8
88.7
156.6
1,361.9
Business combination
8.5
-
-
0.1
8.6
Additions
-
-
-
12.2
12.2
Disposals*
-1.1
-0.1
-
-
-1.2
Translation differences
-1.4
-0.2
-0.1
-0.4
-2.1
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2024
954.7
167.5
88.6
168.6
1,379.5
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
1 Jan
2024
-125.3
-156.2
-43.2
-113.9
-438.6
Amortisation
-
-2.2
-4.7
-20.4
-27.2
Impairment losses
-
-
-
-2.5
-2.5
Translation differences
-
0.1
0.0
0.2
0.2
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
31
Dec 2024
-125.3
-158.4
-47.8
-136.6
-468.1
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2024
823.5
11.6
45.6
42.8
923.4
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2024
829.4
9.2
40.8
32.1
911.4
* Disposals to goodwill and customer relationships
 
relate to the sale of entire share capital of
 
Sivupersoona Oy, a company providing sign language
interpreting services.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023
Goodwill
Customer
relationships
Trademarks
Other intangible
assets and
advances paid
Total
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2023
947.5
167.8
88.7
140.2
1,344.2
Business combination
1.3
0.1
-
-
1.4
Additions
-
-
-
16.3
16.3
Disposals
-0.2
-
-
-0,0
-0.2
Translation differences
0.1
0.0
0.0
0.1
0.2
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2023
948.8
167.8
88.7
156.6
1,361.9
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
1 Jan
2023
-68.0
-117.5
-38.5
-95.6
-319.6
Amortisation
-
-9.4
-4.7
-18.2
-32.2
Impairment losses*
-57.3
-29.3
-
-0,0
-86.6
Translation differences
-
-0,0
-0,0
-0.1
-0.1
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
31
Dec 2023
-125.3
-156.2
-43.2
-113.9
-438.6
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2023
879.5
50.3
50.2
44.6
1,024.7
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2023
823.5
11.6
45.6
42.8
923.4
* As a result of the impairment test, EUR 55.3
 
million write-offs related to goodwill and EUR 29.3 million
 
write-offs to purchase price allocations relating to
public outsourcing customer relationships within the
 
Portfolio Businesses segment public payor CGU were
 
made. The impaired goodwill was recognised
mainly in the acquisition of Attendo Healthcare
 
Services in 2018. Customer relationship write-offs relate
 
solely to the legacy Outsourcing business,
acquired in the Attendo transaction that is gradually
 
being phased out. In addition, during the year
 
a EUR 2.0 million impairment of goodwill
 
made related
to reorganisation of Portfolio businesses in connection
 
to sale of business operations.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
144
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Development expenditure
Other intangible assets include development expenditure
 
as follows:
2024
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2024
57.8
Business combination
0.1
Additions
3.9
Transfers from advance payments
8.3
Translation differences
-0.1
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2024
70.0
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
1 Jan 2024
-25.2
Amortisation and impairment losses
-18.3
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
31 Dec 2024
-43.4
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2024
32.6
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2024
26.5
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023
EUR mill.
Acquisition cost 1 Jan 2023
34.5
Additions
12.4
Transfers from advance payments
10.8
Translation differences
0.1
Acquisition cost 31 Dec 2023
57.8
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
1 Jan 2023
-13.0
Amortisation and impairment losses
-12.2
Accumulated amortisations and impairment losses
 
31 Dec 2023
-25.2
Carrying amount 1 Jan 2023
21.6
Carrying amount 31 Dec 2023
32.6
16. Impairment testing of cash-generating units including
 
goodwill
Goodwill is not amortised but it is tested for impairment
 
at least annually.
Terveystalo
 
Group consists
 
of three
 
operating segments:
 
Healthcare
 
Services, Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
and Sweden.
Healthcare Services and Sweden are
 
also cash-generating units. The
 
Portfolio Businesses segment includes
 
Public
and Private payor cash-generating units.
 
Healthcare Services
 
and Sweden
 
consist of
 
units with
 
their own
 
budgets and
 
performance
 
measurement,
 
and are
centrally
 
managed.
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses
 
are
 
managed
 
as
 
a
 
whole,
 
they
 
partly
 
share
 
resources
 
and
 
are
 
centrally
managed, but
 
cash flows
 
generated, marketing
 
functions and
 
identifiable assets
 
are different
 
for Public
 
and Private
payors.
In
 
2024,
 
based
 
on
 
impairment
 
testing
 
calculations
 
performed,
 
there
 
is
 
no
 
impairment
 
needs
 
to
 
goodwill
 
for
 
cash-
generating units. For all cash-generating units, recoverable
 
amounts exceeded their carrying amounts.
In
 
2023,
 
as
 
a
 
result
 
of
 
the
 
impairment
 
test,
 
the
 
Group
 
made
 
EUR
 
55.3
 
million
 
impairment
 
related
 
to
 
goodwill
 
in
Portfolio
 
Businesses
 
Public
 
payor
 
cash-generating
 
unit.
 
The
 
impaired
 
goodwill
 
was
 
recognised
 
mainly
 
in
 
the
acquisition of Attendo
 
Healthcare Services in
 
2018. After the
 
impairment, the remaining
 
goodwill related to
 
Portfolio
Businesses Public
 
payor cash-generating
 
unit amounts
 
to EUR
 
146.4 million
 
in total.
 
Based on
 
impairment testing
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
145
calculations performed, there
 
was no impairment
 
needs to goodwill
 
for other cash-generating
 
units. For those
 
cash-
generating units, recoverable amounts exceeded their
 
carrying amounts.
Goodwill
 
arising
 
from
 
business
 
combinations
 
has
 
been
 
allocated
 
to
 
cash-generating
 
units
 
as
 
shown
 
in
 
the
 
table
below.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
.
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
31 Dec 2023
EUR mill.
Goodwill
%
Goodwill
%
Impairment
Healthcare Services
607.2
73.2 %
603.6
73.3 %
-
Portfolio Businesses, Public payor
149.4
18.0 %
146.4
17.8 %
55.3
Portfolio Businesses, Private payor
29.1
3.5 %
29.1
3.5 %
-
Sweden
43.7
5.3 %
44.4
5.4 %
-
Total
829.4
100.0 %
823.5
100.0 %
55.3
In
 
financial
 
years
 
2023
 
and
 
2024
 
there
 
were
 
four
 
cash
 
generating
 
units
 
in
 
total.
 
The
 
recoverable
 
amounts
 
of
 
the
cash-generating
 
units
 
are
 
based
 
on
 
value-in-use
 
calculations
 
which
 
have
 
been
 
calculated
 
using
 
discounted
 
cash
flow projections. The
 
key assumptions
 
used in the
 
calculations are terminal
 
period revenue
 
growth rate, profitability
(EBIT %) and
 
the discount
 
rate. The projections
 
are based on
 
the budgets
 
and estimates for
 
the years
 
2025–2028,
including the long-term growth, which have been approved
 
by the management.
 
 
 
 
 
The assumptions used in impairment calculations
 
in 2024
Healthcare
Services
Portfolio
Businesses,
Public payor
Portfolio
Businesses,
Private payor
Sweden
The length of impairment testing period
4 years
4 years
4 years
4 years
Terminal period revenue growth rate
2.0 %
2.0 %
2.0 %
2.0 %
Profitability (EBIT %) during the terminal period
13.8 %
7.8 %
9.4 %
5.7 %
Discount rate (Pre-tax WACC)
8.5 %
9.9 %
8.5 %
8.6 %
Discount rate (Post-tax WACC)
7.2 %
8.3 %
7.2 %
7.4 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
The assumptions used in impairment calculations
 
in 2023
Healthcare
Services
Portfolio
Businesses,
Public payor
Portfolio
Businesses,
Private payor
Sweden
The length of impairment testing period
4 years
4 years
4 years
4 years
Terminal period revenue growth rate
2.0 %
2.0 %
2.0 %
2.0 %
Profitability (EBIT %) during the terminal period
13.2 %
5.3 %
6.2 %
5.2 %
Discount rate (Pre-tax WACC)
9.6 %
10.9 %
9.6 %
8.0 %
Discount rate (Post-tax WACC)
8.1 %
9.1 %
8.1 %
6.8 %
Revenue growth
 
during the
 
terminal period
 
is based
 
on a
 
flat growth
 
factor which
 
corresponds to
 
long-term
 
target
inflation
 
of
 
the
 
European
 
Central
 
Bank.
 
Profitability
 
during
 
the
 
terminal
 
period
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
assumed
 
organic
growth under normal market
 
situation, general development
 
in health care services
 
market and long-term
 
estimates
by the Group’s management.
The
 
discount
 
rate
 
used
 
in
 
impairment
 
testing
 
has
 
been
 
Pre-tax
 
WACC
 
of
 
which
 
the
 
components
 
are
 
risk-free
interest
 
rate,
 
risk
 
premiums,
 
industry-specific
 
beta,
 
industry-specific
 
cost
 
of
 
debt,
 
and
 
industry
 
specific
 
equity/debt
ratios.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
146
Sensitivity analysis
The Group has assessed
 
the sensitivity of
 
the impairment testing
 
to the effect
 
of the most critical
 
assumptions used
in the
 
calculation. The
 
table below
 
shows the
 
required change
 
in a
 
single assumption
 
that the
 
recoverable amount
would fall below the carrying amount.
 
Variable
2024
2023
Terminal period revenue growth rate
Healthcare Services
Decrease over 24.5 percentage points
Decrease over 17.1 percentage points
Portfolio Businesses, Public payor
Decrease over 2.1 percentage points
Not applicable
Portfolio Businesses, Private payor
Decrease over 21.3 percentage points
Decrease over 10.2 percentage points
Sweden
Decrease over 1.8 percentage points
Decrease over 1.0 percentage points
Profitability (EBIT %) during the terminal period
Healthcare Services
Decrease over 12.3 percentage points
Decrease over 10.6 percentage points
Portfolio Businesses, Public payor
Decrease over 2.1 percentage points
Not applicable
Portfolio Businesses, Private payor
Decrease over 8.0 percentage points
Decrease over 4.2 percentage points
Sweden
Decrease over 1.5 percentage points
Decrease over 0.9 percentage points
Discount rate (Pre-tax WACC)
Healthcare Services
Increase over 18.8 percentage points
Increase over 14.3 percentage points
Portfolio Businesses, Public payor
Increase over 2.2 percentage points
Not applicable
Portfolio Businesses, Private payor
Increase over 15.8 percentage points
Increase over 8.9 percentage points
Sweden
Increase over 1.8 percentage points
Increase over 1.0 percentage points
.
When
 
assessing
 
the
 
recoverable
 
amounts
 
of
 
cash
 
generating
 
units,
 
management
 
believes
 
that
 
no
 
reasonably
possible
 
change
 
in
 
any
 
of
 
the
 
key
 
variables
 
used
 
would
 
lead
 
to
 
a
 
situation
 
where
 
the
 
recoverable
 
amount
 
of
 
the
units
 
would
 
fall
 
below
 
their
 
carrying
 
amount
 
in
 
Healthcare
 
Services
 
or
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
Private
 
payor
 
cash-
generating
 
units.
 
In
 
2023,
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
Public
 
payor
 
cash-generating
 
unit
 
value
 
in
 
use
 
was
 
equivalent
 
to
book value
 
of assets
 
at the
 
time of
 
impairment testing
 
and in
 
consequence sensitivity
 
analysis did
 
not apply
 
to this
cash-generating unit.
According
 
to
 
the
 
impairment
 
testing,
 
for
 
Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
Public
 
payor
 
and
 
Sweden
 
cash-generating
 
units,
changes in
 
critical assumptions
 
presented in
 
table above
 
would lead
 
to carrying
 
amount of
 
assets to
 
be equivalent
to recoverable
 
amount. Portfolio
 
Businesses,
 
Public payor
 
cash-generating
 
unit’s
 
carrying amount
 
of assets
 
at the
time of
 
impairment testing
 
was EUR
 
141.7 million.
 
Sweden cash-generating
 
unit’s carrying
 
amount of
 
assets at
 
the
time of impairment testing was EUR 55.9 million.
 
17. Investment properties
Carrying amount of investment properties
 
 
 
147
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR mill.
1.1-31.12.2024
1.1-31.12.2023
Carrying amount at the beginning of the period
0.3
0.5
Impairment
-
-0.2
Depreciation
-0.0
-0.0
Carrying amount at the end of the period
0.3
0.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income and expenses related to investment properties
EUR mill.
1.1-31.12.2024
1.1-31.12.2023
Rental income from investment properties
0.1
0.1
Operating expenses for investment properties
-0.0
-0.0
Total
0.0
0.0
Income and expenses relating to investment properties are presented based on the Group’s ownership in the investment
properties. There are no other contractual obligations related to investment properties.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair values of investment properties
Investment
m2
Value per m2 (In thousands of euro)
Total value (In thousands
of euro)
Koy Jyväskylän Väinönkatu 30
1,348
0.2
269
The value of Kiinteistö Oy Jyväskylän Väinönkatu has been
 
determined based on the Group’s share
 
of ownership
(16.81%).
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
18. Associated companies
Terveystalo
 
has the following associated companies which are all consolidated using the equity method. The Group has
no individually material associates.
Associated companies 31 Dec 2024
Domicile
Ownership
Voting rights
Terveyden Tuottajat Oy
Finland
0.0 %
47.4 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summarised financial information on associated companies
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Carrying amount
0.0
0.0
Group's share of total comprehensive income
-
0.0
19. Share-based payments
Performance Share Plan 2021
Performance
 
Share
 
Plan
 
2021
 
is
 
targeted
 
to
 
Terveystalo’s
 
key
 
employees.
 
The
 
long-term
 
share-based
 
payment
plan
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
a
 
rolling
 
three
 
year
 
performance
 
period
 
structure,
 
with
 
a
 
new
 
performance
 
period
 
starting
 
each
year, if
 
so decided by the
 
Board. The Board decides
 
on the participants, performance
 
measures and targets as
 
well
as
 
earning
 
opportunities
 
on
 
an
 
annual
 
basis.
 
Rewards
 
are
 
conditional
 
on
 
the
 
fulfilment
 
of
 
a
 
three-year
 
service
condition
 
and
 
performance
 
conditions
 
tied
 
to
 
financial
 
targets
 
that
 
are
 
set
 
separately.
 
The
 
reward
 
is
 
granted
 
as
 
a
gross
 
number of
 
Terveystalo
 
shares,
 
including
 
a cash
 
portion for
 
taxes
 
and
 
tax-related
 
expenses
 
arising
 
from
 
the
reward to
 
the
 
employee.
The
 
reward
 
is settled
 
as
 
net
 
shares.
 
The
 
plan
 
is fully
 
accounted
 
for
 
as an
 
equity
 
settled
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
148
share-based
 
payment.
Under the
 
plan, four
 
performance
 
periods, 2021
2023, 2022
2024, 2023
 
–2025 and
 
2024–
2026, have been launched. During the year 2024,
 
Performance Period 2021
2023 ended, and, in consequence, the
shares
 
earned
 
were
 
granted
 
according
 
to
 
realization
 
of
 
the
 
plan’s
 
conditional
 
performance
 
measures.
 
In
 
total,
45,077 net
 
shares were
 
granted. The
 
impact of the
 
Performance Period
 
2021
2023 to the
 
result for
 
the period
 
has
been
 
EUR
 
0.2
 
million,
 
and
 
the
 
total
 
cost
 
of
 
the
 
plan
 
was
 
EUR
 
2.5
 
million.
 
36
 
persons
 
were
 
included
 
in
 
the
Performance
 
Period
 
2021
2023
 
arrangement.
 
The
 
impact
 
of
 
the
 
Performance
 
Period
 
2022
2024
 
to the
 
result
 
for
the
 
period
 
has
 
been
 
EUR
 
0.4
 
million,
 
and
 
the
 
expected
 
total
 
cost
 
of
 
the
 
plan
 
is
 
EUR
 
1.6
 
million.
 
43
 
persons
 
are
included in the
 
Performance Period 2022
2024 arrangement. The
 
impact of the
 
Performance Period 2023
2025 to
the result
 
for
 
the
 
period
 
has
 
been EUR
 
0.5
 
million,
 
and
 
the
 
expected
 
total cost
 
of the
 
plan
 
is
 
EUR
 
1.6
 
million.
 
48
persons
 
are
 
included
 
in the
 
Performance
 
Period
 
2023
2025 arrangement.
 
The
 
impact
 
of
 
the
 
Performance
 
Period
2024
2026 to the result
 
for the period has
 
been EUR 0.5 million
 
,
 
and the expected
 
total cost of the
 
plan is EUR 1.8
million. 68 persons are included in the Performance Period
 
2024
2026 arrangement.
 
Performance Share Plan 2021
2024-2026
2023-2025
2022-2024
2021-2023
Grant date
2 Apr 2024
3 Apr 2023
1 Apr 2022
1 Apr 2021
Maximum number of share awards
640,000
640,000
683,085
642,000
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2024
-
533,000
455,974
392,556
Granted share awards during the period
611,000
36,666
18,334
-
Forfeited share awards during the period
30,000
80,815
91,481
301,070
Exercised share awards during the period
-
-
-
91,486
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2024
581,000
488,666
384,308
-
Fair value of the share award at grant date
6.2
6.6
9.2
12.6
End of the performance period
28 Feb 2027
28 Feb 2026
28 Feb 2025
29 Feb 2024
End of the vesting period, expected
31 Mar 2027
31 Mar 2026
31 Mar 2025
7 Mar 2024
Vesting conditions
Service
condition,
total
Shareholder
Return (TSR),
EBITA
Service
condition,
total
Shareholder
Return (TSR)
Service
condition,
total
Shareholder
Return (TSR)
Service condition,
total Shareholder
Return (TSR),
productivity and
digital sales
Exercised
In shares and
cash
In shares and
cash
In shares and
cash
In shares and cash
Restricted Share Plan
Restricted Share Plan offers individually
 
selected employees an opportunity to earn
 
a fixed number of shares after a
vesting
 
period.
 
Rewards
 
are
 
conditional
 
on
 
the
 
fulfilment
 
of
 
a
 
service
 
condition
 
during
 
the
 
vesting
 
period.
 
The
reward
 
is
 
granted
 
as
 
a
 
gross
 
number
 
of
 
Terveystalo
 
shares,
 
including
 
a
 
cash
 
portion
 
for
 
taxes
 
and
 
tax-related
expenses arising from
 
the reward to
 
the employee.
The reward is
 
settled as net
 
shares. The plan
 
is fully accounted
for as an equity settled share-based payment.
 
Four vesting periods have been launched
 
in the plan. During the year
2024,
 
vesting
 
period
 
2021
2023
 
ended,
 
and,
 
in
 
consequence,
 
the
 
shares
 
earned
 
were
 
granted
 
according
 
to
realization
 
of the
 
plan’s
 
conditional
 
performance
 
measures.
 
In total,
 
3,448
 
net shares
 
were
 
granted.
 
At the
 
end
 
of
the
 
reporting
 
period,
 
thirteen
 
persons
 
were
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
arrangement.
 
The
 
impact
 
to
 
the
 
result
 
of
 
the
 
vesting
periods 2021–2023, 2022–2024,
 
2023–2025 and 2024–2026
 
has been EUR 0.1
 
million, and the expected
 
total cost
of the plan is EUR 0.5 million
.
 
 
Restricted Share Plan
2024-2026
2023-2025
2022-2024
2021-2023
Grant date
15 May 2024
3 Apr 2023
22 Jun 2022
15 Apr 2021
Maximum number of share awards
64,000
64,000
68,309
64,200
Outstanding at 1 Jan 2024
-
29,000
9,000
7,000
Granted share awards during the period
23,000
-
-
-
Forfeited share awards during the period
-
8,000
-
-
Exercised share awards during the period
-
-
-
7,000
Outstanding at 31 Dec 2024
23,000
21,000
9,000
-
Fair value of the share award at grant date
7.9
6.6
9.5
11.2
End of the performance period
28 Feb 2027
28 Feb 2026
28 Feb 2025
29 Feb 2024
End of the vesting period, expected
31 Mar 2027
31 Mar 2026
31 Mar 2025
7 Mar 2024
 
 
 
 
149
Vesting conditions
Service
condition
Service
condition
Service condition
Service condition
Exercised
In shares and
cash
In shares and
cash
In shares and
cash
In shares and cash
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20. Financial assets and liabilities – carrying amount,
 
fair values and fair value hierarchy
EUR mill. 31 Dec 2024
Financial assets
and liabilities at
fair value
Financial assets and
liabilities at
amortised cost
Carrying
amount
Fair value
Fair value
hierarchy
Financial assets
Non-current
 
Loan receivables
0.0
-
0.0
0.0
Level 2
 
Unquoted equity investments
0.7
-
0.7
0.7
Level 3
Current
 
Trade receivables
-
117.5
117.5
117.5
 
Cash and cash equivalents
-
65.2
65.2
65.2
 
Interest rate derivatives
3.4
-
3.4
3.4
Level 2
Total
4.1
182.6
186.7
186.7
Financial liabilities
Non-current
 
Loans from financial institutions
-
249.2
249.2
249.2
Level 2
 
Bonds
-
99.3
99.3
104.3
Level 1
 
Hire purchase liabilities
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
Level 2
 
Contingent considerations
2.1
-
2.1
2.1
Level 3
Current
 
Loans from financial institutions
-
29.7
29.7
29.7
Level 2
 
Hire purchase liabilities
-
0.0
0.0
0.0
Level 2
 
Trade payables
-
55.6
55.6
55.6
 
Contingent considerations
2.1
-
2.1
2.1
Level 3
 
Interest rate derivatives
0.3
-
0.3
0.3
Level 2
Total
4.6
433.8
438.3
443.4
Financial assets and liabilities classified at fair
 
value hierarchy level 3 consist of unquoted
 
equity investments and contingent
considerations from business combinations. The measurement
 
of unquoted equity investments is based
 
on the managements estimate
of future cash flows arising from the investments and
 
the measurement of contingent considerations is
 
based on the amounts specified
in purchase agreements and the management estimate
 
on whether the consideration will be realised.
 
The effect on earnings arising
from the changes of fair values of financial assets and
 
liabilities classified at fair value hierarchy level 3
 
has been EUR 1.2 (1.6) million.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
150
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR mill. 31 Dec 2023
Financial assets
and liabilities at
fair value
Financial assets and
liabilities at
amortised cost
Carrying
amount
Fair value
Fair value
hierarchy
Financial assets
Non-current
 
Loan receivables
0.0
-
0.0
0.0
Level 2
 
Unquoted equity investments
0.8
-
0.8
0.8
Level 3
Current
 
Trade receivables
-
127.6
127.6
127.6
 
Cash and cash equivalents
-
37.7
37.7
37.7
 
Interest rate derivatives
4.8
-
4.8
4.8
Level 2
Total
5.6
165.3
170.8
170.8
Financial liabilities
Non-current
 
Loans from financial institutions
-
294.0
294.0
294.0
Level 2
 
Bonds
-
99.1
99.1
102.7
Level 1
 
Hire purchase liabilities
-
1.3
1.3
1.3
Level 2
 
Contingent considerations
3.3
-
3.3
3.3
Level 3
Current
 
Loans from financial institutions
-
19.8
19.8
19.8
Level 2
 
Hire purchase liabilities
-
2.5
2.5
2.5
Level 2
 
Trade payables
-
49.5
49.5
49.5
 
Contingent considerations
2.6
-
2.6
2.6
Level 3
 
Interest rate derivatives
0.1
-
0.1
0.1
Level 2
Total
6.0
466.2
472.2
475.7
.
21. Financial risks
21.1 Financial risk management
The Group
 
is exposed
 
to various
 
financial
 
risks
 
in its
 
normal
 
business
 
activities.
 
The objective
 
of
 
the Group’s
 
risk
management
 
is
 
to
 
minimise
 
the
 
negative
 
effects
 
of
 
changes
 
in
 
the
 
financial
 
markets
 
on
 
the
 
Group’s
 
result
 
and
valuation.
 
The
 
Group’s
 
main
 
financial
 
risks
 
are
 
interest
 
rate
 
risk,
 
credit
 
risk
 
and
 
liquidity
 
risk.
 
The
 
Group’s
 
risk
management principles are
 
approved by the
 
Board of Directors and
 
the Group’s financial
 
department is responsible
for
 
the
 
implementation
 
of
 
the
 
principles.
 
The
 
Group’s
 
financial
 
department
 
identifies
 
and
 
assesses
 
risks
 
and
acquires instruments needed to hedge against them.
 
21.2 Interest rate risk and currency risk
The Group’s
 
interest rate
 
risk
 
arises from
 
its loans
 
from financial
 
institutions
 
issued at
 
a floating
 
rate. In
 
2024, the
Group’s average
 
interest rate
 
for loans
 
from financial
 
institutions has
 
been 4.9
 
(4.0)
percent. If
 
the interests
 
would
have
 
been
 
one
 
percentage
 
point
 
higher
 
it
 
would
 
have
 
caused
 
an
 
increase
 
of
 
EUR
 
1.6
 
(2.7)
 
million
 
in
 
interest
expenses during the year 2024.
The Group does not apply hedge accounting according to
 
IFRS 9. The Group’s subsidiaries have the
 
following open
interest rate derivative contracts at the reporting date:
 
Interest rate
 
swap agreements
 
based
 
on which
 
the Group
 
pays
 
fixed 2.94,
 
0.48
 
and 2.92
 
percent
 
interest
rate and receives variable interest on EUR 30.0, 50.0
 
and 50.0 million loan capital.
151
 
Interest
 
rate
 
swap
 
agreements
 
based
 
on
 
which
 
the
 
Group
 
pays
 
variable
 
interest
 
rate
 
and
 
receives
 
fixed
interest on EUR 15.0 and 25.0 million loan capital.
Besides Finland,
 
the Group
 
has operations
 
in Sweden
 
and to
 
a minor
 
extent in
 
Estonia and
 
is thereby
 
exposed to
currency
 
risk
 
arising
 
from
 
Swedish
 
krona.
 
As
 
billing
 
and
 
purchasing
 
of
 
the
 
Group
 
companies
 
is
 
conducted
 
in
 
the
local
 
currency,
 
the
 
transaction
 
risk
 
exposure
 
for
 
Terveystalo
 
is
 
insignificant.
 
During
 
the
 
year
 
2024,
 
the
 
Group
incurred
 
foreign
 
exchange
 
change
 
of
 
EUR
 
-0.0
 
(0.0)
 
million.
 
However,
 
the
 
group
 
is
 
exposed
 
to
 
exchange
 
rate
translation differences, which are booked in other
 
comprehensive income that may be reclassified as profit
 
or loss.
 
21.3 Credit risk
The
 
majority
 
of
 
the
 
Group’s
 
incoming
 
cash
 
flows
 
are
 
payments
 
from
 
established
 
institutions,
 
public
 
sector
 
and
companies
 
with
 
appropriate
 
credit rating.
 
However,
 
the
 
Group’s
 
trade receivables
 
include credit
 
risk.
 
Credit
 
risk
 
is
managed
 
mainly
 
by monitoring
 
the
 
customer’s credit
 
rating
 
on
 
a regular
 
basis
 
and
 
by co-operating
 
with
 
collection
agencies.
 
In
 
addition,
 
the
 
Group’s
 
customers
 
include
 
private
 
people
 
whose
 
invoicing
 
is
 
primarily
 
carried
 
out
 
in
connection with the rendering of services.
The
 
Group
 
has
 
no
 
major
 
customer
 
specific
 
risk
 
concentrations
 
and
 
its
 
credit
 
risk
 
is
 
diversified.
 
Credit
 
risk
 
is
managed
 
by
 
monitoring
 
the
 
amount,
 
maturity
 
distribution
 
and
 
turnover
 
of
 
trade
 
receivables.
 
Credit
 
risk
 
is
 
also
monitored on a client by client basis.
The
 
Group’s
 
maximum
 
credit
 
risk
 
is
 
equal
 
to
 
the
 
carrying
 
amount
 
of
 
financial
 
assets
 
at
 
the
 
reporting
 
date.
 
The
maturity distribution of the Group’s trade receivables
 
is disclosed in note 22.
Trade and other
 
receivables
.
21.4 Refinancing risk and Liquidity risk
The
 
group
 
aims
 
to
 
ensure
 
sufficient
 
liquidity
 
through
 
efficient
 
cash
 
management
 
and
 
adequate
 
credit
 
limits.
Refinancing
 
risk
 
is managed
 
through
 
a balanced
 
portfolio
 
that
 
includes
 
loans
 
with
 
sufficiently
 
long
 
maturities.
 
The
Group aims
 
to assess
 
and monitor
 
continuously the
 
amount of
 
funding required
 
by business
 
operations, in
 
order to
ensure sufficient
 
liquidity to
 
finance its
 
operations, to
 
repay maturing
 
loans as
 
well as
 
to carry
 
out investments
 
and
acquisitions of companies according to the growth strategy.
The Group’s
 
cash and cash
 
equivalents comprise
 
cash in
 
bank accounts,
 
cash in
 
hand and
 
cash payments
 
not yet
recorded into the Group’s bank accounts (cash
 
in transit) at the reporting date.
The Group manages liquidity risk by monitoring unused
 
liquidity reserves and forecasting future cash flows.
 
The Group has an
 
overdraft facility and
 
undrawn credit facilities,
 
of which EUR
 
93.0 (98.0) million
 
remained unused
at the reporting date.
The Group has
 
EUR 378.1 million
 
of bank loans
 
and bonds.
 
Uncertainty in financial
 
markets may cause
 
the cost of
financing needed for
 
the group’s
 
business operations to
 
rise or become
 
more difficult
 
to obtain. The
 
Group may not
necessarily obtain financing on competitive terms
 
or at all, and it may not be able
 
to fulfill its obligations according to
the financing arrangements.
The
 
table
 
below
 
presents
 
a
 
contractual
 
maturity
 
analysis
 
of
 
financial
 
liabilities.
 
The
 
cash
 
flow
 
figures
 
are
undiscounted
 
and they
 
include both
 
interest
 
payments
 
and repayments
 
of principals.
 
Interest payments
 
which
 
are
based on variable rates have been presented using variable
 
rates as of the end of the reporting date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Maturity analysis of liquidity risk
31 Dec 2024
EUR mill.
Carrying amount
Contractual cash
flows
1 year
1–2 years
2–5 years
Over 5 years
Loans from financial institutions
278.8
274.9
15.4
18.6
240.9
-
Bonds
99.3
118.8
5.4
5.4
108.0
-
 
 
 
 
152
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lease liabilities
191.8
214.1
52.4
46.9
70.4
44.4
Hire purchase liabilities
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
-
-
Trade payables
55.6
55.6
55.6
-
-
-
Interest rate derivatives
0.3
-
-
-
-
-
Total
625.9
663.5
128.9
70.9
419.4
44.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 Dec 2023
EUR mill.
Carrying amount
Contractual cash
flows
1 year
1–2 years
2–5 years
Over 5 years
Loans from financial institutions
313.8
331.6
15.8
137.0
167.6
11.2
Bonds
99.1
124.5
5.4
5.4
113.6
-
Lease liabilities
219.1
226.5
51.5
47.4
83.8
43.9
Hire purchase liabilities
3.8
3.8
2.6
1.2
0.1
-
Trade payables
49.5
49.5
49.5
-
-
-
Interest rate derivatives
0.1
0.4
0.3
0.4
-0.4
-
Total
688.6
728.6
122.5
188.8
362.1
55.1
.
21.5 Capital management
The
 
objective
 
of
 
the
 
Group’s
 
capital
 
management
 
is
 
to
 
support
 
business
 
operations
 
and
 
to
 
ensure
 
competitive
operating conditions with optimal capital structure, as
 
well as to enable the implementation of the strategy.
In
 
addition
 
to
 
operative
 
cash
 
flows,
 
the
 
capital
 
structure
 
is
 
managed
 
by
 
potential
 
share
 
issues,
 
acquisition
 
of
treasury shares
 
by increase
 
or repayment
 
of financial
 
liabilities, possible
 
conversions between
 
equity and
 
financial
liabilities,
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
through
 
operative
 
decisions
 
on
 
investments
 
and
 
growth,
 
and
 
potential
 
disposals
 
of
 
assets
 
in
order to reduce liabilities.
The development
 
of the
 
Group’s
 
capital structure
 
is monitored,
 
amongst other
 
things,
 
with the
 
following: change
 
in
net debt, ratio of net debt to operating margin, and the cash
 
flow forecast.
The Group’s net
 
debt to equity
 
ratio (gearing) was
 
92.1 (116.0)
 
percent at the
 
reporting date. The
 
ratio is calculated
by
 
dividing
 
interest-bearing
 
net
 
debt
 
with
 
equity.
 
The
 
net
 
debt
 
includes
 
interest-bearing
 
liabilities
 
less
interest-bearing receivables and cash and cash equivalents.
 
The Group’s interest-bearing liabilities
 
were EUR 570.0
(635.8) million
 
at
 
the
 
reporting
 
date.
 
A
 
significant
 
part
 
of
 
the
 
interest-bearing
 
liabilities
 
consists
 
of
 
loans
 
from
financial institutions.
The Group’s
 
loan agreements
 
include a
 
covenant,
 
based on
 
which creditors
 
can demand
 
an immediate
 
repayment
of the loans if a
 
certain covenant limit
 
is breached. The covenant
 
relates to the ratio
 
between EBITDA and
 
net debt.
The Group has met all covenant terms and conditions
 
during the reporting period and at the reporting date.
153
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
22. Trade and other receivables
 
and contract assets
Carrying amounts of trade and other receivables and contract assets
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Non-current
Loan receivables
0.3
0.0
Total non-current receivables
0.3
0.0
Current
Trade receivables
109.6
117.4
Other receivables
1.9
2.3
Prepaid expenses
12.2
8.4
Derivative assets
3.4
4.8
Contract assets
7.9
10.2
Total
135.0
143.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specification of prepaid expenses
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Personnel related prepaid expenses
0.2
0.0
Prepayments
8.0
3.1
Other prepaid expenses
4.1
5.3
Total
12.2
8.4
During
 
the
 
reporting
 
period,
 
the
 
Group
 
has
 
recognised
 
final
 
credit
 
losses
 
and
 
expected
 
credit
 
losses
 
on
 
trade
receivables
 
and
 
contract
 
assets
 
through
 
the
 
statement
 
of
 
income
 
totaling
 
EUR
 
1.9
 
(2.1) million.
 
Impairment
 
loss
provision is
 
based on
 
a simplified
 
approach. Estimated
 
impairment loss
 
rates have
 
been calculated
 
using historical
information of actual impairment losses,
 
and the current conditions and the Group’s
 
view of the economic conditions
over the expected lives of the receivables have been taken into
 
account.
Based on the
 
Group’s view,
 
the carrying
 
amount of trade
 
receivables corresponds
 
to the maximum
 
credit risk
 
if the
contractual parties are unable to meet their obligations
 
related to trade receivables.
The fair value of other receivables and prepaid expenses corresponds
 
with their carrying amount.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ageing of trade receivables and recognised credit losses
2024
EUR mill.
Trade receivables and
contract assets total
Expected credit loss
Recognised expected
credit loss
Carrying amount
Contract assets
7.9
-0,0%
-0,0
7.9
Not past due
97.4
-0.1 %
-0.1
97.3
Past due
 
Less than 30 days
7.4
-0.5 %
-0,0
7.4
 
31–90 days
1.8
-1.3 %
-0,0
1.8
 
91–180 days
2.6
-9.4 %
-0.2
2.3
 
Over 180 days
2.3
-68.9 %
-1.6
0.7
154
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total
119.5
-1.9
117.5
Information about credit risk related to trade receivables is stated in note 21. Financial risks.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ageing of trade receivables and recognised credit losses
2023
EUR mill.
Trade receivables total
Expected credit loss
Recognised expected
credit loss
Carrying amount
Contract assets
10.2
0.0 %
-0,0
10.2
Not past due
101.9
-0.1 %
-0.1
101.8
Past due
 
Less than 30 days
10.4
-0.4 %
-0,0
10.3
 
31–90 days
2.4
-1.3 %
-0,0
2.4
 
91–180 days
1.8
-8.4 %
-0.2
1.6
 
Over 180 days
3.0
-61.3 %
-1.8
1.1
Total
129.7
-2.1
127.6
Information about credit risk related to trade receivables is stated in note 21. Financial risks.
23. Cash and cash equivalents
The
 
Group’s
 
cash
 
and
 
cash
 
equivalents
 
on
 
31 December
 
2024,
 
amounting
 
to
 
EUR
 
65.2
 
(37.7)
 
million
 
consist
 
of
cash in hand and bank as well as cash payments on the
 
bank settlement account at the reporting date.
The carrying
 
amounts in
 
the statement
 
of financial
 
position correspond
 
to the
 
maximum amount
 
of credit
 
risk if
 
the
contractual
 
parties
 
are unable
 
to
 
meet
 
their
 
obligations.
 
However,
 
no significant
 
counterparty
 
risks
 
are associated
with cash and cash equivalents. The fair value of cash
 
and cash equivalents correspond to their carrying amounts.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24. Share capital and invested non-restricted equity
 
reserve
EUR mill.
Number of
outstanding
shares, 1,000
pcs
Number
of
treasury
shares,
1,000
pcs
Number
of shares
total,
1,000 pcs
Share capital
Invested non-
restricted equity
reserve
Treasury
shares
Total
1 Jan 2023
126,548
489
127,037
0.1
492.8
-15.8
477.1
Acquisition of treasury
shares
8
-8
-
-
-
0.1
0.1
Cancellation of treasury
shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
31 Dec 2023
126,556
480
127,037
0.1
492.8
-15.7
477.2
1 Jan 2024
126,556
480
127,037
0.1
492.8
-15.7
477.2
Acquisition of treasury
shares
49
-49
-
-
-
0.4
0.4
Cancellation of treasury
shares
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
155
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31 Dec 2024
126,605
432
127,037
0.1
492.8
-15.2
477.6
Shares and share capital
On 31 December 2024, the amount
 
of shares is 127,036,531 of which
 
amount of outstanding shares is
 
126,604,826
and amount of treasury shares is 431,705.
 
The Company has a single share class. The
 
shares have no nominal value. All shares
 
issued have been paid in full.
Each
 
share
 
has
 
one
 
vote
 
at
 
the
 
Annual
 
General
 
Meeting
 
and
 
equal
 
rights
 
to
 
dividends
 
and
 
other
 
distribution
 
of
assets.
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc’s
 
share
 
is
 
listed
 
on
 
Nasdaq
 
Helsinki
 
Oy.
 
The
 
trading
 
code
 
is
 
TTALO.
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc’s
 
shares
belong to the book-entry system maintained by Euroclear
 
Finland Oy.
Invested non-restricted equity reserve
Invested non-restricted
 
equity
 
reserve
 
consists
 
of other
 
investments
 
similar to
 
equity
 
and
 
the subscription
 
price of
shares to the
 
extent that
 
it has not
 
been recorded
 
in share capital
 
according to specific
 
resolution. According
 
to the
current Finnish Companies Act, subscription
 
price of new shares is recogni
 
sed in the share capital, unless it
 
has not
been according to Issuance Resolution fully or partly recognised
 
in invested non-restricted equity reserve.
Distributable funds
On 31 December 2024,
 
the distributable funds
 
of the parent company
 
totalled EUR 558.9
 
million including the
 
profit
of the
 
financial
 
period 2024
 
of EUR
 
61.0 million.
 
The Board
 
of Directors
 
proposes
 
to the
 
Annual
 
General
 
Meeting
that a
 
dividend
 
of EUR
0.48
 
(
0.30
)
 
per share
 
totalling
 
EUR
60.8
 
(38.0)
 
million
 
be
 
paid
 
based
 
on the
 
statement
 
of
financial
 
position
 
adopted
 
for
 
the
 
financial
 
year
 
ended
 
on
 
31
 
December
 
2024.
 
The
 
dividend
 
would
 
be
 
paid
 
in
 
two
instalments as follows:
 
The first
 
dividend installment
 
of EUR
 
0.24 per
 
share would
 
be paid
 
to the
 
shareholders who
 
are registered
in the shareholders'
 
register of the
 
Company maintained
 
by Euroclear Finland
 
Ltd on the
 
record date of
 
the
first
 
dividend
 
installment
 
on
 
10
 
April
 
2025.
 
The
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
proposes
 
that
 
the
 
first
 
dividend
installment would be paid on 17 April 2025.
 
The second
 
dividend installment
 
of EUR
 
0.24 per
 
share would
 
be paid
 
to shareholders
 
who are
 
registered
in the shareholders'
 
register of the
 
Company maintained
 
by Euroclear Finland
 
Ltd on the
 
record date of
 
the
second dividend
 
installment on
 
8 October
 
2025. The
 
Board of Directors
 
proposes that
 
the second
 
dividend
installment
 
would
 
be
 
paid
 
on
 
15
 
October
 
2025.
 
The
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
also
 
proposes
 
that
 
the
 
Annual
General Meeting would
 
authorize the
 
Board of Directors
 
to resolve, if
 
necessary,
 
on a new
 
record date and
date
 
of
 
payment
 
for
 
the
 
second
 
dividend
 
installment
 
should
 
the
 
rules
 
of
 
Euroclear
 
Finland
 
Ltd
 
or
 
statutes
applicable to the Finnish book-entry system change or
 
otherwise so require.
 
The dividend
 
proposed by
 
the Board
 
of Directors
 
to the
 
Annual General
 
Meeting is
 
not deducted
 
from distributable
equity until approved by the Annual General Meeting of
 
Shareholders.
 
No material
 
changes have
 
taken place
 
in the
 
company’s
 
financial position
 
since the
 
end of
 
the financial
 
year.
 
The
liquidity of the company is good and
 
the proposed allocation of funds, in
 
the view of the Board of Directors,
 
does not
endanger the company's solvency.
 
 
 
 
 
156
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
25. Financial liabilities
Non-cash changes
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2024
Cash flows
Business
combinations
Other changes
Translation
differences
31 Dec 2024
Loans from financial institutions
313.8
-35.3
0.1
0.1
-
278.8
Bonds
99.1
-
-
0.2
-
99.3
Hire purchase liabilities
3.8
-3.8
-
-
-
0.0
Lease liabilities
219.1
-53.6
1.2
25.0
0.0
191.8
Total
635.7
-92.6
1.3
25.4
0.0
569.9
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
.
Non-cash changes
EUR mill.
1 Jan 2023
Cash flows
Business
combinations
Other changes
Translation
differences
31 Dec 2023
Loans from financial institutions
419.2
-105.2
-
-0.2
-
313.8
Bonds
-
99.6
-
-0.5
-
99.1
Hire purchase liabilities
8.0
-4.3
-
-
-
3.8
Lease liabilities
179.8
-50.9
0.3
90.4
-0.5
219.1
Total
607.0
-60.8
0.3
89.7
-0.5
635.7
The Group’s
 
loan agreements
 
include a
 
covenant,
 
based on
 
which creditors
 
can demand
 
an immediate
 
repayment
of the loans if a
 
certain covenant limit
 
is breached. The covenant
 
relates to the ratio
 
between EBITDA and
 
net debt.
The Group has met all covenant terms and conditions
 
during the reporting period and at the reporting date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26. Trade and other payables
Carrying amounts of trade and other payables
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Trade payables
55.6
49.5
Other payables
82.3
80.1
Contract liabilities
7.0
8.8
Derivative liabilities
0.3
0.1
Accrued expenses
85.1
86.2
Total
230.3
224.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specification of other payables
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Doctor's fee liabilities
50.1
48.5
VAT
 
liabilities
23.0
23.3
Other
 
9.1
8.3
Total
82.3
80.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
157
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Specification of accrued expenses
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Personnel-related accrued expenses
74.6
74.0
Interest liabilities
4.8
6.3
Other
 
5.6
5.9
Total
85.1
86.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27. Provisions
Carrying amounts of provisions
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Non-current provisions
3.3
2.8
Current provisions
2.9
3.3
Total
6.2
6.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Onerous contracts
3.1
4.1
Other provisions
3.1
2.0
Total
6.2
6.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in provisions during the financial year 2024
EUR mill.
Onerous
contracts
Other
provisions
Total
1 Jan 2024
4.1
2.0
6.1
Increase in provisions
0.0
2.7
2.7
Used provisions
-1.1
-1.6
-2.7
31 Dec 2024
3.1
3.1
6.2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in provisions during the financial year 2023
EUR mill.
Onerous
contracts
Other
provisions
Total
1 Jan 2023
7.1
4.4
11.5
Increase in provisions
1.1
0.9
2.1
Used provisions
-4.1
-3.4
-7.5
31 Dec 2023
4.1
2.0
6.1
28. Defined benefit plans
The Group has defined benefit plans
 
in Sweden in the Feelgood subgroup
 
.
 
These consists of PSA and PA
 
-KL plans
which are closed
 
and for which
 
all the participants
 
have either retired
 
or left the
 
Group. There are
 
no assets related
to the Group’s
 
defined benefit plans.
 
The defined benefit
 
plans determine the
 
amount of pension
 
to be paid
 
and the
 
 
 
158
benefits to be paid
 
for disability and at
 
termination of employment.
 
The benefits in
 
these plans are usually
 
based on
the
 
length
 
of
 
employment
 
and
 
the
 
level
 
of
 
final
 
salary.
 
The
 
weighted
 
average
 
duration
 
of
 
the
 
defined
 
benefit
obligations was eight years at the reporting date.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of the impact of the defined benefit plans in the financial statements
EUR mill.
2024
2023
Present value of the defined benefit obligations
1.3
1.3
Expenses related to defined benefit plans
0.0
0.0
Remeasurements of defined benefit obligations
0.1
0.1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Reconciliation of the defined benefit obligation
EUR mill.
2024
2023
1 Jan
 
1.3
1.3
Interest expense (+) / income (-)
0.1
0.1
Benefits paid
-0.1
-0.1
Remeasurement of the obligation
Actuarial gain (-) / loss (+) from change in financial
 
assumptions
0.1
0.1
31 Dec
 
1.3
1.3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Applied actuarial assumptions
%
2024
2023
Discount rate
2.70
3.70
Inflation
1.80
1.70
The discount rate is determined based on
 
the yield of Swedish housing market bonds which
 
have a length that approximates the Group’s
pension obligations.
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity analysis of the relevant actuarial assumptions’ impact on defined benefit obligation
EUR mill.
2024
2023
0.5%-point increase in the principal assumption
Discount rate
-0,0
-0,0
Inflation
0.0
0.0
0.5%-point decrease in the principal assumption
Discount rate
0.0
0.0
Inflation
-0,0
-0,0
An external actuary has performed the sensitivity
 
analysis for one variable at a time while holding
 
all other variables constant and regardless
of the actual volatility of the given variable. Consequently, the purpose of the
 
analysis is not to quantify expected change in
 
the defined
benefit obligation but to illustrate the sensitivity of
 
the value of the obligation to these variables.
.
29. Collateral and contingent liabilities
 
 
 
 
159
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EUR mill.
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
Business mortgages
0.7
7.5
Real estate mortgages
0.2
-
Total
0.9
7.5
Securities for own debts
Deposits
0.2
0.2
Guarantees
0.1
0.2
Total
0.3
0.4
As part of the normal development and maintenance
 
of its branch and hospital network,
 
the Group has entered into a 20-
year lease agreement with an estimated annual rent
 
of EUR 3.5 million. The transfer of control
 
of the lease property is
planned to take place in 2027.
30. Related party transactions
Group’s related parties
The
 
Group’s
 
related
 
parties
 
include
 
the
 
parent
 
company
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
subsidiaries
 
and
 
associated
 
companies.
 
In
addition, related
 
parties include
 
also the
 
members of
 
the Board
 
of Directors,
 
Group management
 
and the
 
CEO as
well as their close family members and entities in which they
 
have control or joint control.
 
The relationships of the parent company and the subsidiaries
 
are disclosed in note 31.
Group companies
.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Related party transactions
2024
Sales
Purchases
Receivables
Payables
Associated companies
0.5
6.1
0.2
0.4
Total
0.5
6.1
0.2
0.4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2023
Sales
Purchases
Receivables
Payables
Associated companies
0.6
9.7
0.2
0.8
Other related parties
0.0
-
-
-
Total
0.6
9.7
0.2
0.8
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Compensation for the key management
Remuneration to the CEO, in thousands of euro
2024
2023
Fixed pay
438.2
397.7
Other benefits
13.8
12.3
Short-term incentives
577.7
402.2
Share-based payments
336.2
348.1
Pensions (statutory)
169.1
133.4
Total
1,535.0
1,293.7
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
160
Renumeration to the CEO is presented on an accrual basis.
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration to the members of the Executive
 
team
(excluding CEO), in thousands of euro
2024
2023
Fixed pay
1,568.1
1,348.3
Other benefits
40.6
28.7
Short-term incentives
700.5
606.7
Share-based payments
308.3
412.1
Termination benefits
36.0
226.3
Pensions (statutory)
384.4
330.7
Total
3,037.9
2,952.8
Renumeration to the members of the Executive team is presented on an accrual basis.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Remuneration to the Board of
Directors, in thousands of euro
2024
2023
Annual fee
settled in
cash
Annual fee
settled in
shares
Meeting
fees
Other
financial
benefits*
Annual fee
settled in
cash
Annual fee
settled in
shares
Meeting
fees
Other
financial
benefits*
Kauniskangas Kari (Chairman of
the board)
54.0
36.0
15.8
0.5
52.5
35.0
18.7
0.6
Pullola Kristian
31.8
21.2
10.7
0.3
31.2
20.8
11.7
0.3
Rosenberg Matts
31.8
21.2
10.7
0.3
31.2
20.8
12.4
0.3
Lemne Carola
25.4
16.9
14.5
0.3
24.9
16.6
18.0
0.3
Lehtoranta Ari
25.4
16.9
10.1
0.3
24.9
16.6
8.5
0.3
Hasselberg Sofia
25.4
16.9
17.2
0.3
24.9
16.6
15.4
0.3
Sarajärvi Teija**
25.4
16.9
8.1
0.3
-
-
-
-
Member of the Board of Directors
until 26 March 2024
Viippola Katri
-
-
2.0
-
24.9
16.6
13.7
0.3
Total
219.2
146.0
89.0
2.2
214.5
143.0
98.1
2.3
* Other financial benefits include transfer tax fees
 
for the annual fees paid in shares.
** Member of the Board of Directors from 2024.
.
Bonus Scheme
The Company
 
operates a
 
bonus scheme,
 
which is
 
determined by
 
the Board
 
of Directors
 
of the
 
Company upon
 
the
recommendation of the Remuneration Committee.
 
The CEO and the members of
 
the Executive Team
 
are eligible to
participate
 
in
 
the
 
bonus
 
scheme
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
Company’s
 
bonus
 
policy.
 
Annual
 
bonuses
 
are
 
payable
based on the
 
attainment of key
 
performance targets of
 
the Company.
 
The key performance
 
targets of the
 
CEO and
the
 
Executive
 
Team
 
are
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
Company’s
 
adjusted
 
EBITA
 
as
 
well
 
as
 
the
 
individual
 
business
 
and
performance targets.
 
The individual
 
business and
 
performance targets
 
are set
 
by the
 
manager of
 
the participant
 
in
the bonus scheme.
161
The Board of
 
Directors of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc has resolved
 
on share-based
 
incentive plans
 
directed to
 
the Group’s
 
key
employees. More information on the share-based incentive
 
plans is presented in note 19.
 
Share-based payments.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management holdings
Name
Position
31 Dec 2024
Kari Kauniskangas
Chairman of the Board of Directors
25,363
Matts Rosenberg
Member of the Board of Directors
16,595
Carola Lemne
Member of the Board of Directors
6,799
Kristian Pullola
Member of the Board of Directors
10,304
Ari Lehtoranta
Member of the Board of Directors
8,177
Sofia Hasselberg
Member of the Board of Directors
4,172
Teija Sarajärvi
Member of the Board of Directors
1,673
Ville Iho
President and CEO
23,566
Juuso Pajunen
Chief Financial Officer
20,697
Petteri Lankinen
Chief Medical Officer
-
Sari Heinonen
Executive Vice President, Healthcare Services
-
Henri Mäenalanen
Executive Vice President, Portfolio Businesses
3,163
Stefan Kullgren
Executive Vice President, Swedish Business Area
10,000
Ilari Richard
Senior Vice President, Digital Services
3,834
Minttu Sinisalo
Senior Vice President, Human Resources
4,081
Petra Gräsbeck
Senior Vice President, Communications and Public Affairs
175
162
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31. Group companies
The Group’s parent company is Terveystalo
 
Plc domiciled in Finland.
Subsidiaries as at 31 December 2024
Company name
Domicile
Group's share
Group's voting
rights
Cityläkarna Mariehamn AB
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Clarahälsan AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
EAM TTALO Holding Oy*
Finland
0.0 %
0.0 %
Feelgood Alna Sverige AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Feelgood Företagshälsa Dalarna AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Feelgood Företagshälsovård AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Feelgood Hälsoforum AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Feelgood Länshälsan AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Feelgood Sjukvård AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Feelgood Svenska AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Idavallen AB
 
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Länshälsan Skåne AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Medimar Scandinavia AB
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Nämndemansgården i Sverige AB
Sweden
100.0 %
100.0 %
Rela-hierojat Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Sauma Lastensuojelupalvelut Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Suomen Hierojakoulut Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Suomen Terveystalo Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Terveystalo Estonia OÜ
Estonia
100.0 %
100.0 %
Terveystalo Healthcare Holding Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Terveystalo Healthcare Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Terveystalo Julkiset palvelut Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Terveystalo Kuntaturva Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
Terveystalo Tactus
 
Oy
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
TT Ålands Tandläkarna AB
Finland
100.0 %
100.0 %
*Evli Asset Management holds the ownership and voting
 
rights of EAM TTALO
 
Holding Oy by legal terms, but according to the
 
agreement,
Terveystalo has control
 
over the company and acts as the principal, whereas EAM
 
is an agent through the holding company.
 
Based on this
control arising from contractual terms, the holding company is
 
consolidated into the Group's IFRS financial statements
 
as a structured
entity.
Changes in the Group structure
Financial year 2024
The following mergers took place during the financial year
 
2024:
 
31.12.2024 Kajaanin Radiologikeskus Oy merged with
 
Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy.
 
31.12.2024 Suomen Radiologikeskus Oy merged with
 
SRK Group Oy.
 
31.12.2024 IRad Oy merged with SRK Group Oy.
 
31.12.2024 SRK Group Oy merged with Terveystalo
 
Julkiset Palvelut Oy.
Financial year 2023
163
The following mergers took place during the financial year
 
2023:
 
31.1.2023 Kunnon Syke Oy merged with Suomen Terveystalo
 
Oy.
 
28.2.2023 Ludus Oy merged with Suomen Terveystalo
 
Oy.
 
31.3.2023 Saimaan Urheilufysioterapia Oy merged with
 
Suomen Terveystalo
 
Oy.
 
31.5.2023 Evalua International Ltd Oy merged with Suomen
 
Terveystalo
 
Oy.
 
31.8.2023 Somia Reality Oy merged with Suomen Terveystalo
 
Oy.
 
30.9.2023 Feelgood Jobbhälsan AB merged with Feelgood
 
Företagshälsovård AB.
 
30.9.2023 Medicin Direkt Östersund AB merged with Feelgood
 
Sjukvård AB.
 
30.9.2023 The Drawing Room AB merged with Nämndemansgården
 
Sverige AB.
The following companies operations have ceased during
 
the financial year 2023:
 
22.2.2023 Evalua Nederland B.V.
 
31.12.2023 Rela Estonia ÖU
32. Subsequent events
Terveystalo
 
Plc's Board
 
of Directors
 
has approved
 
a new
 
performance period
 
covering years
 
2025‒2027 of
the long-term share-based incentive plan for key personnel
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc's Board
 
of Directors
 
has approved
 
a new
 
performance period
 
covering the
 
years 2025–2027
 
of the
long-term
 
share-based
 
incentive
 
plan
 
for
 
key
 
personnel.
 
The
 
purpose
 
of
 
the
 
program
 
is
 
to
 
align
 
the
 
objectives
 
of
shareholders and
 
key personnel
 
to increase
 
the company's
 
value in
 
the long
 
term, and
 
to commit
 
key personnel
 
to
implementing Terveystalo's
 
strategy by offering them a competitive, share-based
 
incentive program.
The
 
Performance
 
Share
 
Plan
 
is
 
based
 
on
 
a
 
rolling
 
3-year
 
performance
 
period
 
structure,
 
with
 
a
 
new
 
performance
period
 
starting
 
at
 
the
 
beginning
 
of
 
each
 
year
 
if
 
so
 
decided
 
by
 
the
 
Board.
 
The
 
Board
 
decides
 
on
 
the
 
participants,
performance measures,
 
and targets
 
as well as
 
earning opportunities
 
on an annual
 
basis. Terveystalo
 
published the
establishment of the program and its main terms in a stock
 
exchange release on 3 December 2020.
Performance Period 2025–2027of the Performance
 
Share Plan (PSP)
During the performance
 
period 2025–2027,
 
the participants
 
are awarded
 
for successful
 
shareholder value
 
creation.
The performance indicators based
 
on which share rewards
 
may be paid to 90% of
 
the participants are absolute and
relative
 
(compared
 
to
 
the
 
OMX
 
HKI
 
benchmark
 
CAP
 
GI
 
index)
 
Total
 
Shareholder
 
Return.
 
For
 
10%
 
of
 
the
participants, the
 
value creation
 
is measured
 
by EBITA
 
(adjusted earnings
 
before interest,
 
taxes, and
 
amortization)
of the business area or independent business that they
 
lead.
Terveystalo's
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
confirms
 
the
 
total
 
amount
 
of
 
shares
 
earned
 
after
 
the
 
end
 
of
 
the
 
performance
period. The share
 
rewards that may
 
be paid based
 
on the 2025–2027
 
earning period will
 
be paid in Terveystalo
 
Plc
shares
 
after the
 
end
 
of the
 
performance
 
period,
 
provided
 
that
 
the
 
performance
 
targets
 
set for
 
the
 
program
 
by the
Board are
 
achieved. The
 
maximum number
 
of shares
 
to be
 
paid based
 
on this
 
plan is
 
700,000 shares.
 
Taxes
 
and
tax-like payments to the
 
recipient are deducted from
 
the reward, after which
 
the remaining net amount
 
is paid to the
participants in shares.
No
 
more
 
than
 
approximately
 
80
 
people
 
selected
 
by
 
the
 
Board
 
are
 
eligible
 
to
 
participate
 
in
 
the
 
program,
 
including
members of Terveystalo's
 
Executive Team.
 
Terveystalo
 
applies
 
a share
 
ownership
 
requirement
 
to
 
the
 
members
 
of
 
the
 
Executive
 
Team.
 
Each
 
member
 
of the
Executive Team
 
is expected
 
to retain
 
at least
 
50 percent
 
of the
 
net shares
 
received under
 
the long-term
 
incentive
plan until his or her shareholding in Terveystalo
 
is at least equal to his or her annual gross base salary.
164
Performance Period 2025–2027of the Restricted
 
Share Plan (RSP)
The purpose
 
of
 
the
 
Restricted
 
Share
 
Plan
 
is to
 
function
 
as a
 
supplementary
 
structure
 
for separately
 
selected
 
key
personnel of Terveystalo
 
in special situations.
The share rewards
 
will be paid
 
in Terveystalo
 
Plc shares after
 
the end of
 
the performance
 
period, provided that
 
the
individual participants
 
are still
 
employed by
 
Terveystalo.
 
The maximum
 
number of
 
shares to
 
be paid
 
based on
 
this
plan is 70,000 shares.
Notifications pursuant to Chapter 9, Section 10 of the Securities
 
Markets Act
After the
 
end of the
 
reporting period,
 
on 18
 
February 2025,
 
OP Financial
 
Group's insurance
 
companies transferred
their
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
shares
 
to
 
OP
 
Cooperative.
 
This
 
transaction
 
left
 
OP
 
Financial
 
Group's
 
total
 
holding
 
in
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
unchanged
 
at
 
13.91
 
percent,
 
equating
 
to
 
17,675,975
 
shares.
 
As
 
part
 
of
 
the
 
arrangement,
Terveystalo
 
Plc received the following flagging notifications on 19 February
 
2025.
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
received
 
a
 
notification
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
Chapter
 
9,
 
Section
 
5
 
of
 
the
 
Securities
 
Markets
 
Act,
according to which OP
 
Cooperative's holding of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc's shares and votes
 
has exceeded 10 percent
 
on 18
February 2025.
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
received
 
a
 
notification
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
Chapter
 
9,
 
Section
 
5
 
of
 
the
 
Securities
 
Markets
 
Act,
according to which Pohjola Insurance
 
Ltd's holding in Terveystalo
 
Plc's shares and votes has fallen
 
below 5 percent
on 18 February 2025.
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
received
 
a
 
notification
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
Chapter
 
9,
 
Section
 
5
 
of
 
the
 
Securities
 
Markets
 
Act,
according
 
to
 
which
 
OP
 
Life
 
Assurance
 
Company
 
Ltd's
 
holding
 
of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc's
 
shares
 
and
 
votes
 
has
 
fallen
below 5 percent on 18 February 2025.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
165
Parent company's financial statement, FAS
Parent company’s income statement
EUR
Note
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Revenue
1.1
8,062,045
11,487,798
Materials and supplies
-360
-1,684
Employee benefit expenses
 
Wages and salaries
-2,406,187
-1,889,541
 
Social security expenses
 
Pension expenses
-287,420
-232,335
 
Other social security expenses
-17,263
-153,776
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
1.2
-22,617
-18,227
Other operating expenses
1.4
-9,476,615
-20,555,877
Operating loss
-4,148,418
-11,363,642
Financial income and expenses
1.5
 
Other interest and financial income
 
From group companies
5,453,177
3,194,991
 
From others
1,715
-
 
Other interest and financial expenses
 
To group companies
-2,389,839
-1,126,839
 
To others
-5,579,405
-3,833,481
Loss before appropriations and taxes
-6,662,769
-13,128,972
Appropriations
1.6
 
Increase/decrease in depreciation in excess of
 
plan
1,824
-16,959
 
Group contributions
83,000,000
63,777,000
Taxes
-15,293,500
-10,132,230
Profit for the period
61,046,181
40,499,784
Parent company’s statement of financial position
EUR
Note
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
ASSETS
Non-current assets
 
Property, plant and equipment
2.1
 
Machinery and equipment
64,270
86,887
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
166
Investments
 
Holdings in group companies
2.2
516,818,244
516,818,244
Loan receivables from group companies
2.3
105,375,000
100,000,000
Total non-current assets
622,257,514
616,905,132
Current assets
 
Receivables from group companies
2.3
94,081,527
87,022,736
 
Prepayments and accrued income
2.4
623,426
1,030,499
Total current assets
90,731,399
88,053,235
TOTAL ASSETS
716,962,467
704,958,366
EUR
Note
31 Dec 2024
31 Dec 2023
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity
2.5
 
Share capital
80,000
80,000
 
Invested non-restricted equity reserve
493,503,962
493,503,962
 
Retained earnings
4,373,361
1,855,024
Profit for the period
61,046,181
40,499,784
Total equity
559,003,504
535,938,771
Appropriations
 
Depreciation in excess of plan
24,072
25,896
Total appropriations
24,072
25,896
Liabilities
2.6
Non-current liabilities
 
Bonds
100,000,000
100,000,000
Current liabilities
 
Trade payables
1,718,174
2,296,985
 
Liabilities to group companies
45,978,136
56,730,930
 
Other liabilities
148,460
35,585
 
Accruals and deferred income
10,090,121
9,930,200
Total liabilities
157,934,891
168,993,700
TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
716,962,467
704,958,366
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
167
Parent company's statement of cash flows
EUR
1.1.-31.12.2024
1.1.-31.12.2023
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit for the period before income taxes
76,339,055
50,631,069
Adjustments
 
Depreciations according to plan
22,617
18,227
 
Non-cash transactions
 
-79,860,935
-60,564,902
 
Financial income and expenses
2,514,351
1,765,330
Change in working capital
 
Change in trade and other receivables
7,036,904
-16,767,585
 
Change in trade and other payables
-2,652,245
878,760
Taxes
-13,178,727
-4,464,873
Net cash from operating activities
-9,778,979
-28,503,974
Cash flows from investing activities
Acquisition of tangible and intangible assets
-
-44,361
Granted loan receivables to subsidiary
-
-100,000,000
Net cash from investing activities
-
-100,044,361
Cash flows from financial activities
Change in group bank account
-10,468,331
31,521,429
Proceeds of long-term borrowings
-
99,594,000
Received group contribution
63,777,000
34,634,000
Dividends paid
-37,981,448
-35,435,764
Interest and other financial expenses paid
-5,548,242
-1,765,330
Net cash from financial activities
9,778,979
128,548,335
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents at the start
 
of the financial year
-
-
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of
 
the financial year
-
-
Accounting policies of parent company’s
 
financial statements
The financial statements of Terveystalo
 
Plc are prepared in accordance with Finnish Accounting
 
Standards (FAS).
Measurement and recognition principles and methods
Holdings in group companies
The carrying
 
amount of
 
holdings in
 
group companies
 
consists of
 
historical costs
 
less impairments.
 
If the
 
estimated
future
 
cash
 
flows
 
generated
 
by
 
a
 
non-current
 
asset
 
are
 
expected
 
to
 
be
 
permanently
 
lower
 
than
 
the
 
balance
 
of
carrying amount, an
 
adjustment to the value
 
must be made to
 
write-down the difference
 
as an expense.
 
If the basis
for the impairment can no longer be justified at the reporting
 
date, it is reversed.
Property, plant
 
and equipment,
 
and depreciation
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
168
The
 
carrying
 
amount
 
of
 
property,
 
plant
 
and
 
equipment
 
consists
 
of
 
historical
 
costs
 
less
 
depreciation
 
and
 
other
deductions.
 
Property,
 
plant and
 
equipment
 
are depreciated
 
using straight
 
-line depreciation
 
based on
 
the expected
useful life of the asset.
The depreciation is based on the following expected useful
 
lives:
Machinery and equipment: 5 years
Notes to the statement of income
1.1 Revenue
EUR
2024
2023
Finland
8,029,850
11,455,589
Sweden
32,195
32,209
Total
8,062,045
11,487,798
1.2 Depreciation, amortisation and impairment losses
EUR
2024
2023
Depreciation
-22,617
-18,227
Total
-22,617
-18,227
1.3 Personnel
Average number of personnel during financial year
4
4
1.4 Other operating expenses
EUR
2024
2023
External services
-8,562,278
-19,452,524
ICT expenses
-35,340
-36,242
Non-statutory personnel expenses
-56,370
-109,863
Leases
-12,817
-14,731
Travel expenses
-46,102
-51,977
Marketing and communication
-193,652
-201,761
Other costs
-570,056
-688,779
Total
-9,476,615
-20,555,877
Auditor's fees
EUR
2024
2023
Audit and auditor's statements based on laws
 
and regulations
 
Audit, KPMG
-108,900
-101,000
 
Auditor's statements based on laws and regulations,
 
KPMG*
-89,000
-
Total
-197,900
-56,240
Non audit services
 
Other services, KPMG
-14,000
-
Total
-14,000
-
Auditor's fees total
-211,900
-101,000
*Including limited assurance of sustainability statement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
169
1.5 Financial income and expenses
EUR
2024
2023
Other interest and financial income
From group companies
5,453,177
3,194,991
From others
1,715
-
Total
5,454,892
3,194,991
Other interest and financial expenses
To group companies
-2,389,839
-1,126,839
To others
-5,579,405
-3,833,481
Total
-7,969,244
-4,960,321
1.6 Appropriations
EUR
2024
2023
Increase/decrease in depreciation in excess of plan
1,824
-16,959
Group contributions received
83,000,000
63,777,000
Appropriations total
83,001,824
63,760,041
Notes to the statement of the financial position
2.1 Property, plant and equipment
Machinery and equipment
EUR
2024
2023
Acquisition cost 1 Jan
151,975
107,614
Additions
-
44,361
Acquisition cost 31 Dec
151,975
151,975
Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
 
1 Jan
-65,087
-46,861
Depreciation for the period
-22,617
-18,227
Accumulated depreciation and impairment losses
 
31 Dec
-87,704
-65,087
Carrying amount 1 Jan
86,887
60,753
Carrying amount 31 Dec
64,270
86,887
 
2.2 Investments
Holdings in group companies
EUR
2024
2023
Acquisition cost 1 Jan
516,818,244
516,818,244
Acquisition cost 31 Dec
516,818,244
516,818,244
Carrying amount 1 Jan
516,818,244
516,818,244
Carrying amount 31 Dec
516,818,244
516,818,244
Parent company ownerships
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
170
Holdings in group companies
2024
2023
Terveystalo Healthcare Holding Oy
100%
100%
2.3 Receivables from group companies
EUR
2024
2023
Loan receivables
105,375,000
100,000,000
Total
105,375,000
100,000,000
EUR
2024
2023
Non-current receivables
3,973,554
4,418,475
Trade receivables
634,331
827,512
Group contribution receivables
83,000,000
63,777,000
Prepayments and accrued income*
6,473,642
17,999,749
Total
94,081,527
87,022,736
* 2023 including rechargeable service fees EUR 14.8
 
million and interest receivables EUR 3.2 million.
2.4 Prepayments and accrued income
EUR
2024
2023
VAT
 
receivables
153,539
477,423
Prepayments and accrued income
469,886
553,076
Total
623,426
1,030,499
2.5 Changes in equity
Restricted equity
Share capital
EUR
2024
2023
At the beginning of the period
80,000
80,000
At the end of the period
80,000
80,000
Total restricted equity
80,000
80,000
Unrestricted equity
Invested non-restricted equity reserve
EUR
2024
2023
At the beginning of the period
493,503,962
493,503,962
At the end of the period
493,503,962
493,503,962
Retained earnings
EUR
2024
2023
Retained earnings at the beginning of the period
42,354,808
37,290,789
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
171
Dividends paid
-37,981,448
-35,435,764
Retained earnings at the end of the period
4,373,361
1,855,024
Net income
61,046,181
40,499,784
Total unrestricted equity
558,923,504
535,858,771
Total equity
559,003,504
535,938,771
Distributable equity
EUR
2024
2023
Invested non-restricted equity reserve
493,503,962
493,503,962
Retained earnings
4,373,361
1,855,024
Net income
61,046,181
40,499,784
Total
558,923,504
535,858,771
Shares and share capital
On 31 December
 
2024, the amount
 
of shares is
 
127,036,531 of which
 
431,705 is held
 
by EAM TTALO
 
Holding Oy,
a company which is under the control of Terveystalo
 
Plc.
 
The company has a single
 
share class. The shares have
 
no nominal value. All shares
 
issued have been paid in
 
full.
Each
 
share
 
has
 
one
 
vote
 
at
 
the
 
Annual
 
General
 
Meeting
 
and
 
equal
 
rights
 
to
 
dividends
 
and
 
other
 
distribution
 
of
assets.
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc’s
 
share
 
is
 
listed
 
on
 
Nasdaq
 
Helsinki
 
Oy.
 
The
 
trading
 
code
 
is
 
TTALO.
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc’s
 
shares
belong to the book-entry system maintained by Euroclear
 
Finland Oy.
 
Invested non-restricted equity reserve
Invested non-restricted
 
equity
 
reserve
 
consists
 
of other
 
investments
 
similar to
 
equity
 
and
 
the subscription
 
price of
shares to the
 
extent that
 
it has not
 
been recorded
 
in share capital
 
according to specific
 
resolution. According
 
to the
current Finnish Companies Act, subscription
 
price of new shares is recognised
 
in the share capital, unless it
 
has not
been according to Issuance Resolution fully or partly recognised
 
in invested non-restricted equity reserve.
2.6 Liabilities
2.6.1 Non-current liabilities
EUR
2024
2023
Bonds
100,000,000
100,000,000
Total
100,000,000
100,000,000
Terveystalo Plc issued senior unsecured sustainability-linked notes in the aggregate principal
 
amount of EUR 100
million in June 2023. The Notes will mature
 
on 1 June 2028 and carry initially a fixed
 
annual interest of 5.375
percent. The notes were listed on the official list maintained
 
by Nasdaq Helsinki Ltd on 5 June 2023.
2.6.2 Current liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
172
EUR
2024
2023
Trade payables
1,718,174
2,296,985
Other liabilities to group companies
45,978,136
56,730,930
Other liabilities
148,460
35,585
Accruals
10,090,121
9,930,200
Total
57,934,891
68,993,700
2.6.3 Liabilities to Group companies
EUR
2024
2023
Trade payables
6,151
265,918
Group bank account payables
45,971,985
56,440,316
Accruals and deferred income
-
24,697
Total
45,978,136
56,730,930
2.6.4 Accruals and deferred expenses
EUR
2024
2023
Personnel-related accrued expenses
1,135,237
841,720
Other
650,265
2,845,628
Interest liabilities
3,142,760
3,195,139
Income tax liability
5,161,860
3,047,713
Total
10,090,121
9,930,200
Other notes
3. Collateral and other contingent liabilities
EUR
2024
2023
Suretyship*
253,521,166
305,000,000
Other guarantees
22,607
81,927
* Suretyship given by Terveystalo Plc to subsidiaries' financial institution loans.
173
Confirmation of the Board of Directors and the CEO
We confirm that
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
International
 
Financial
 
Reporting
Standards (IFRS)
 
as adopted
 
by the
 
European Union
 
and the
 
financial statements
 
of the
 
parent company
prepared in
 
accordance with
 
the laws
 
and regulations
 
governing the
 
preparation
 
of financial
 
statements in
Finland give a true
 
and fair view
 
of the assets,
 
liabilities, financial position
 
and profit or loss
 
of the company
and the undertakings included in the consolidation taken as
 
a whole;
 
the management report
 
includes a fair review
 
of the development
 
and performance of
 
the business and
 
the
position of the
 
company and
 
the undertakings
 
included in the
 
consolidation taken
 
as a whole,
 
together with
a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that
 
they face and
 
that
 
the
 
sustainability
 
report
 
within
 
management
 
report
 
is
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
sustainability
reporting
 
standards
 
referred
 
to
 
in
 
Chapter
 
7
 
of
 
the
 
Accounting
 
Act
 
and
 
with
 
the
 
Article
 
8
 
of
 
Taxonomy
Regulation
174
Signatures to the financial statements and Board of
 
Director’s report
Helsinki, 13 March 2025
Kari Kauniskangas
 
Sofia Hasselberg
Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
Member of the Board of Directors
Ari Lehtoranta
 
Carola Lemne
Member of the Board of Directors
 
Member of the Board of Directors
Kristian Pullola
 
Matts Rosenberg
Member of the Board of Directors
 
Member of the Board of Directors
Teija
 
Sarajärvi
 
Ville Iho
Member of the Board of Directors
 
President and CEO
AUDITORS NOTE
A report on the audit has been issued today.
Helsinki, 13 March 2025
KPMG Oy Ab
Audit firm
Henrik Holmbom
Authorised Public Accountant
175
This document is an English translation of
 
the Finnish auditor’s report. Only the
 
Finnish version of the report is legally binding.
Auditor’s Report
To
 
the Annual General Meeting of Terveystalo Plc
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited
 
the financial statements of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc (business identity code
 
2575979–3) for the year
 
ended
31
 
December,
 
2024.
 
The
 
financial
 
statements
 
comprise
 
the
 
consolidated
 
balance
 
sheet,
 
statement
 
of
comprehensive
 
income,
 
statement
 
of
 
changes
 
in
 
equity,
 
statement
 
of
 
cash
 
flows
 
and
 
notes,
 
including
 
material
accounting policy information,
 
as well as the parent
 
company’s balance sheet,
 
income statement, statement
 
of cash
flows and notes.
In our opinion
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
give
 
a
 
true
 
and
 
fair
 
view
 
of
 
the
 
group’s
 
financial
 
position,
 
financial
performance and cash flows in accordance with IFRS
 
Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU
the financial
 
statements
 
give
 
a true
 
and
 
fair
 
view
 
of
 
the
 
parent
 
company’s
 
financial
 
performance
 
and
 
financial
position
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
laws
 
and
 
regulations
 
governing
 
the
 
preparation
 
of
 
financial
 
statements
 
in
Finland and comply with statutory requirements.
Our opinion is consistent with the additional report submitted to
 
the Audit Committee.
Basis for Opinion
We
 
conducted
 
our
 
audit
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
good
 
auditing
 
practice
 
in
 
Finland.
 
Our
 
responsibilities
 
under
 
good
auditing
 
practice
 
are
 
further
 
described
 
in
 
the
Auditor’s
 
Responsibilities
 
for
 
the
 
Audit
 
of
 
the
 
Financial
 
Statements
section of our report.
We
 
are
 
independent
 
of
 
the
 
parent
 
company
 
and
 
of
 
the
 
group
 
companies
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
ethical
requirements
 
that
 
are
 
applicable
 
in
 
Finland
 
and
 
are
 
relevant
 
to
 
our
 
audit,
 
and
 
we
 
have
 
fulfilled
 
our
 
other
 
ethical
responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
In our best knowledge
 
and understanding, the non-audit
 
services that we have
 
provided to the parent
 
company and
group companies
 
are in
 
compliance
 
with laws
 
and regulations
 
applicable
 
in Finland
 
regarding these
 
services,
 
and
we have
 
not provided
 
any prohibited
 
non-audit services
 
referred to
 
in Article
 
5(1) of
 
regulation (EU)
 
537/2014. The
non-audit services that we have provided have been disclosed
 
in note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained
 
is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
 
for our opinion.
Materiality
The scope
 
of our
 
audit was
 
influenced by
 
our application
 
of materiality.
 
The materiality
 
is determined
 
based on
 
our
professional
 
judgement
 
and
 
is
 
used
 
to
 
determine
 
the
 
nature,
 
timing
 
and
 
extent
 
of
 
our
 
audit
 
procedures
 
and
 
to
evaluate the effect of identified misstatements
 
on the financial statements as a whole. The
 
level of materiality we set
is based
 
on our
 
assessment of
 
the magnitude
 
of misstatements
 
that, individually
 
or in aggregate,
 
could reasonably
be
 
expected
 
to
 
have
 
influence
 
on
 
the
 
economic
 
decisions
 
of
 
the
 
users
 
of
 
the
 
financial
 
statements.
 
We
 
have
 
also
taken
 
into
 
account
 
misstatements
 
and/or
 
possible
 
misstatements
 
that
 
in
 
our
 
opinion
 
are
 
material
 
for
 
qualitative
reasons for the users of the financial statements.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters
 
are those matters
 
that, in our
 
professional judgment, were
 
of most significance
 
in our audit
 
of the
financial statements
 
of the current
 
period. These
 
matters were addressed
 
in the context
 
of our audit
 
of the financial
statements
 
as
 
a
 
whole,
 
and
 
in
 
forming
 
our
 
opinion
 
thereon,
 
and
 
we
 
do
 
not
 
provide
 
a
 
separate
 
opinion
 
on
 
these
matters.
 
The
 
significant
 
risks
 
of
 
material
 
misstatement
 
referred
 
to
 
in
 
the
 
EU
 
Regulation
 
No
 
537/2014
 
point
 
(c)
 
of
Article 10(2) are included in the description of key audit
 
matters below.
We
 
have
 
also
 
addressed
 
the
 
risk
 
of
 
management
 
override
 
of
 
internal
 
controls.
 
This
 
includes
 
consideration
 
of
whether there was evidence of management bias that represented
 
a risk of material misstatement due to fraud.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
176
THE KEY AUDIT MATTER
HOW THE MATTER
 
WAS ADDRESSED IN THE
AUDIT
Valuation of Goodwill and
 
acquisition related Intangible Assets (Accounting
 
Principles for
the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes 3,
 
15 and 16)
At the year-end 2024 the goodwill
amounted to 829 M€ and accounted for 59
% of the consolidated total assets and for
151 % of the consolidated equity.
 
The acquisition-related recognised assets
for customer relationships and trademark
and at the year-end 2024 were in total 50
M€.
 
Terveystalo
 
determines recoverable
amounts for impairment tests based on
value in use. Preparation of cash flow
projections underlying impairment tests
requires management judgments for
profitability, long-term
 
growth rate and
discount rate.
Given the high level of management
judgment related to the forecasts used and
the significant carrying amounts involved,
valuation of goodwill and acquisition related
intangible assets is considered a key audit
matter.
We assessed the key assumptions used in
the impairment tests, such as profitability,
discount rate and long-term growth rate. To
analyse the forecasts, we applied
professional judgement in testing the key
assumptions and assessing the resulting
effects on the sensitivity analysis.
 
We assessed the appropriateness of the
assumptions used and the technical
accuracy of the calculations. This included a
comparison to external market and industry
forecasts.
In addition, we considered the
appropriateness of the disclosures in
respect of goodwill, impairment testing and
acquisition related intangible assets.
Revenue Recognition (Accounting Principles for the Consolidated
 
Financial Statements and
the Note 5)
The consolidated revenue for 2024
amounted to 1.340 M€ and consist of
numerous types of individual service
transactions generated to various customer
 
groups in multiple business locations.
Volumes of sales transactions
 
processed in
the IT systems are substantial and
Terveystalo
 
also uses a number of service
pricing models and client contract
templates.
Given the variety and large number of sales
transactions, revenue recognition is
considered a key audit matter.
As part of our audit procedures, we
evaluated the sales-related internal control
environment and the key controls. We also
performed substantive audit procedures.
We tested the processes to record sales
transactions as well as the sales pricing
and invoicing processes. We assessed the
appropriateness of the revenue recognition
for the sales transactions.
 
We assessed the IT systems relevant for
revenue recognition.
We considered the appropriateness of the
disclosures presented for revenue in the
 
 
 
 
177
consolidated financial statements.
We have not identified key audit matters relating
 
to the parent company’s financial statements.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing
 
Director for the Financial Statements
The
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
and
 
the
 
Managing
 
Director
 
are
 
responsible
 
for
 
the
 
preparation
 
of
 
consolidated
 
financial
statements that give a true
 
and fair view in accordance
 
with IFRS Accounting Standards
 
as adopted by the
 
EU, and
of
 
financial
 
statements
 
that
 
give
 
a
 
true
 
and
 
fair
 
view
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
laws
 
and
 
regulations
 
governing
 
the
preparation of
 
financial statements
 
in Finland
 
and comply
 
with statutory
 
requirements.
 
The Board
 
of Directors
 
and
the Managing
 
Director
 
are also
 
responsible
 
for such
 
internal control
 
as they
 
determine
 
is necessary
 
to enable
 
the
preparation of financial statements that are free from
 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In
 
preparing
 
the
 
financial
 
statements,
 
the
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
and
 
the
 
Managing
 
Director
 
are
 
responsible
 
for
assessing
 
the parent
 
company’s
 
and the
 
group’s
 
ability
 
to continue
 
as
 
a going
 
concern,
 
disclosing,
 
as applicable,
matters
 
relating
 
to
 
going
 
concern
 
and
 
using
 
the
 
going
 
concern
 
basis
 
of
 
accounting.
 
The
 
financial
 
statements
 
are
prepared using
 
the going
 
concern basis
 
of accounting
 
unless there
 
is an
 
intention to
 
liquidate the
 
parent company
or the group or cease operations, or there is no realistic
 
alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
 
Statements
Our objectives are
 
to obtain reasonable
 
assurance about whether
 
the financial statements
 
as a whole are
 
free from
material
 
misstatement,
 
whether
 
due
 
to
 
fraud
 
or
 
error,
 
and
 
to
 
issue
 
an
 
auditor’s
 
report
 
that
 
includes
 
our
 
opinion.
Reasonable assurance
 
is a
 
high level
 
of assurance,
 
but is
 
not a
 
guarantee that
 
an audit
 
conducted in
 
accordance
with good auditing
 
practice will
 
always detect a
 
material misstatement
 
when it exists.
 
Misstatements can
 
arise from
fraud or error
 
and are
 
considered material
 
if, individually or
 
in the
 
aggregate, they
 
could reasonably
 
be expected
 
to
influence the economic decisions of users taken on the
 
basis of the financial statements.
As
 
part
 
of
 
an
 
audit
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
good
 
auditing
 
practice,
 
we
 
exercise
 
professional
 
judgment
 
and
 
maintain
professional skepticism throughout the audit. We
 
also:
Identify
 
and
 
assess
 
the
 
risks
 
of
 
material
 
misstatement
 
of
 
the
 
financial
 
statements,
 
whether
 
due
 
to
 
fraud
 
or
error,
 
design
 
and
 
perform
 
audit
 
procedures
 
responsive
 
to
 
those
 
risks,
 
and
 
obtain
 
audit
 
evidence
 
that
 
is
sufficient and
 
appropriate to
 
provide a
 
basis for
 
our opinion.
 
The risk
 
of not detecting
 
a material
 
misstatement
resulting
 
from
 
fraud
 
is
 
higher
 
than
 
for
 
one
 
resulting
 
from
 
error,
 
as
 
fraud
 
may
 
involve
 
collusion,
 
forgery,
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
 
internal control.
Obtain
 
an understanding
 
of
 
internal control
 
relevant
 
to
 
the audit
 
in order
 
to design
 
audit procedures
 
that
 
are
appropriate in
 
the circumstances,
 
but not for
 
the purpose
 
of expressing
 
an opinion
 
on the effectiveness
 
of the
parent company’s or the group’s internal control.
 
Evaluate
 
the
 
appropriateness
 
of
 
accounting
 
policies
 
used
 
and
 
the
 
reasonableness
 
of
 
accounting
 
estimates
and related disclosures made by management.
Conclude
 
on
 
the
 
appropriateness
 
of
 
the
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors’
 
and
 
the
 
Managing
 
Director’s
 
use
 
of
 
the
 
going
concern basis
 
of accounting
 
and based
 
on the
 
audit evidence
 
obtained, whether
 
a material
 
uncertainty exists
related to events or conditions
 
that may cast significant doubt
 
on the parent company’s
 
or the group’s ability
 
to
continue
 
as
 
a
 
going
 
concern.
 
If
 
we
 
conclude
 
that
 
a
 
material
 
uncertainty
 
exists,
 
we
 
are
 
required
 
to
 
draw
attention in our
 
auditor’s report to the
 
related disclosures in
 
the financial statements
 
or, if
 
such disclosures are
inadequate, to modify our opinion.
 
Our conclusions are based
 
on the audit evidence
 
obtained up to the date
 
of
our
 
auditor’s
 
report.
 
However,
 
future
 
events
 
or
 
conditions
 
may
 
cause
 
the
 
parent
 
company
 
or
 
the
 
group
 
to
cease to continue as a going concern.
178
Evaluate the
 
overall presentation,
 
structure and
 
content of
 
the financial
 
statements, including
 
the disclosures,
and
 
whether
 
the
 
financial
 
statements
 
represent
 
the
 
underlying
 
transactions
 
and
 
events
 
so
 
that
 
the
 
financial
statements give a true and fair view.
Plan
 
and
 
perform
 
the
 
group
 
audit
 
to
 
obtain
 
sufficient
 
appropriate
 
audit
 
evidence
 
regarding
 
the
 
financial
information
 
of
 
the
 
entities
 
or
 
business
 
units
 
within
 
the
 
group
 
as
 
a
 
basis
 
for
 
forming
 
an
 
opinion
 
on
 
the
 
group
financial statements.
 
We are responsible
 
for the direction,
 
supervision and
 
review of the
 
audit work performed
for purposes of the group audit. We remain solely
 
responsible for our audit opinion.
We
 
communicate
 
with
 
those
 
charged
 
with
 
governance
 
regarding,
 
among
 
other
 
matters,
 
the
 
planned
 
scope
 
and
timing
 
of
 
the
 
audit
 
and
 
significant
 
audit
 
findings,
 
including
 
any
 
significant
 
deficiencies
 
in
 
internal
 
control
 
that
 
we
identify during our audit.
We
 
also
 
provide
 
those
 
charged
 
with
 
governance
 
with
 
a
 
statement
 
that
 
we
 
have
 
complied
 
with
 
relevant
 
ethical
requirements
 
regarding
 
independence,
 
and
 
communicate
 
with
 
them
 
all
 
relationships
 
and
 
other
 
matters
 
that
 
may
reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where
 
applicable, related safeguards.
From
 
the
 
matters
 
communicated
 
with
 
those
 
charged
 
with
 
governance,
 
we
 
determine
 
those
 
matters
 
that
 
were
 
of
most
 
significance
 
in
 
the
 
audit
 
of
 
the
 
financial
 
statements
 
of
 
the
 
current
 
period
 
and
 
are
 
therefore
 
the
 
key
 
audit
matters.
 
We
 
describe
 
these
 
matters
 
in
 
our
 
auditor’s
 
report
 
unless
 
law
 
or
 
regulation
 
precludes
 
public
 
disclosure
about
 
the
 
matter
 
or
 
when,
 
in
 
extremely
 
rare
 
circumstances,
 
we
 
determine
 
that
 
a
 
matter
 
should
 
not
 
be
communicated
 
in
 
our
 
report
 
because
 
the
 
adverse
 
consequences
 
of
 
doing
 
so
 
would
 
reasonably
 
be
 
expected
 
to
outweigh the public interest benefits of such communication.
Other Reporting Requirements
Information on our audit engagement
We have
 
acted as
 
auditors appointed
 
by the
 
Annual General
 
Meeting uninterrupted
 
for thirteen
 
years. Terveystalo
Plc became a public interest entity on 13 October 2017.
Other Information
The Board
 
of Directors
 
and the
 
Managing Director
 
are responsible
 
for the
 
other information.
 
The other
 
information
comprises
 
the
 
report
 
of
 
the
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
and
 
the
 
information
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
Annual
 
Report,
 
but
 
does
 
not
include
 
the
 
financial
 
statements
 
or
 
our
 
auditor’s
 
report
 
thereon.
 
Our
 
opinion
 
on
 
the
 
financial
 
statements
 
does
 
not
cover the other information.
In connection
 
with our
 
audit of
 
the financial
 
statements, our
 
responsibility is
 
to read
 
the other
 
information identified
above
 
and,
 
in
 
doing
 
so,
 
consider
 
whether
 
the
 
other
 
information
 
is
 
materially
 
inconsistent
 
with
 
the
 
financial
statements or our knowledge
 
obtained in the
 
audit, or otherwise
 
appears to be
 
materially misstated. With
 
respect to
the report
 
of the
 
Board of
 
Directors, our
 
responsibility also
 
includes considering
 
whether the
 
report of
 
the Board
 
of
Directors
 
has
 
been
 
prepared
 
in
 
compliance
 
with
 
the
 
applicable
 
provisions,
 
excluding
 
the
 
sustainability
 
report
information
 
on
 
which
 
there
 
are
 
provisions
 
in
 
Chapter
 
7
 
of
 
the
 
Accounting
 
Act
 
and
 
in
 
the
 
sustainability
 
reporting
standards.
In
 
our
 
opinion,
 
the
 
information
 
in
 
the
 
report
 
of
 
the
 
Board
 
of
 
Directors
 
is
 
consistent
 
with
 
the
 
information
 
in
 
the
financial statements
 
and the
 
report of
 
the Board
 
of Directors
 
has been
 
prepared in
 
compliance with
 
the applicable
provisions.
 
Our opinion does not cover
 
the sustainability report information
 
on which there are provisions
 
in Chapter
7 of the Accounting Act and in the sustainability reporting standards.
If,
 
based
 
on
 
the
 
work
 
we
 
have
 
performed
 
on
 
the
 
other
 
information,
 
we
 
conclude
 
that
 
there
 
is
 
a
 
material
misstatement of this other information, we are required
 
to report that fact. We have nothing to report in
 
this regard.
Helsinki, 13 March 2025
KPMG OY AB
179
HENRIK HOLMBOM
Authorised Public Accountant, KHT
180
This document is an English translation of the Finnish Assurance Report on the Sustainability Report. Only the Finnish version of the report is
legally binding.
Assurance Report on the Sustainability Report
To
 
the Annual
 
General
 
Meeting
 
of Terveystalo
 
Plc
We have performed a limited assurance engagement
 
on the group sustainability report of Terveystalo
 
Plc (business identity code
 
2575979–
3) that is referred to in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and that is
 
included in the report of the Board of Directors for the financial year
1.1.–31.12.2024.
Opinion
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have obtained,
 
nothing has come to our attention that causes us to
believe that the group sustainability report does not comply,
 
in all material respects, with
1) the requirements laid down in Chapter 7 of the Accounting Act and the sustainability reporting standards
 
(ESRS);
2) the requirements laid down in Article 8 of the Regulation (EU) 2020/852 of the European Parliament and of
 
the Council on the
establishment of a framework to facilitate
 
sustainable investment, and amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088 (EU
 
Taxonomy).
Point 1 above also contains the process in which Terveystalo
 
Plc has identified the information for reporting in accordance with
 
the
sustainability reporting standards (double materiality assessment) and the tagging of information
 
as referred to in Chapter 7, Section 22 of
the Accounting Act.
Our opinion does not cover the tagging of the group sustainability report with digital XBRL sustainability tags in accordance
 
with Chapter 7,
Section 22, Subsection 1(2), of the Accounting Act, because sustainability reporting companies have not had the possibility to comply
 
with
that provision in the absence of the ESEF regulation or other European Union legislation.
Basis for Opinion
We performed the assurance of the group sustainability report
 
as a limited assurance engagement in compliance with good assurance
practice in Finland and with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements
 
(ISAE) 3000 (Revised) Assurance Engagements Other
than Audits or Reviews of Historical Financial Information.
Our responsibilities under this standard are further described in the Responsibilities of the Authorised Sustainability Auditor section
 
of our
report.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient
 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Other Matter
We draw attention to the fact
 
that the group sustainability report of Terveystalo
 
Plc that is referred to in Chapter 7 of the Accounting
 
Act
has been prepared and assurance has been provided for it for the first
 
time for the financial year 1.1.–31.12.2024. Our opinion does not
cover the comparative information that has been presented
 
in the group sustainability report. Our opinion is not modified in respect of this
matter.
181
Authorised group sustainability auditor's Independence
 
and Quality Management
We are independent of the parent company and of the group companies
 
in accordance with the ethical requirements that are applicable
 
in
Finland and are relevant to our engagement, and we have
 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
The authorised group sustainability auditor applies International Standard on Quality Management
 
ISQM 1, which requires the authorised
sustainability audit firm to design, implement and operate a system
 
of quality management including policies or procedures regarding
compliance with ethical requirements, professional standards
 
and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Responsibilities of the Board
 
of Directors and the Managing
 
Director
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director of Terveystalo
 
Plc are responsible for:
the group sustainability report and for its preparation and presentation
 
in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 7 of the
Accounting Act, including the process that has been defined in the sustainability reporting standards
 
and in which the information
for reporting in accordance with the sustainability reporting standards
 
has been identified as well as the tagging of information as
referred to in Chapter 7, Section 22 of the Accounting Act and
the compliance of the group sustainability report with the requirements laid down in Article 8 of the Regulation (EU)
 
2020/852 of
the European Parliament and of the Council on the establishment of a framework
 
to facilitate sustainable investment, and
amending Regulation (EU) 2019/2088;
such internal control as the Board of Directors and the Managing
 
Director determine is necessary to enable the preparation of a
group sustainability report that is free from material misstatement,
 
whether due to fraud or error.
Inherent Limitations in the Preparation
 
of a Sustainability Report
Preparation of the sustainability report requires Company to
 
make materiality assessment to identify relevant
 
matters to report. This
includes significant management judgement and choices. It is also characteristic to the sustainability
 
reporting that reporting of this kind of
information includes estimates and assumptions as well as measurement and estimation uncertainty.
 
Furthermore, when reporting forward
looking information company has to disclose assumptions related to
 
potential future events and describe Company´s possible future actions
in relation to these events. Actual outcome may differ
 
as forecasted events do not always
 
occur as expected.
Responsibilities of the Authorised
 
Group Sustainability Auditor
Our responsibility is to perform an assurance engagement to obtain
 
limited assurance about whether the group sustainability report is free
from material misstatement, whether due to fraud
 
or error, and to
 
issue a limited assurance report that includes our opinion.
Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are
 
considered material if, individually or in the aggregate,
 
they could reasonably be
expected to influence the decisions of users taken on the basis of the group sustainability
 
report.
Compliance with the International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE)
 
3000 (Revised) requires that we exercise
 
professional
judgment and maintain professional skepticism throughout the
 
engagement. We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the group sustainability report,
 
whether due to fraud or error,
 
and obtain
an understanding of internal control relevant
 
to the engagement in order to design assurance procedures
 
that are appropriate in
the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness
 
of the parent company’s or the group’s
internal control.
 
Design and perform assurance procedures responsive to those risks to
 
obtain evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a material misstatement resulting
 
from fraud is higher than for one
182
resulting from error,
 
as fraud may involve collusion, forgery,
 
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal
control.
Description of the Procedures
 
That Have Been Performed
The procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary
 
in nature and timing from, and are less in extent than for,
 
a reasonable
assurance engagement. The nature, timing and extent of assurance
 
procedures selected depend on professional judgment, including the
assessment of risks of material misstatement, whether due to fraud
 
or error.
 
Consequently, the level of assurance obtained
 
in a limited
assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance
 
that would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement
been performed.
Our procedures included for ex. the following:
We interviewed Terveystalo’s
 
management and persons responsible for the preparation and gathering
 
of the sustainability
information.
We familiarised with interviews to the key
 
processes related to collecting and consolidating the sustainability information.
We got acquainted with the relevant guidances and policies related
 
to the sustainability information disclosed in the sustainability
report.
We acquainted ourselves to the background documentation
 
and other records prepared by the Company,
 
as appropriate and
assessed how they support the information included in the sustainability report.
In relation to the double materiality assessment process, we interviewed persons responsible
 
for the process and familiarised
ourselves with the process description prepared of the double materiality assessment and other documentation
 
and background
materials.
In relation to the EU taxonomy information
 
we interviewed the management of the company and persons with key roles
 
in
reporting taxonomy information
 
to understand/examine how taxonomy
 
eligible and taxonomy aligned activities have been
identified, we obtained evidence supporting the interviews and reconciled the reported EU taxonomy
 
information to supporting
documents and to the bookkeeping, as applicable.
We assessed the application of the ESRS sustainability reporting standards
 
reporting principles in the presentation of the
sustainability information.
Helsinki, 13 March 2025
KPMG OY AB
Authorised Sustainability Audit Firm
HENRIK HOLMBOM
Authorised Sustainability Auditor,
 
KRT
 
183
Independent
 
auditor's
 
report
 
on
 
the
 
ESEF
 
financial
statements of Terveystalo
 
Plc
To
 
the Board of Directors of Terveystalo Plc
We
 
have performed
 
a reasonable
 
assurance
 
engagement
 
on the
 
financial
 
statements
 
7437001AEZHLL3UEX093-
2024-12-31-0-en.zip
 
of Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
(Business
 
ID 2575979-3)
 
that have
 
been
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with the
Commission's regulatory technical standard for the financial year
 
ended 31.12.2024.
Responsibilities of the Board of Directors and the Managing
 
Director
The Board of Directors and the Managing
 
Director are responsible for the preparation
 
of the company's report of the
Board of Directors and financial statements
 
(the ESEF financial statements)
 
in such a way that they
 
comply with the
requirements of the Commission's regulatory technical
 
standard. This responsibility includes:
preparing
 
the
 
ESEF
 
financial
 
statements
 
in
 
XHTML
 
format
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
Article
 
3
 
of
 
the
 
Commission's
regulatory technical standard
tagging
 
the
 
primary
 
financial
 
statements,
 
notes
 
and
 
company's
 
identification
 
data
 
in
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
statements that
 
are included
 
in the
 
ESEF financial
 
statements
 
with iXBRL
 
tags in
 
accordance with
 
Article
 
4 of
the Commission's regulatory technical standard and
ensuring the consistency between the ESEF financial
 
statements and the audited financial statements.
The Board of Directors and the Managing Director are
 
also responsible for such internal control as they determine
 
is
necessary
 
to
 
enable
 
the
 
preparation
 
of
 
ESEF
 
financial
 
statements
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
requirements
 
of
 
the
Commission's regulatory technical standard.
Auditor’s independence and quality management
We are independent
 
of the company
 
in accordance with
 
the ethical requirements
 
that are applicable
 
in Finland and
are
 
relevant
 
to
 
the
 
engagement
 
we
 
have
 
performed,
 
and
 
we
 
have
 
fulfilled
 
our
 
other
 
ethical
 
responsibilities
 
in
accordance with these requirements.
The
 
auditor
 
applies
 
International
 
Standard
 
on
 
Quality
 
Management
 
(ISQM)
 
1,
 
which
 
requires
 
the
 
firm
 
to
 
design,
implement and operate a system
 
of quality management including
 
policies or procedures regarding
 
compliance with
ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable
 
legal and regulatory requirements.
Auditor’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to, in accordance with Chapter
 
7, Section 8 of the Securities Markets
 
Act, provide assurance on
the
 
financial
 
statements
 
that
 
have
 
been
 
prepared
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
Commission's
 
regulatory
 
technical
standard.
 
We
 
express
 
an opinion
 
on whether
 
the consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
that are
 
included
 
in the
 
ESEF
financial statements
 
have been
 
tagged, in
 
all material
 
respects, in
 
accordance with
 
the requirements
 
of Article
 
4 of
the Commission's regulatory technical standard.
Our
 
responsibility
 
is
 
to
 
indicate
 
in
 
our
 
opinion
 
to
 
what
 
extent
 
the
 
assurance
 
has
 
been
 
provided.
 
We
 
conducted
 
a
reasonable assurance
 
engagement in
 
accordance with
 
International
 
Standard on
 
Assurance Engagements
 
(ISAE)
3000.
The engagement includes procedures to obtain evidence on:
whether the primary
 
financial statements
 
in the consolidated
 
financial statements
 
that are included
 
in the ESEF
financial
 
statements
 
have
 
been
 
tagged,
 
in
 
all
 
material
 
respects,
 
with
 
iXBRL
 
tags
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
requirements of Article 4 of the Commission's regulatory
 
technical standard and
 
whether the notes and company's
 
identification data in the consolidated
 
financial statements that are included
 
in
the ESEF
 
financial statements
 
have been
 
tagged, in
 
all material
 
respects, with
 
iXBRL tags
 
in accordance
 
with
the requirements of Article 4 of the Commission's regulatory
 
technical standard and
 
whether there is consistency between the ESEF financial
 
statements and the audited financial statements.
184
The
 
nature,
 
timing
 
and
 
extent
 
of
 
the
 
selected
 
procedures
 
depend
 
on
 
the
 
auditor’s
 
judgment.
 
This
 
includes
 
an
assessment
 
of
 
the
 
risk
 
of
 
a
 
material
 
deviation
 
due
 
to
 
fraud
 
or
 
error
 
from
 
the
 
requirements
 
of
 
the
 
Commission's
regulatory technical standard.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient
 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Opinion
 
Our opinion
 
pursuant to
 
Chapter 7,
 
Section 8
 
of the Securities
 
Markets Act
 
is that
 
the primary
 
financial statements,
notes
 
and
 
company's
 
identification
 
data
 
in
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
that
 
are
 
included
 
in
 
the
 
ESEF
financial
 
statements
 
of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
7437001AEZHLL3UEX093-2024-12-31-0-en.zip
 
of
 
for
 
the
 
financial
 
year
ended
 
31.12.2024
 
have
 
been
 
tagged,
 
in
 
all
 
material
 
respects,
 
in
 
accordance
 
with
 
the
 
requirements
 
of
 
the
Commission's regulatory technical standard.
Our
 
opinion
 
on
 
the
 
audit
 
of
 
the
 
consolidated
 
financial
 
statements
 
of
 
Terveystalo
 
Plc
 
for
 
the
 
financial
 
year
 
ended
31.12.2024
 
has
 
been
 
expressed
 
in
 
our
 
auditor's
 
report
 
dated
 
13.3.2025.
 
With
 
this
 
report
 
we
 
do
 
not
 
express
 
an
opinion on the audit of the consolidated financial statements
 
nor express another assurance conclusion.
Helsinki 13 March 2025
KPMG OY AB
Henrik Holmbom
Authorised Public Accountant, KHT